Theocratic Ministry School Workbook

Transcription

Theocratic Ministry School Workbook
2013
1
THEOCRATIC MINISTRY SCHOOL SCHEDULE FOR 2013
INSTRUCTIONS
During 2013 the following will be the arrangements for conducting the Theocratic Ministry School.
SOURCE MATERIAL: New World Translation of the Holy Scriptures [bi12], “All Scripture Is Inspired of God and
Beneficial” (1990 Edition) [si], and Reasoning From the Scriptures (1989 Edition) [rs]. When assignments No. 2
and No. 3 refer to paragraphs in the Reasoning book, only paragraphs that are indented are to be counted.
The School should begin with remarks of welcome and then proceed as outlined below. After each part, the
school overseer will introduce the next part. If the school overseer wishes and if there is sufficient space, he
may sit at a table and make his comments from a seated position on the platform. On the other hand, if he prefers, he may sit in the audience near the platform but make his comments from the speaker’s stand.
HIGHLIGHTS FROM BIBLE READING: 10 minutes. For
the first four minutes, a qualified elder or ministerial servant should consider Scriptural points from the
weekly Bible reading. The speaker should focus on selected verses and should not try to cover too many
points. It is better to cover a few verses and to do it well.
Also, whenever possible, the speaker should make local
application, and emphasis should be put on how the
material affects us today. (be 47 par. 2–48 par. 1) The
exception to this will be when the weekly Bible reading begins with the opening chapter of a Bible book.
On such occasions, material for the first four minutes
should be taken from the “All Scripture” book. For example, the first six chapters of Matthew will be considered
the week of January 7, so the speaker should select a
few key points from the introductory paragraphs on the
book of Matthew as found in the “All Scripture” book.
He should apply the material in a way that will be
beneficial to the congregation. Whether discussing the
weekly Bible reading or points from the “All Scripture”
book, the principal objective is to help the audience to
appreciate why and how the information is of value. The
speaker should be careful not to exceed the four minutes allotted for the opening portion. He should ensure
that six minutes are set aside for the audience to offer
brief comments of 30 seconds or less on what they have
appreciated in the weekly Bible reading. The school
overseer will then dismiss the students who are assigned to other classrooms.
ASSIGNMENT NO. 1: 4 minutes or less. This is a reading to be given by a brother. The student should read
the assigned material without giving an introduction or
a conclusion. The school overseer will be especially interested in helping students to read accurately and with
understanding, fluency, proper sense stress, modulation, appropriate pausing, and naturalness.
ASSIGNMENT NO. 2: 5 minutes. This will be assigned
to a sister. The student will either be given a setting or
may select one from the list appearing on page 82 of
Benefit From Theocratic Ministry School Education. The
assigned theme should be used and be applied to an
aspect of field service that is realistic and practical for
the local territory. When no references are indicated as
source material, the student will need to gather material for this part by doing research in our publications.
The school overseer will be particularly interested in the
way the student develops the material and the way she
helps the one to whom she is witnessing to reason on
the Scriptures and to understand the key points of the
presentation. The school overseer will assign one assistant.
ASSIGNMENT NO. 3: 5 minutes. This may be assigned
to a brother or a sister. The student should develop the
assigned theme. When no references are indicated as
ss13-E
7/12
source material, the student will need to gather material for this part by doing research in our publications.
When assigned to a brother, this part should be given
as a talk with the Kingdom Hall audience in mind.
When a sister is assigned this part, it should always be
presented as outlined for Assignment No. 2.
COUNSEL: 1-2 minutes. The school overseer will not
announce the speech quality that a student is working
on. After Assignments No. 1, No. 2, and No. 3, the
school overseer will offer positive observations on an
aspect of the presentation that was commendable. He
will draw attention to specific reasons why it was effective and refer frequently to the Ministry School textbook. According to the need of each student, additional constructive counsel may be given privately after the
meeting or at another time.
TIMING: No part should go overtime, nor should the
remarks of the counselor. Assignments No. 1, No. 2, and
No. 3 should tactfully be stopped when the time is up.
If brothers handling highlights from the Bible reading
go overtime, they should be given private counsel.
All should watch their timing carefully. Total program:
30 minutes.
COUNSEL FORM: In Ministry School textbook.
AUXILIARY COUNSELOR: Whenever possible, it is
good to use an elder who is an experienced speaker for
this privilege of service. The auxiliary counselor’s responsibility will be to give private counsel, if needed, to
elders or ministerial servants regarding any speaking
assignment they may handle, including Bible highlights, Service Meeting parts, public talks, and conducting and reading at the Watchtower Study and the Congregation Bible Study. If there are a number of elders in
your congregation who are capable speakers and teachers, then a different qualified elder may serve as auxiliary counselor each year. It is not necessary that the auxiliary counselor offer counsel after each assignment by
elders and ministerial servants but only when he sees
that a word of encouragement or a practical suggestion
would help his brothers to make progress.
THEOCRATIC MINISTRY SCHOOL REVIEW: 20 minutes. Every two months, the school overseer will conduct a review. It will be preceded by highlights from the
Bible reading. The review will be based on material
considered in the school during the preceding two
months, including the current week. If your congregation has a circuit assembly or the visit of the circuit overseer during the week of the Theocratic Ministry School
Review, then the review should be postponed one week
and Assignments No. 1, No. 2, and No. 3 of the following week’s schedule should be used. No changes
should be made in the schedule of the weekly Bible
reading or the presentation of Bible highlights.
SCHEDULE
Jan. 7 Bible reading: Matthew 1-6
No. 1: Matthew 5:21-32
No. 2: What Could Make a Person’s Prayers Unacceptable to
God? (rs p. 293 83–p. 294 83)
No. 3: What It Means to Have Jehovah as “Your Share”
(Num. 18:20)
No. 1: Matthew 10:24-42
No. 2: Be Discerning, and Avoid Following Unrealities
(1 Sam. 12:21; Prov. 23:4, 5)
No. 3: What Are Proper Matters About Which to Pray?
(rs p. 294 84–p. 295 83)
No. 3: Where Did Cain Find His Wife?
(w10 9/1 p. 25 updates rs p. 301 85–p. 302 81)
Apr. 8 Bible reading: Luke 10-12
No. 1: Luke 12:1-21
No. 2: What Explains the Various Racial Characteristics?
(rs p. 302 82–p. 303 82)
No. 3: Why We View Jehovah as Our Father (Matt. 6:9)
No. 1: Luke 16:16-31
No. 2: Does Our Imperfect State Mean That We Are Worthless
to God? (Ps. 103:8, 9, 14; Gal. 6:9)
No. 3: Are All Humans Children of God? (rs p. 303 83–p. 304 84)
No. 1: Matthew 14:23–15:11
No. 2: 1 If Someone Says, ‘Pray With Me First, Then Give Me
Your Message’ (rs p. 295 84-5)
No. 3: What Can We Learn From Isaac’s Example as a
Peacemaker? (Gen. 26:19-22)
No. 1: Luke 18:18-34
No. 2: Will People of All Races Ever Truly Be United as Brothers
and Sisters? (rs p. 304 85–p. 305 83)
No. 3: What Is Meekness, How Do We Seek It, and Why Is It
Vital? (Zeph. 2:2, 3)
No. 1: Matthew 17:22–18:10
No. 2: What “Good Words” of Jehovah Did Joshua See Come
True? (Josh. 23:14)
No. 3: What Are Some of the Outstanding Bible Prophecies That
Are Yet to Be Fulfilled? (rs p. 296 82–p. 297 83)
Feb. 4 Bible reading: Matthew 22-25
No. 1: Matthew 23:25-39
No. 2: Why Should Christians Be Keenly Interested in the Bible’s
Predictions? (rs p. 297 84-8)
No. 3: What Bible Examples Illustrate the Wisdom Recorded at
Proverbs 3:5?
Feb. 11 Bible reading: Matthew 26-28
No. 1: Matthew 27:24-44
No. 2: How Does God’s Patience Lead to Salvation?
(2 Pet. 3:9, 15)
No. 3: 1 If Someone Says, ‘You Put Too Much Emphasis on
Prophecy’ (rs p. 298 81-2)
Feb. 18 Bible reading: Mark 1-4
No. 1: Mark 2:18–3:6
No. 2: On What Is the Teaching of Purgatory Based?
(rs p. 299 81-6)
No. 3: How Are We to Understand Paul’s Advice Recorded at
1 Corinthians 7:29-31?
Feb. 25 Bible reading: Mark 5-8
Theocratic Ministry School Review
Mar. 4 Bible reading: Mark 9-12
No. 1: Mark 11:19–12:11
No. 2: Is Further Punishment for Sin Exacted After One’s Death?
(rs p. 300 82-6)
No. 3: Why Making a Personal Dedication to God Leads to
Happiness (Acts 20:35)
Mar. 11 Bible reading: Mark 13-16
No. 1: Mark 14:22-42
No. 2: What Is the Significance of the Memorial?
(rs p. 266 81–p. 267 81)
No. 3: What Do the Memorial Emblems Represent?
(rs p. 267 82-3)
Mar. 18 Bible reading: Luke 1-3
No. 1: Luke 1:24-45
No. 2: Who Should Partake of the Emblems at the Lord’s
Evening Meal? (rs p. 267 85–p. 268 81)
No. 3: How Often Should the Memorial Be Commemorated,
and When? (rs p. 269 81-2)
Mar. 25 Bible reading: Luke 4-6
No. 1: Luke 4:22-39
No. 2: From Where Did the Various Races Come?
(rs p. 301 81-4)
No. 3: What Proof Is There That Jesus Was Resurrected?
(1 Cor. 15:3-7)
No. 1: Luke 7:18-35
No. 2: What New Nation Was Born at Pentecost, and With What
Purpose? (Gal. 6:16; 1 Pet. 2:9)
May 6
No. 1:
No. 2:
No. 3:
Bible reading: John 1-4
John 3:22-36
What Does “Walking by Spirit” Really Mean? (Gal. 5:16)
How Was the Death of Jesus Christ Different From That of
Others Who Have Become Martyrs? (rs p. 306 81-4)
May 13 Bible reading: John 5-7
No. 1: John 6:22-40
No. 2: Why Was It Necessary for the Ransom to Be Provided in
the Manner That It Was? (rs p. 306 86–p. 307 82)
No. 3: How Can We Apply the Principle Behind What Is Written
in Numbers 15:37-40?
No. 1: John 8:12-30
No. 2: What Steps Can We Take to Protect Ourselves From False
Teachers? (Rom. 16:17; 2 John 9-11)
No. 3: Why Did God Not Simply Decree That All Who Would
Obey Could Live Forever? (rs p. 307 83–p. 308 81)
No. 1: John 12:20-36
No. 2: To Whom First Was the Merit of Jesus’ Sacrifice Applied,
and With What Objective? (rs p. 308 82-3)
No. 3: Why Is It Appropriate That Jehovah Is Called “the God
Who Gives Peace”? (Rom. 15:33)
June 3 Bible reading: John 17-21
No. 1: John 21:15-25
No. 2: Why Should We Not “Follow After the Crowd”?
(Ex. 23:2; Prov. 1:10)
No. 3: Who Besides Anointed Christians Are Experiencing
Benefits From Jesus’ Sacrifice? (rs p. 309 81-3)
June 10 Bible reading: Acts 1-4
No. 1: Acts 1:15–2:4
No. 2: What Future Blessings Will Be Enjoyed as a Result of the
Ransom? (rs p. 310 81-4)
No. 3: Why Can the Thinking of Many People Be Likened to
Poisonous Air? (Eph. 2:1, 2)
No. 1: Acts 5:17-32
No. 2: What Must a Person Do to Be Known by Jehovah?
(2 Tim. 2:19)
No. 3: What Is Required of Us in Order to Benefit From Jesus’
Sacrifice? (rs p. 310 85–p. 311 81)
July 1 Bible reading: Acts 11-14
No. 1: Acts 11:1-18
No. 2: What Effect Should the Ransom Have on How We Use
Our Lives? (rs p. 311 84-6)
No. 3: Who Really Are Your Friends? (Ps. 119:63)
No. 1: Acts 16:16-34
No. 2: Why Can a Christian Be Happy When Persecuted?
(Matt. 5:11, 12)
No. 3: When the Apostle Paul Said That Christians Would Be
“Caught Up” to Be With the Lord, What Subject Was
Being Discussed? (rs p. 312 81-2)
No. 1: Acts 20:17-38
No. 2: Will Christ Appear Visibly on a Cloud and Then Take Away
Faithful Christians Into the Heavens While the World
Looks On? (rs p. 313 81-3)
No. 3: How Can We Show That We Are Minding the Spirit?
(Rom. 8:6)
No. 1: Acts 22:17-30
No. 2: In What Ways Are We in the World but No Part of the
World? (John 17:15, 16)
No. 3: Is It Possible for Christians to Be Taken to Heaven With
Their Physical Bodies? (rs p. 314 81-2)
No. 1: Acts 26:19-32
No. 2: Will Faithful Christians Be Taken to Heaven Secretly
Without Dying? (rs p. 314 83–p. 315 82)
No. 3: Ways That God’s Spirit Is Manifest in His Servants
(Gal. 5:22, 23; Rev. 22:17)
Aug. 5 Bible reading: Romans 1-4
No. 1: Romans 3:21–4:8
No. 2: Why True Christians Consider Themselves to Be “Aliens
and Temporary Residents” in the World
(1 Pet. 2:11; 1 John 2:15-17)
No. 3: What Protection Will There Be for True Christians During
the Great Tribulation? (rs p. 315 83–p. 316 83)
No. 1: Romans 6:21–7:12
No. 2: Why Are Some Christians Taken to Heaven to Be With
Christ? (rs p. 316 85-8)
No. 3: Why Putting Material Security Ahead of Spiritual Pursuits
Leads to Disaster (Matt. 6:33; 1 Tim. 6:10)
No. 1: Romans 9:19-33
No. 2: 1 If Someone Says, ‘Do You Believe in the Rapture?’
(rs p. 316 89–p. 317 82)
No. 3: Scriptural Reasons Why We Should Not Fear Men
(Luke 12:4-12)
Sept. 2 Bible reading: 1 Corinthians 1-9
No. 1: 1 Corinthians 4:18–5:13
No. 2: Does a Strange Feeling of Being Familiar With Entirely
New Acquaintances and Places Prove Reincarnation to
Be a Fact? (rs p. 317 83–p. 319 81)
No. 3: How Christians Maintain Joy in Spite of Illness
(Phil. 4:6, 7)
No. 1: 1 Corinthians 14:7-25
No. 2: How Can a Sinful Human ‘Soften the Face of Jehovah’?
(2 Chron. 33:12, 13; Isa. 55:6, 7)
No. 3: Why Does the Account at John 9:1, 2 Not Prove
Reincarnation? (rs p. 319 82–p. 320 82)
No. 1: 2 Corinthians 1:15–2:11
No. 2: How Much of a Difference Is There Between
Reincarnation and the Hope Held Out in the Bible?
(rs p. 320 83-4)
No. 3: What Must One Do to Take Refuge in the Name of
Jehovah? (Zeph. 3:12)
No. 2: 1 If Someone Says, ‘I Believe in Reincarnation’
(rs p. 321 81-3)
No. 3: How Are We to Understand 1 Corinthians 10:13?
Sept. 30 Bible reading: Galatians 1-6
No. 1: Galatians 1:18–2:10
No. 2: Why Are There So Many Religions?
(rs p. 322 81–p. 323 82)
No. 3: Why Jehovah Is Worthy to Receive Worship (Rev. 4:11)
Oct. 7 Bible reading: Ephesians 1-6
No. 1: Ephesians 4:1-16
No. 2: What It Means to Seek First God’s Righteousness
(Matt. 6:33)
No. 3: Is It True That There Is Good in All Religions?
(rs p. 323 83-5)
Oct. 14 Bible reading: Philippians 1–Colossians 4
No. 1: Philippians 3:17–4:9
No. 2: Is It Proper to Leave the Religion of One’s Parents?
(rs p. 324 81-3)
No. 3: How Can Prayer Help Us to Fight Temptations?
(Luke 11:9-13; Jas. 1:5)
Oct. 21 Bible reading: 1 Thessalonians 1
–2 Thessalonians 3
No. 1: 1 Thessalonians 2:9-20
No. 2: What Can We Learn From the Good and the Bad Things
That Solomon Did? (Rom. 15:4)
No. 3: What Is the Bible’s Viewpoint as to Interfaith?
(rs p. 325 81–p. 326 81)
Oct. 28 Bible reading: 1 Timothy 1–2 Timothy 4
Nov. 4 Bible reading: Titus 1–Philemon
No. 1: Titus 2:1-15
No. 2: Is Belonging to an Organized Religion Necessary?
(rs p. 326 82–p. 327 82)
No. 3: Why We Should Not “Pay Attention to False Stories”
(1 Tim. 1:3, 4; 2 Tim. 4:3, 4)
Nov. 11 Bible reading: Hebrews 1-8
No. 1: Hebrews 4:1-16
No. 2: How Can We Show That We Have “the Wisdom From
Above”? (Jas. 3:17, 18)
No. 3: Is Loving One’s Fellowman What Really Counts?
(rs p. 327 84)
Nov. 18 Bible reading: Hebrews 9-13
No. 1: Hebrews 10:19-39
No. 2: Is Having a Personal Relationship With God the Really
Important Thing? (rs p. 327 85–p. 328 81)
No. 3: Ways in Which We Can Comfort Others
(Rom. 15:4; 2 Cor. 1:3, 4)
Nov. 25 Bible reading: James 1-5
No. 1: James 1:22–2:13
No. 2: How Love Overcomes Fear (1 John 4:16-18)
No. 3: Why Just Reading the Bible Is Not Sufficient
(rs p. 328 82-3)
Dec. 2 Bible reading: 1 Peter 1–2 Peter 3
No. 1: 1 Peter 2:18–3:7
No. 2: The Right Religion Is Bible-Based and Makes Known
God’s Name (rs p. 328 84-5)
No. 3: Why We Are Sure That Jesus Is the Messiah
(Luke 24:44; Gal. 4:4)
Dec. 9 Bible reading: 1 John 1–Jude
No. 1: 1 John 5:1-21
No. 2: How Should Jesus Christ Be Remembered?
(Luke 1:32, 33; John 17:3)
No. 3: The Right Religion Demonstrates True Faith in Jesus
Christ (rs p. 329 81)
Dec. 16 Bible reading: Revelation 1-6
No. 1: Revelation 3:14–4:8
No. 2: The True Religion Is Not Formalistic But Is a Way of Life
(rs p. 329 82)
No. 3: In What Ways Did Jesus “Set the Pattern” for His
Disciples? (John 13:15)
No. 1: Revelation 9:1-21
No. 2: Ways in Which True Christians Can Show Genuine
Hospitality (Heb. 13:2)
No. 3: Members of the Right Religion Love One Another and
Keep Separate From the World (rs p. 329 83-4)
As time permits, the student should reply to the householder’s
1assertions,
objections, and so forth, so as to meet the needs in the
territory.
Theocratic Ministry School References 2013
January
Jan 7 Bible Reading: Matthew 1-6
No. 2: What Could Make a Person’s Prayers Unacceptable to God?(rs p. 293¶3-p.294¶3)
No. 3: What It Means to Have Jehovah as “Your Share”(Nu 18:20)
Bible Reading: Matthew 1-6
authenticity: si 176
*** si p. 176 par. 5 Bible Book Number 40—Matthew ***
5
While the Gospel credited to Matthew does not name him as the writer, the
overwhelming testimony of early church historians stamps him as such. Perhaps no
ancient book has its writer more clearly and unanimously established than the book
of Matthew. From as far back as Papias of Hierapolis (early second century C.E.)
onward, we have a line of early witnesses to the fact that Matthew wrote this Gospel
and that it is an authentic part of the Word of God. McClintock and Strong’s
Cyclopedia states: “Passages from Matthew are quoted by Justin Martyr, by the
author of the letter to Diognetus (see in Otto’s Justin Martyr, vol. ii), by Hegesippus,
Irenæus, Tatian, Athenagoras, Theophilus, Clement, Tertullian, and Origen. It is not
merely from the matter, but the manner of the quotations, from the calm appeal as to
a settled authority, from the absence of all hints of doubt, that we regard it as proved
that the book we possess had not been the subject of any sudden change.” The fact
that Matthew was an apostle and, as such, had God’s spirit upon him assures that
what he wrote would be a faithful record.
*** w08 1/15 p. 29 Highlights From the Book of Matthew ***
Jehovah’s Word Is Alive
THE first person to write a thrilling account of Jesus’ life and ministry is
Matthew—a close associate of Jesus Christ and a onetime tax collector. Originally
written in Hebrew and later translated into Greek, the Gospel of Matthew was
completed about 41 C.E. and serves as a bridge connecting the Hebrew Scriptures
to the Christian Greek Scriptures.
Apparently intended primarily for a Jewish audience, this moving and meaningful
Gospel portrays Jesus as the promised Messiah, the Son of God. Paying close
attention to its message will strengthen our faith in the true God, his Son, and His
promises.—Heb. 4:12.
“THE KINGDOM OF THE HEAVENS HAS DRAWN NEAR”
TMS 2013
Top
Page 1
(Matt. 1:1–20:34)
Matthew highlights the Kingdom theme and Jesus’ teachings, even though doing
so means deviating from presenting matters in strict chronological order. For
example, the Sermon on the Mount is related early in the book, although Jesus
delivered it about halfway through his ministry.
During the course of his Galilean ministry, Jesus performs miracles, gives
ministerial instructions to the 12 apostles, denounces the Pharisees, and relates
Kingdom illustrations. Then he departs from Galilee and comes to “the frontiers of
Judea across the Jordan.” (Matt. 19:1) Along the way, Jesus tells his disciples: ‘We
are going up to Jerusalem, and the Son of man will be condemned to death, and on
the third day he will be raised up.’—Matt. 20:18, 19.
Scriptural Questions Answered:
3:16—In what way were ‘the heavens opened up’ at the time of Jesus’
baptism? This seems to indicate that Jesus’ memory of his prehuman existence in
heaven returned to him.
5:21, 22—Is giving vent to anger more serious than harboring it? Jesus
warned that a person who harbors smoldering wrath against his brother is
committing a serious sin. However, giving expression to wrath by speaking a word of
contempt is more serious, making one accountable to a court higher than the local
court of justice.
5:48—Is it really possible for us to be “perfect, as [our] heavenly Father is
perfect”? Yes, in a relative sense. Jesus was here discussing the subject of love,
and he told listeners to imitate God and be perfect, or complete, in their love. (Matt.
5:43-47) How? By expanding it to include their enemies.
Lessons for Us:
4:1-10. This account teaches us that Satan is real and not a quality of evil. He
uses “the desire of the flesh and the desire of the eyes and the showy display of
one’s means of life” to tempt us. Nevertheless, applying Scriptural principles will help
us to remain faithful to God.—1 John 2:16.
5:1–7:29. Be conscious of your spiritual need. Be peaceable. Shun immoral
thoughts. Keep your word. When praying, give spiritual concerns priority over
material interests. Be rich toward God. Seek first the Kingdom and God’s
righteousness. Do not be judgmental. Do God’s will. What practical lessons are
included in the Sermon on the Mount!
unique material: si 177
TMS 2013
Top
Page 2
*** si p. 177 par. 8 Bible Book Number 40—Matthew ***
8
Since Matthew had been a tax collector, it was natural that he would be explicit
in his mention of money, figures, and values. (Matt. 17:27; 26:15; 27:3) He keenly
appreciated God’s mercy in allowing him, a despised tax collector, to become a
minister of the good news and an intimate associate of Jesus. Therefore, we find
Matthew alone of the Gospel writers giving us Jesus’ repeated insistence that mercy
is required in addition to sacrifice. (9:9-13; 12:7; 18:21-35) Matthew was greatly
encouraged by Jehovah’s undeserved kindness and appropriately records some of
the most comforting words Jesus uttered: “Come to me, all you who are toiling and
loaded down, and I will refresh you. Take my yoke upon you and learn from me, for I
am mild-tempered and lowly in heart, and you will find refreshment for your souls.
For my yoke is kindly and my load is light.” (11:28-30) How refreshing were these
tender words for this former tax collector, toward whom, no doubt, his fellow
countrymen had directed little but insults!
why beneficial: si 180-181;
*** si p. 180 Bible Book Number 40—Matthew ***
WHY BENEFICIAL
29
The book of Matthew, first of the four Gospels, truly provides an excellent
bridge from the Hebrew Scriptures into the Christian Greek Scriptures.
Unmistakably, it identifies the Messiah and King of God’s promised Kingdom, makes
known the requirements for becoming his followers, and sets out the work that lies
ahead for these on earth. First John the Baptizer, then Jesus, and finally his
disciples went preaching, “The kingdom of the heavens has drawn near.” Moreover,
Jesus’ command reaches right down to the conclusion of the system of things: “And
this good news of the kingdom will be preached in all the inhabited earth for a
witness to all the nations; and then the end will come.” Truly it was, and still is, a
grand and wonderful privilege to share in this Kingdom work, including ‘making
disciples of people of all the nations,’ working after the pattern of the Master.—3:2;
4:17; 10:7; 24:14; 28:19.
30
Matthew’s Gospel is indeed “good news.” Its inspired message was “good
news” to those who heeded it in the first century of the Common Era, and Jehovah
God has seen to it that it has been preserved as “good news” until this day. Even
non-Christians have been compelled to acknowledge the power of this Gospel, as,
for example, the Hindu leader Mohandas (Mahatma) Gandhi, who is reported to
have said to Lord Irwin, a former viceroy of India: “When your country and mine shall
get together on the teachings laid down by Christ in this Sermon on the Mount, we
TMS 2013
Top
Page 3
shall have solved the problems not only of our countries but those of the whole
world.” On another occasion Gandhi said: “By all means drink deep of the fountains
that are given to you in the Sermon on the Mount . . . For the teaching of the Sermon
was meant for each and every one of us.”
theme: si 177
*** si p. 177 pars. 9-10 Bible Book Number 40—Matthew ***
9
Matthew particularly stressed that the theme of Jesus’ teaching was “the
kingdom of the heavens.” (4:17) To him, Jesus was the Preacher-King. He used the
term “kingdom” so frequently (more than 50 times) that his Gospel might be called
the Kingdom Gospel. Matthew was concerned more with a logical presentation of
Jesus’ public discourses and sermons than with a strict chronological sequence. For
the first 18 chapters, Matthew’s highlighting of the Kingdom theme led him to depart
from a chronological arrangement. However, the last ten chapters (19 to 28)
generally follow a chronological sequence as well as continue to stress the
Kingdom.
10
Forty-two percent of Matthew’s Gospel account is not to be found in any of the
other three Gospels. This includes at least ten parables, or illustrations: The weeds
in the field (13:24-30), the hidden treasure (13:44), the pearl of high value
(13:45, 46), the dragnet (13:47-50), the unmerciful slave (18:23-35), the workers and
the denarius (20:1-16), the father and two children (21:28-32), the marriage of the
king’s son (22:1-14), the ten virgins (25:1-13), and the talents (25:14-30). In all, the
book gives the account from the birth of Jesus, 2 B.C.E., until his meeting with his
disciples just prior to his ascension, 33 C.E.
No. 2: What Could Make a Person’s Prayers Unacceptable to God?(rs p.293¶3-p.294¶3)
*** rs p. 293 - p. 295 Prayer ***
What could make a person’s prayers unacceptable to God?
Matt. 6:5: “When you pray, you must not be as the hypocrites; because
they like to pray standing in the synagogues and on the corners of the
broad ways to be visible to men. Truly I say to you, They are having
their reward in full.” (Also Luke 18:9-14)
Matt. 6:7: “When praying, do not say the same things over and over
TMS 2013
Top
Page 4
again, just as the people of the nations do, for they imagine they will
get a hearing for their use of many words.”
Prov. 28:9: “He that is turning his ear away from hearing the law [of
God]—even his prayer is something detestable.”
Mic. 3:4: “At that time they will call to Jehovah for aid, but he will not
answer them. And he will conceal his face from them in that time,
according as they committed badness in their dealings.”
Jas. 4:3: “You do ask, and yet you do not receive, because you are
asking for a wrong purpose, that you may expend it upon your cravings
for sensual pleasure.”
Isa. 42:8, Dy; Matt. 4:10, JB: “I, the Lord [“Yahweh,” JB; “Jehovah,”
NW]: this is my name. I will not give my glory to another, nor my praise
to graven things.” “You must worship the Lord your God [“Jehovah your
God,” NW], and serve him alone.” (Also Psalm 115:4-8, or 113:4-8
second set of numbers in Dy) (Prayer is a form of worship. If you pray
before graven things, or images, is that going to please God?)
Isa. 8:19: “In case they should say to you people: ‘Apply to the
spiritistic mediums or to those having a spirit of prediction who are
chirping and making utterances in low tones,’ is it not to its God that
any people should apply? Should there be application to dead persons
in behalf of living persons?”
Jas. 1:6, 7: “Let him keep on asking in faith, not doubting at all, for he
who doubts is like a wave of the sea driven by the wind and blown
about. In fact, let not that man suppose that he will receive anything
from Jehovah.”
No. 3: What It Means to Have Jehovah as “Your Share”(Nu 18:20)
*** w11 9/15 pp. 7-8 pars. 4-7, 10 Jehovah Is My Share ***
4
What did that assignment mean for the Levites? Jehovah said that he was to be
their share in the sense that rather than receiving a land inheritance, they were
entrusted with a priceless privilege of service. Being “the priesthood of Jehovah”
was their inheritance. (Josh. 18:7) The context of Numbers 18:20 shows that this did
not leave them impoverished materially. (Read Numbers 18:19, 21, 24.) The
Levites were to be given “every tenth part in Israel as an inheritance in return for
their service.” They would receive 10 percent of Israel’s produce and of the increase
of the domestic animals. In turn, the Levites were to contribute a tenth part of what
TMS 2013
Top
Page 5
they received, “of the very best of it,” for the support of the priesthood. (Num. 18:2529) The priests were also given “all the holy contributions” that the sons of Israel
brought to God at his place of worship. Members of the priesthood thus had good
reason for believing that Jehovah would provide for them.
5
It appears that the Mosaic Law provided for a second tithe, which was set aside
for the household’s sustenance and enjoyment during the holy conventions each
year. (Deut. 14:22-27) However, at the end of every third and sixth year of the
seven-year sabbatical cycle, this tithe was deposited at the gate for the benefit of the
poor as well as the Levites. Why were the Levites included as recipients? Because
they had “no share or inheritance” in Israel.—Deut. 14:28, 29.
6
You might wonder, ‘If the Levites had no land assigned to them, where would
they reside?’ God provided for them. He gave them 48 cities along with the
surrounding pasture grounds. These included the six cities of refuge. (Num. 35:6-8)
Thus, the Levites had a place to live when they were not serving at the sanctuary of
God. Jehovah provided abundantly for those who gave themselves to his service.
Clearly, the Levites were able to show that Jehovah was their share by putting their
trust in his willingness and power to provide for them.
7
The Law did not include any penalty for an Israelite who failed to tithe. When
the people became negligent as to tithing, the priests and Levites were affected.
That happened in the days of Nehemiah. As a result, the Levites had to work in their
fields, neglecting their ministry. (Read Nehemiah 13:10.) Clearly, the sustenance of
the Levitical tribe hinged on the spirituality of the nation. Furthermore, the priests
and Levites themselves needed faith in Jehovah and in his means of providing for
them.
10
Having Jehovah as his share meant more to Asaph than the material
sustenance he received as a Levite. What he referred to was mainly his privilege of
service and his relationship with Jehovah, the friendship he had cultivated with the
Most High. (Jas. 2:21-23) To preserve that relationship, the psalmist had to maintain
faith in Jehovah, trusting in him. Asaph had to have confidence that the final
outcome of his life would be a rewarding one if he lived according to the divine
standard. You can have the same confidence in the Almighty.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 6
January
Jan 14: Bible Reading: Matthew 7-11
No. 1: Matthew 10:24-42
No. 2: Be Discerning, and Avoid Following Unrealities(1Sam 12:21; Prov 23:4,5)
No. 3: What Are Proper Matters About Which to Pray?(rs p. 294¶4-p.295¶3)
*** w08 1/15 p. 29 - p. 30 Highlights From the Book of Matthew ***
7:16—What “fruits” mark the true religion? These fruits include more than our
conduct. They also involve our beliefs—the teachings to which we adhere.
10:34-38—Is the Scriptural message to be blamed for family rifts? Not at all.
Rather, rifts are caused by the position taken by unbelieving family members. They
may choose to reject or oppose Christianity, bringing about divisions in the family.—
Luke 12:51-53.
11:2-6—If because of having heard God’s voice of approval John already
knew that Jesus was the Messiah, why did he ask if Jesus was “the Coming
One”? John might have asked this in order to get a personal confirmation from
Jesus. More than that, though, John wanted to know if there was to be “a different
one” who would come with Kingdom power and fulfill all the hopes of the Jews.
Jesus’ answer showed that there was to be no successor.
Lessons for Us:
9:37, 38. We should act in harmony with our request to the Master to “send out
workers into his harvest,” zealously engaging in the disciple-making work.—Matt.
28:19, 20.
10:32, 33. We should never be afraid to speak about our faith.
No. 1: Matthew 10:24-42
No. 2: Be Discerning, and Avoid Following Unrealities(1Sam 12:21; Prov 23:4,5)
*** w11 7/15 pp. 13-14 Will You Follow Jehovah’s Loving Guidance? ***
Do Not Follow “Unrealities”
14
Imagine that your journey took you across a vast desert. What would happen if
TMS 2013
Top
Page 7
you veered off the road to pursue a mirage? Pursuing that illusion could cost you
your life! Jehovah well knows that danger. Consider an example. The Israelites
wanted to be like the nations around them, who were ruled by human kings. That
desire was, in fact, a grave sin, for it amounted to a rejection of Jehovah as their
King. Although Jehovah allowed them to have a human king, he had his prophet
Samuel deliver a pointed warning about pursuing “unrealities.”—Read 1 Samuel
12:21.
15
Did those people think that a human king would somehow be more real, more
dependable, than Jehovah? If so, they were truly pursuing an unreality! And they
were in danger of pursuing many other satanic illusions. Human kings would easily
lead them into idolatry. Idolaters make the mistake of thinking that physical objects—
gods made of wood or stone—are somehow more real, more reliable, than the
invisible God, Jehovah, who created all things. But as the apostle Paul noted, idols
are “nothing.” (1 Cor. 8:4) They cannot see, hear, speak, or act. You might be able
to see them and touch them, but if you were to worship one, you would, indeed, be
pursuing an unreality—an empty illusion that would bring only disaster.—Ps. 115:48.
16
Satan is still adept at convincing people to pursue unrealities. For instance, he
has seduced innumerable people into looking to material things to provide security.
Money, possessions, and high-paying jobs may seem to deliver advantages. What
do material things deliver, though, when health fails, when the economy crumbles,
or when a natural disaster strikes? What do they deliver when people feel empty
inside, in need of purpose, direction, and answers to life’s deeper questions? What
relief can they deliver in the face of death? If we look to material things to fill spiritual
needs, we will be disappointed. Material possessions do not deliver; they are
unrealities. In the long run, they cannot even provide physical security, for they have
no lasting effect on the present brevity of human life or the likelihood of sickness and
death. (Prov. 23:4, 5) How much more real, then, is our God, Jehovah! Only in a
strong relationship with him can we find genuine security. What a precious blessing
that is! Let us never forsake him in the pursuit of unrealities.
17
Are we not blessed to have Jehovah as our Friend and Guide on life’s journey?
If we continue to heed his loving warnings against three bad influences—the crowd,
our own hearts, and unrealities—we will be much more likely to reach our
destination of everlasting life. In the following article, let us consider three more
warnings that Jehovah provides to help us hate and avoid the false paths that lead
so many astray.—Ps. 119:128.
*** w00 7/15 p. 4 How Your Life Can Have Greater Meaning ***
TMS 2013
Top
Page 8
AN ANCIENT proverb says: “Do not toil to gain riches. Cease from your own
understanding. Have you caused your eyes to glance at it, when it is nothing? For
without fail it makes wings for itself like those of an eagle and flies away toward the
heavens.” (Proverbs 23:4, 5) In other words, it is not wise to wear ourselves out
trying to become rich, for wealth can fly away as on an eagle’s wings.
As the Bible shows, material wealth can disappear quickly. It may vanish
overnight because of a natural disaster, an economic slump, or other unforeseen
occurrences. Moreover, even those who achieve material success are often
disillusioned. Consider the case of John, whose work involved entertaining
politicians, sports figures, and royalty.
John states: “I gave my job everything I had. I prospered financially, stayed in
luxury hotels, and sometimes I even went to work by private jet. At first I enjoyed it,
but gradually I became bored. The people I catered to seemed superficial. There
was no substance to my life.”
As John discovered, a life devoid of spiritual values is unsatisfying. In his famous
Sermon on the Mount, Jesus Christ showed how to experience lasting happiness.
He said: “Happy are those conscious of their spiritual need, since the kingdom of the
heavens belongs to them.” (Matthew 5:3) Clearly, then, it is wise to put spiritual
matters first in life. However, other factors can also help to give life greater meaning.
No. 3: What Are Proper Matters About Which to Pray?(rs p. 294¶4-p.295¶3)
*** rs p. 294 - p. 295 Prayer ***
What are proper matters about which to pray?
Matt. 6:9-13: “You must pray, then, this way: ‘[1] Our Father in the
heavens, let your name be sanctified. [2] Let your kingdom come. [3]
Let your will take place, as in heaven, also upon earth. [4] Give us
today our bread for this day; and [5] forgive us our debts, as we also
have forgiven our debtors. And [6] do not bring us into temptation, but
deliver us from the wicked one.’” (Notice that God’s name and purpose
should be given priority.)
Ps. 25:4, 5: “Make me know your own ways, O Jehovah; teach me your
own paths. Make me walk in your truth and teach me, for you are my
God of salvation.”
Luke 11:13: “If you, although being wicked, know how to give good gifts
to your children, how much more so will the Father in heaven give holy
spirit to those asking him!”
TMS 2013
Top
Page 9
1 Thess. 5:17, 18: “Pray incessantly. In connection with everything give
thanks.”
Matt. 14:19, 20: “[Jesus] took the five loaves and two fishes, and,
looking up to heaven, he said a blessing and, after breaking the loaves,
he distributed them to the disciples, the disciples in turn to the crowds.
So all ate and were satisfied.”
Jas. 5:16: “Pray for one another.”
Matt. 26:41: “Keep on the watch and pray continually, that you may not
enter into temptation.”
Phil. 4:6: “Do not be anxious over anything, but in everything by prayer
and supplication along with thanksgiving let your petitions be made
known to God.”
TMS 2013
Top
Page 10
January
No. 1: Matthew 14:23-15:11
No. 2: *If Someone Says, ‘Pray With Me First, Then Give Me Your Message’(rs p. 295¶4-5)
No. 3: What Can We Learn From Isaac’s Example as a Peacemaker?(Ge 26:19-22)
*** w08 1/15 p. 30 pars. 6-7 Highlights From the Book of Matthew ***
13:51, 52. Getting the sense of Kingdom truths brings with it the responsibility of
teaching others and sharing these treasures with them.
14:12, 13, 23. Periods of solitude are essential for purposeful meditation.—Mark
6:46; Luke 6:12.
*** w96 2/1 pp. 18-19 God’s Kingdom—Are You Getting the Sense of It? ***
Responsibility Comes With Understanding
10
After giving six further illustrations to explain various aspects of the Kingdom,
Jesus asked his disciples: “Did you get the sense of all these things?” When they
answered “yes,” he said: “That being the case, every public instructor, when taught
respecting the kingdom of the heavens, is like a man, a householder, who brings out
of his treasure store things new and old.” The teachings and training provided by
Jesus would build his disciples into mature Christians who could bring forth from
their ‘storehouse’ an endless supply of rich spiritual food. Much of this related to
God’s Kingdom. Jesus made it clear that “getting the sense of” the Kingdom would
bring not only blessings but also responsibility. He commanded: “Go therefore and
make disciples of people of all the nations, . . . teaching them to observe all the
things I have commanded you. And, look! I am with you all the days until the
conclusion of the system of things.”—Matthew 13:51, 52; 28:19, 20.
No. 1: Matthew 14:23-15:11
No. 2: *If Someone Says, ‘Pray With Me First, Then Give Me Your Message’(rs p. 295¶4-5)
*** rs p. 295 Prayer ***
If Someone Says—
‘Pray with me first, then give me your message’
You might reply: ‘I’m glad to know that you are a person who appreciates the
TMS 2013
Top
Page 11
importance of prayer. Jehovah’s Witnesses also pray regularly. But there is
something that Jesus said about when and how to pray that may be new to you. Did
you know that he told his disciples not to offer public prayers with a view to having
others see that they were devout, praying persons? . . . (Matt. 6:5)’ Then perhaps
add: ‘Notice what he went on to say should be of primary concern to us and what
we should put first in our prayers. That is what I have come to share with you. (Matt.
6:9, 10)’
Or you could say: ‘I know that representatives from some religious groups do
that. But Jehovah’s Witnesses do not, because Jesus instructed his disciples to go
about their work of preaching in another manner. Instead of saying, “When you enter
a house, first pray,” notice what he said, as found here at Matthew 10:12, 13. . . .
And see here in verse 7 what they were to talk about. . . . How can that Kingdom
help people like you and me? (Rev. 21:4)’
No. 3: What Can We Learn From Isaac’s Example as a Peacemaker?(Ge 26:19-22)
*** w11 8/15 pp. 25-26 pars. 12-14 Jehovah—“The God Who Gives Peace” ***
Learning From the Ways of Abraham and Isaac
12
Abraham’s son Isaac followed the peace-loving ways of his father. This is
evident from the manner in which Isaac dealt with the Philistines. Because of a
famine in the land, Isaac moved his household north, from Beer-lahai-roi in the arid
region of the Negeb into the more fertile territory of the Philistines at Gerar. There
Jehovah blessed Isaac with bumper crops and increased his livestock. The
Philistines began to envy him. Not wanting Isaac to prosper as his father had
prospered, the Philistines stopped up the wells that Abraham’s servants had dug in
the region. Finally, the Philistine king told Isaac to ‘move from their neighborhood.’
The peaceful man Isaac complied.—Gen. 24:62; 26:1, 12-17.
13
After Isaac moved his encampment farther away, his shepherds dug another
well. Philistine shepherds claimed that the water was theirs. Like his father,
Abraham, Isaac did not fight over a well. Instead, Isaac again had his men dig a
well. The Philistines also claimed this one for themselves. For the sake of peace,
Isaac moved his large encampment away to yet another location. There his servants
dug a well that Isaac named Rehoboth. In time, he moved to the more fertile region
of Beer-sheba, where Jehovah blessed him and told him: “Do not be afraid, because
I am with you, and I will bless you and multiply your seed on account of Abraham my
servant.”—Gen. 26:17-25.
14
Isaac surely had the ability to fight for his right to use all the wells that his
servants had dug. After all, the Philistine king and his officials came to visit him in
TMS 2013
Top
Page 12
Beer-sheba and sought to make a covenant of peace with him, saying: “We have
unmistakably seen that Jehovah has proved to be with you.” Still, for the sake of
peace, Isaac had more than once opted to move rather than fight. This time too
Isaac proved himself to be a peacemaker. The historical record states: “He made a
feast for [his visitors] and they ate and drank. Next morning they were early in rising
and they made sworn statements one to the other. After that Isaac sent them away
. . . in peace.”—Gen. 26:26-31.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 13
January
No. 1: Matthew 17:22—18:10
No. 2: What “Good Words” of Jehovah Did Joshua See Come True?(Josh 23:14)
No. 3: What Are Some of the Outstanding Bible Prophecies That Are Yet to Be Fulfilled(rs p. 296¶2p. 297¶3
*** w08 1/15 p. 30 par. 1 Highlights From the Book of Matthew ***
19:28—What is represented by “the twelve tribes of Israel” that will be
judged? They do not represent the 12 tribes of spiritual Israel. (Gal. 6:16; Rev. 7:48) The apostles to whom Jesus was speaking were going to be part of spiritual
Israel, not judges of its members. Jesus made ‘a covenant with them for a kingdom,’
and they were to be ‘a kingdom and priests to God.’ (Luke 22:28-30; Rev. 5:10)
Those of spiritual Israel are to “judge the world.” (1 Cor. 6:2) Hence, “the twelve
tribes of Israel,” whom those on the heavenly thrones judge, evidently represent the
world of mankind who are outside that royal, priestly class, as pictured by the 12
tribes on Atonement Day.—Lev., chap. 16.
Lessons for Us:
17:20. We need faith to overcome mountainlike obstacles that interfere with our
spiritual progress and to cope with difficulties. We should not be negligent about
building and strengthening our faith in Jehovah and his promises.—Mark 11:23;
Luke 17:6.
18:1-4; 20:20-28. Human imperfection and a religious background that
emphasized position made Jesus’ disciples overly concerned about greatness. We
should cultivate humility as we guard against sinful tendencies and maintain a
proper view of privileges and responsibilities.
No. 1: Matthew 17:22—18:10
No. 2: What “Good Words” of Jehovah Did Joshua See Come True? (Josh 23:14)
*** w10 1/1 p. 12 A Fulfiller of Promises ***
IS IT hard for you to trust others? Sadly, we live in a world where trust is routinely
destroyed. If you were hurt by someone you believed in—perhaps because of lies or
TMS 2013
Top
Page 14
broken promises—your trust may have been shattered. There is, however, someone
you can trust without ever being disappointed. “Trust in Jehovah with all your heart,”
Proverbs 3:5 urges us. Why is Jehovah deserving of such trust? To answer that, let
us examine the words of Joshua—a man who put his complete trust in Jehovah—
recorded at Joshua 23:14.
Consider the setting. Joshua, Moses’ successor as leader of Israel, is
approaching 110 years of age. During his long life, he has observed firsthand many
of the mighty acts that Jehovah performed in behalf of Israel, including the
miraculous deliverance through the Red Sea some 60 years earlier. Now, a
reflective Joshua calls together Israel’s “older men and its heads and its judges and
its officers.” (Joshua 23:2) The words he now speaks reveal not just a wisdom born
of age but the meditations of a heart full of faith.
“I am going today in the way of all the earth,” explains Joshua. The phrase “the
way of all the earth” is an idiom for death. Joshua is, in effect, saying, “I do not have
much longer to live.” Knowing that he is about to die, Joshua no doubt has spent
many quiet hours contemplating his life. What parting words does he have for his
fellow worshippers?
Joshua continues: “Not one word out of all the good words that Jehovah your
God has spoken to you has failed. They have all come true for you. Not one word of
them has failed.” These are the words of a man who has full trust in God. The
reason? Looking back on all that he has seen, Joshua has come to know that
Jehovah fulfills His promises—always. The implication is clear: Joshua wants his
fellow Israelites to have absolute faith that all of Jehovah’s promises for their future
will also come true.
Commenting on Joshua 23:14, one Bible reference work says: “Bring forth every
promise from the Bible; then search the annals of the world; and inquire of every
creature in it, to find one single instance of God’s violating or forgetting a promise.” If
it were possible to conduct such an examination, we would reach the same
conclusion as did Joshua—Jehovah’s promises never fail to come true.—1 Kings
8:56; Isaiah 55:10, 11.
The Bible contains a record of God’s promises that have been fulfilled, including
some that are being fulfilled before our very eyes. It also contains Jehovah’s
wonderful promises for our future. Why not examine that record for yourself? A study
of the Bible may convince you that the Fulfiller of promises is worthy of your trust.
[Footnotes]
TMS 2013
Top
Page 15
Here are a few of the promises, or assurances, that Joshua saw fulfilled. Jehovah
would give Israel a land of their own. (Compare Genesis 12:7 with Joshua
11:23.) Jehovah would deliver Israel out of Egypt. (Compare Exodus 3:8 with
Exodus 12:29-32.) Jehovah would sustain his people.—Compare Exodus 16:4,
13-15 with Deuteronomy 8:3, 4.
No. 3: What Are Some of the Outstanding Bible Prophecies That Are Yet to Be Fulfilled(rs p. 296¶2-
p. 297¶3
*** rs p. 296 - p. 297 Prophecy ***
What are some of the outstanding Bible prophecies that are yet to be fulfilled?
1 Thess. 5:3: “Whenever it is that they are saying: ‘Peace and security!’ then
sudden destruction is to be instantly upon them just as the pang of distress upon a
pregnant woman; and they will by no means escape.”
Rev. 17:16: “The ten horns that you saw, and the wild beast, these will hate the
harlot [Babylon the Great] and will make her devastated and naked, and will eat up
her fleshy parts and will completely burn her with fire.”
Ezek. 38:14-19: “You must say to Gog, ‘This is what the Sovereign Lord Jehovah
has said: “Will it not be in that day when my people [spiritual] Israel are dwelling in
security that you will know it? And you will certainly come from your place, from the
remotest parts of the north, you and many peoples with you . . . ” “And it must occur
in that day, in the day when Gog comes in upon the soil of Israel,” is the utterance of
the Sovereign Lord Jehovah, “that my rage will come up into my nose. And in my
ardor, in the fire of my fury, I shall have to speak.”’”
Dan. 2:44: “The kingdom [set up by God] . . . will crush and put an end to all
these [human] kingdoms, and it itself will stand to times indefinite.”
Ezek. 38:23: “I shall certainly magnify myself and sanctify myself and make
myself known before the eyes of many nations; and they will have to know that I am
Jehovah.”
Rev. 20:1-3: “I saw an angel coming down out of heaven with the key of the
abyss and a great chain in his hand. And he seized the dragon, the original serpent,
who is the Devil and Satan, and bound him for a thousand years. And he hurled him
into the abyss and shut it and sealed it over him, that he might not mislead the
nations anymore until the thousand years were ended. After these things he must be
let loose for a little while.”
John 5:28, 29: “Do not marvel at this, because the hour is coming in which all
TMS 2013
Top
Page 16
those in the memorial tombs will hear his voice and come out, those who did good
things to a resurrection of life, those who practiced vile things to a resurrection of
judgment.”
Rev. 21:3, 4: “I heard a loud voice from the throne say: ‘Look! The tent of God is
with mankind, and he will reside with them, and they will be his peoples. And God
himself will be with them. And he will wipe out every tear from their eyes, and death
will be no more, neither will mourning nor outcry nor pain be anymore. The former
things have passed away.’”
1 Cor. 15:24-28: “Next, the end, when he hands over the kingdom to his God
and Father . . . But when all things will have been subjected to him, then the Son
himself will also subject himself to the One who subjected all things to him, that God
may be all things to everyone.”
TMS 2013
Top
Page 17
February
Feb 4 Bible Reading: Matthew 22-25
No. 1: Matthew 23:25-39
No. 2: Why Should Christians Be Keenly Interested in the Bible’s Predictions(rs p. 297¶4-8)
No. 3: What Bible Examples Illustrate the Wisdom Recorded at Proverbs 3:5?
22:3, 4, 9—When do the three calls to the marriage feast go out? The first
call to gather the bride class went out when Jesus and his followers began
preaching in 29 C.E., and it continued till 33 C.E. The second call extended from the
time of the outpouring of the holy spirit at Pentecost 33 C.E. to 36 C.E. Both calls
were directed only to the Jews, Jewish proselytes, and Samaritans. However, the
third call was issued to the people from the roads outside the city, that is, to the
uncircumcised Gentiles, beginning in 36 C.E. with the conversion of the Roman
army officer Cornelius and continuing into our day.
23:15—Why was a proselyte, or a convert, of the Pharisees “a subject for
Gehenna twice as much” as the Pharisees themselves? Some who became
proselytes of the Pharisees may formerly have been gross sinners. By converting to
the extremism of the Pharisees, however, they took a turn for the worse, possibly
becoming more extreme than their condemned teachers. Thus, they were ‘subjects
for Gehenna,’ doubly so in comparison with the Jewish Pharisees.
No. 1: Matthew 23:25-39
No. 2: Why Should Christians Be Keenly Interested in the Bible’s Predictions(rs p. 297¶4-8)
*** rs p. 297 Prophecy ***
Why should Christians be keenly interested in the Bible’s predictions?
Matt. 24:42: “Keep on the watch, therefore, because you do not know on what
day your Lord is coming.”
2 Pet. 1:19-21: “We have the prophetic word made more sure [as a result of
what occurred at the transfiguration of Jesus]; and you are doing well in paying
attention to it . . . For prophecy was at no time brought by man’s will, but men spoke
from God as they were borne along by holy spirit.”
Prov. 4:18: “The path of the righteous ones is like the bright light that is getting
TMS 2013
Top
Page 18
lighter and lighter until the day is firmly established.”
Matt. 4:4: “Man must live, not on bread alone, but on every utterance coming
forth through Jehovah’s mouth.” (That includes his grand prophetic promises.)
2 Tim. 3:16: “All Scripture is inspired of God and beneficial for teaching, for
reproving, for setting things straight, for disciplining in righteousness.” (Thus the
entire written Word of God deserves our earnest study.)
No. 3: What Bible Examples Illustrate the Wisdom Recorded at Proverbs 3:5?
*** w11 11/15 pp. 6-7 “Do Not Lean Upon Your Own Understanding” ***
When in Distress
5
Concerning King Hezekiah of Judah, the Bible says: “He kept sticking to
Jehovah. He did not turn aside from following him, but he continued keeping his
commandments that Jehovah had commanded Moses.” Yes, “in Jehovah the God of
Israel he trusted.” (2 Ki. 18:5, 6) How did Hezekiah respond when King Sennacherib
of Assyria sent his representatives—including Rabshakeh—to Jerusalem along with
a heavy military force? The powerful Assyrian army had already seized a number of
fortified cities of Judah, and Sennacherib had now set his eyes on Jerusalem.
Hezekiah went to the house of Jehovah and began praying: “O Jehovah our God,
save us, please, out of his hand, that all the kingdoms of the earth may know that
you, O Jehovah, are God alone.”—2 Ki. 19:14-19.
6
Hezekiah acted in harmony with his prayer. Even before going up to the temple
to pray, he instructed the people not to respond to Rabshakeh’s taunts. Hezekiah
also sent a delegation to Isaiah the prophet, seeking his advice. (2 Ki. 18:36;
19:1, 2) Hezekiah took steps that he could rightly take. On this occasion, he did not
try to work out a solution that was out of harmony with Jehovah’s will by seeking
support from Egypt or from neighboring nations. Rather than lean upon his own
understanding, Hezekiah trusted in Jehovah. After Jehovah’s angel struck down
185,000 of Sennacherib’s men, Sennacherib “pulled away” and returned to
Nineveh.—2 Ki. 19:35, 36.
7
Hannah, the wife of the Levite Elkanah, also leaned upon Jehovah when she
was in distress over not being able to bear a child. (1 Sam. 1:9-11, 18) The prophet
Jonah was delivered from the belly of a great fish after he prayed: “Out of my
distress I called out to Jehovah, and he proceeded to answer me. Out of the belly of
Sheol I cried for help. You heard my voice.” (Jonah 2:1, 2, 10) How comforting it is to
know that no matter how dire our situation is, we can call out to Jehovah with a
“request for favor”!—Read Psalm 55:1, 16.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 19
8
The examples of Hezekiah, Hannah, and Jonah also teach us a vital lesson
about what we should not fail to remember as we pray while under duress. All three
felt emotional pain when they were in sore straits. Yet, their prayers show that they
were not concerned about just themselves and getting relief from their problems.
God’s name, his worship, and the doing of his will were matters of utmost
importance to them. Hezekiah was pained that reproach was being heaped upon
Jehovah’s name. Hannah promised to give in service at the tabernacle in Shiloh the
very son she had so desired. And Jonah said: “What I have vowed, I will pay.”—
Jonah 2:9.
9
When we pray for deliverance from a troublesome situation, it is wise to
examine our motives. Are we concerned exclusively with getting relief from the
problem, or do we keep Jehovah and his purpose in mind? Personal suffering can
easily cause us to get so caught up in our own situation that concern over spiritual
matters fades into the background. When praying to God for help, let us keep our
mind focused on Jehovah, the sanctification of his name, and the vindication of his
sovereignty. Doing so can help us to maintain a positive outlook even if the solution
that we hope for fails to materialize. The answer to our prayers may be that we need
to endure the situation with God’s help.—Read Isaiah 40:29; Philippians 4:13.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 20
February
Feb 11 Bible Reading: Matthew 26-28
No. 1: Matthew 27:24-44
No. 2: How Does God’s Patience Lead to Salvation?(2 Pe 3:9, 15)
No. 3: *If Someone Says, ‘You Put Too Much Emphasis on Prophecy,(rs p. 298¶1-2)
27:3-5—Over what did Judas feel remorse? There is no indication that Judas’
remorse was true repentance. Rather than seeking God’s forgiveness, he confessed
his wrongdoing to the chief priests and older men. Having committed “a sin that
does incur death,” Judas was rightly overwhelmed with feelings of guilt and despair.
(1 John 5:16) His remorse was prompted by his being in a desperate state.
*** it-2 pp. 773-774 Repentance ***
Regret, remorse, and tears, then, are not a certain measure of genuine
repentance; the heart motive is determinative. Hosea voices Jehovah’s denunciation
of Israel, for in their distress “they did not call to [him] for aid with their heart,
although they kept howling on their beds. On account of their grain and sweet wine
they kept loafing about . . . And they proceeded to return, not to anything higher.”
Their groaning for relief in time of calamity was selfishly motivated, and if granted
relief, they did not use the opportunity to improve their relationship with God by
closer adherence to his high standards (compare Isa 55:8-11); they were like “a
loose bow” that never hits the mark. (Ho 7:14-16; compare Ps 78:57; Jas 4:3.)
Fasting, weeping, and wailing were proper—but only if the repentant ones ‘ripped
apart their hearts’ and not simply their garments.—Joe 2:12, 13; see FAST;
MOURNING.
Confession of wrongdoing. The repentant person, then, humbles himself and
seeks God’s face (2Ch 7:13, 14; 33:10-13; Jas 4:6-10), supplicating his forgiveness.
(Mt 6:12) He is not like the self-righteous Pharisee of Jesus’ illustration but is like the
tax collector whom Jesus portrayed as beating his breast and saying, “O God, be
gracious to me a sinner.” (Lu 18:9-14) The apostle John states: “If we make the
statement: ‘We have no sin,’ we are misleading ourselves and the truth is not in us.
If we confess our sins, he is faithful and righteous so as to forgive us our sins and to
cleanse us from all unrighteousness.” (1Jo 1:8, 9) “He that is covering over his
TMS 2013
Top
Page 21
transgressions will not succeed, but he that is confessing and leaving them will be
shown mercy.”—Pr 28:13; compare Ps 32:3-5; Jos 7:19-26; 1Ti 5:24.
No. 1: Matthew 27:24-44
No. 2: How Does God’s Patience Lead to Salvation?(2 Pe 3:9, 15)
*** w10 1/1 p. 23 Will the Earth Come to an End? ***
No doubt you long to enjoy conditions like those outlined above. Jehovah has a
fiery zeal—a burning desire—to carry out all that he has foretold. (Isaiah 9:6, 7) Yet,
you may wonder: ‘It has been thousands of years since God’s promises were
recorded in the Bible. Why have they not yet been fulfilled?’
God’s Patience Leads to Our Salvation
Rest assured that “Jehovah is not slow respecting his promise.” The Bible
explains that God has been lovingly demonstrating patience with us. Thus, we are
encouraged to “consider the patience of our Lord as salvation.” (2 Peter 3:9, 15) But
why has God’s patience been necessary for salvation?
First of all, God knows that before he can provide righteous humans with a
secure and prosperous home, he will have to “bring to ruin those ruining the earth.”
(Revelation 11:18) However, because he loves humans, Jehovah “does not desire
any to be destroyed.” Consequently, our heavenly Father has been patiently trying
“to warn the wicked one from his wicked way.” To that end, Jehovah is having the
message about his Kingdom preached worldwide. (Ezekiel 3:17, 18) All who
respond favorably to God’s warning and bring their life into harmony with his
righteous principles will be granted salvation and enjoy everlasting life on a paradise
earth.
*** w06 2/1 pp. 17-18 pars. 3-7 Imitate the Patience of Jehovah ***
3
There is a Greek word that in the New World Translation is three times
rendered “patience.” It literally means “longness of spirit” and thus is frequently
rendered “long-suffering” and once “exercising of patience.” Inherent in both the
Greek and Hebrew words for “patience” is the thought of forbearance and slowness
to anger. How does Jehovah’s patience benefit us? What lessons are to be learned
from the patience and endurance of Jehovah and of his faithful servants? How do
we know that Jehovah’s patience is not limitless? Let us see.
Consider Jehovah’s Patience
4
Concerning Jehovah’s patience, the apostle Peter wrote: “Let this one fact not
be escaping your notice, beloved ones, that one day is with Jehovah as a thousand
TMS 2013
Top
Page 22
years and a thousand years as one day. Jehovah is not slow respecting his promise,
as some people consider slowness, but he is patient with you because he does not
desire any to be destroyed but desires all to attain to repentance.” (2 Peter 3:8, 9)
Please notice two points expressed here that can help us to understand Jehovah’s
patience.
5
The first point is that Jehovah does not view time as we do. To the One who
lives forever, a thousand years are as one day. He is not restrained or pressured by
time, but he is not slow in acting. Possessing limitless wisdom, Jehovah knows
precisely the best time to act for the benefit of all concerned, and he patiently waits
for that time to come. However, we should not conclude that Jehovah is insensitive
to any suffering that his servants may experience in the meantime. He is a God of
“tender compassion,” the personification of love. (Luke 1:78; 1 John 4:8) He is able
to undo, completely and permanently, any harm that this temporary permission of
suffering might have caused.—Psalm 37:10.
6
It is, of course, not easy to wait for something that one yearns for. (Proverbs
13:12) Thus, when people do not swiftly fulfill their promises, others may conclude
that they do not intend to do so. How unwise it would be to think that of God! If we
mistake God’s patience for slowness, the passing of time can easily cause us to give
way to doubt and discouragement, and we risk becoming spiritually drowsy. Even
worse, we might be misled by those whom Peter earlier warned against—ridiculers,
those without faith. Such ones mockingly say: “Where is this promised presence of
his? Why, from the day our forefathers fell asleep in death, all things are continuing
exactly as from creation’s beginning.”—2 Peter 3:4.
7
A second point that we can draw from Peter’s words is that Jehovah is patient
because he desires all to attain to repentance. Those who stubbornly refuse to turn
back from their bad ways face execution at the hand of Jehovah. However, God
finds no pleasure in the death of the wicked one. Rather, he delights to see people
repent, turn back from their bad ways, and keep living. (Ezekiel 33:11)
Consequently, he is exercising patience and is having the good news declared in all
the earth so that people may have every opportunity to live.
No. 3: *If Someone Says, ‘You Put Too Much Emphasis on Prophecy,(rs p. 298¶1-2)
*** rs p. 298 Prophecy ***
If Someone Says—
‘You put too much emphasis on prophecy. All that is needed is to accept
Christ as your Savior and to lead a good Christian life’
TMS 2013
Top
Page 23
You might reply: ‘Appreciation of the role of Jesus Christ is certainly vital. But
did you know that one reason why the Jews in the first century failed to accept him
was that they did not pay sufficient attention to prophecy?’ Then perhaps add:
(1) ‘The prophecies in the Hebrew Scriptures had foretold when the Messiah (Christ)
would appear and what he would do. But the Jews in general did not pay heed to
what those prophecies said. They had their own ideas as to what the Messiah
should do, and as a result they rejected the Son of God. (See page 211, under
“Jesus Christ.”)’ (2) ‘We today live at the time when Christ has begun to rule as
heavenly King and is separating people of all nations, with a view to life or
destruction. (Matt. 25:31-33, 46) But most people are looking for something else.’
Or you could say: ‘I agree that being a good Christian is important. But would I
be a good Christian if I did some of the things that Jesus taught but ignored what he
said we should put first in life? . . . Notice what he said as recorded here at Matthew
6:33.’ Then perhaps add: ‘Isn’t it true that Jesus taught us to pray for that Kingdom,
even putting it ahead of our asking for forgiveness because of our faith in him as
Savior? (Matt. 6:9-12)’
TMS 2013
Top
Page 24
February
Feb 18 Bible Reading: Mark 1-4
No. 1: Mark 2:18-3:6
No. 2: On What Is the Teaching of Purgatory Based?(rs p. 299¶1-6)
No. 3: How Are We to Understand Paul’s Advice Recorded at 1 Corinthians 7:29-31?
Bible Reading: Mark 1-4
*** w08 2/15 p. 28 Highlights From the Book of Mark ***
THE Gospel of Mark is the shortest of the four Gospels. Written by John Mark
some 30 years after the death and resurrection of Jesus Christ, it is a fast-moving,
action-packed account of Jesus’ three-and-a-half-year ministry.
Evidently intended for non-Jews, particularly the Romans, the book of Mark
presents Jesus as the miracle-working Son of God who carries on a vigorous
preaching campaign. The emphasis is on what Jesus did rather than what he taught.
Paying attention to the Gospel of Mark will strengthen our faith in the Messiah and
motivate us to be zealous proclaimers of God’s message in the Christian ministry.—
Heb. 4:12.
authenticity: si 182-183
9
Since Mark evidently wrote primarily for the Romans, he most likely did his writing
in Rome. Both earliest tradition and the contents of the book allow for the conclusion
that it was composed in Rome during either the first or the second imprisonment of
the apostle Paul, and hence during the years 60-65 C.E. In those years Mark was in
Rome at least once, and likely twice. All the leading authorities of the second and
third centuries confirm that Mark was the writer. The Gospel was already in
circulation among Christians by the middle of the second century. Its appearance in
all the early catalogs of the Christian Greek Scriptures confirms the authenticity of
Mark’s Gospel.
unique material:
*** w08 10/1 p. 13 How Reliable Are the Gospels? ***
[Box on page 13]
If Mark Had Not Been Written, We Would Not Know That . . .
TMS 2013
Top
Page 25
Jesus looked around with indignation, being thoroughly grieved at the insensibility of
their hearts (Mark 3:5)
John and James were surnamed Boanerges (Mark 3:17)
the woman with a blood flow had spent all her resources (Mark 5:26)
Herodias was nursing a grudge against John the Baptizer and Herod stood in fear of
John and kept him safe (Mark 6:19, 20)
Jesus invited his disciples to rest up a bit (Mark 6:31)
the Pharisees washed their hands up to the elbow (Mark 7:2-4)
Jesus took the children into his arms (Mark 10:16)
Jesus felt love for the young ruler (Mark 10:21)
Peter, James, John, and Andrew asked Jesus privately (Mark 13:3)
a young man left his linen garment behind (Mark 14:51, 52)
Furthermore, one of Jesus’ illustrations and two of his miracles are found only in
the book of Mark.—Mark 4:26-29; 7:32-37; 8:22-26.
Mark’s Gospel contains many more firsthand details not found in the other
Gospels. Our appreciation for it will surely grow when we take time to meditate fully
on the value of all such significant details.
*** w08 2/15 p. 28 - p. 29 Highlights From the Book of Mark ***
1:15—“The appointed time” for what had been fulfilled? Jesus was stating
that the appointed time had been fulfilled for him to commence his ministry. Because
he was on hand as King-Designate, God’s Kingdom had drawn near. Righthearted
people could then respond to his preaching work and take steps that would bring
them God’s approval.
1:44; 3:12; 7:36—Why did Jesus not want his miracles advertised? Rather
than have people reach conclusions based on sensational or possibly distorted
reports, Jesus wanted them to see for themselves that he was the Christ and to
make a personal decision based on that evidence. (Isa. 42:1-4; Matt. 8:4; 9:30;
12:15-21; 16:20; Luke 5:14) An exception was the case of the formerly demonpossessed man in the country of the Gerasenes. Jesus told him to go home and
report the matter to his relatives. Jesus had been entreated to go away from that
area, so he would have had very little or no contact with the people there. The
TMS 2013
Top
Page 26
presence and the testimony of a man to whom Jesus had done a good deed could
serve to counteract any negative talk about the loss of the swine.—Mark 5:1-20;
Luke 8:26-39.
2:28—Why is Jesus called “Lord even of the sabbath”? “The Law has a
shadow of the good things to come,” wrote the apostle Paul. (Heb. 10:1) As the Law
stipulated, the Sabbath came after six days of work, and Jesus performed many of
his cures on that day. This foreshadowed the peaceful rest and other blessings that
mankind will experience under the Thousand Year Reign of Christ after the end of
Satan’s oppressive rulership. Therefore, the King of that Kingdom is also “Lord of
the sabbath.”—Matt. 12:8; Luke 6:5.
3:5; 7:34; 8:12—How could Mark have known details about Jesus’
emotional state? Mark was neither one of the 12 apostles nor a close companion of
Jesus. Ancient tradition has it that Mark’s close associate, the apostle Peter, was the
source of much of Mark’s information.—1 Pet. 5:13.
Lessons for Us:
2:18; 7:11; 12:18; 13:3. Mark explains customs, terms, beliefs, and locations
that might have been unfamiliar to non-Jewish readers. He makes it clear that the
Pharisees “practiced fasting,” that corban is “a gift dedicated to God,” that the
Sadducees “say there is no resurrection,” and that the temple was “in view” from
“the Mount of Olives.” Since the genealogy of the Messiah would be of interest
mainly to the Jews, he leaves it out altogether. Mark thus provides an example for
us. We should take into consideration the background of our listeners when we
engage in the Christian ministry or give talks at congregation meetings.
3:21. Jesus’ relatives were unbelievers. Hence, he is empathetic toward those
who because of their faith are opposed or mocked by their unbelieving family
members.
3:31-35. At his baptism, Jesus became God’s spiritual Son, and “the Jerusalem
above” was his mother. (Gal. 4:26) From then on, Jesus’ disciples were nearer and
dearer to him than his fleshly relatives were. This teaches us to put spiritual interests
first in our lives.—Matt. 12:46-50; Luke 8:19-21.
No. 1: Mark 2:18-3:6
No. 2: On What Is the Teaching of Purgatory Based?(rs p. 299¶1-6)
*** rs p. 298 - p. 299 Purgatory ***
Purgatory
TMS 2013
Top
Page 27
Definition: “According to the teaching of the [Roman Catholic] Church,
the state, place, or condition in the next world . . . where the souls of
those who die in the state of grace, but not yet free from all
imperfection, make expiation for unforgiven venial sins or for the
temporal punishment due to venial and mortal sins that have already
been forgiven and, by so doing, are purified before they enter heaven.”
(New Catholic Encyclopedia, 1967, Vol. XI, p. 1034) Not a Bible
teaching.
On what is the teaching of purgatory based?
After reviewing what Catholic writers have said regarding such texts as 2
Maccabees 12:39-45, Matthew 12:32, and 1 Corinthians 3:10-15, the New Catholic
Encyclopedia (1967, Vol. XI, p. 1034) acknowledges: “In the final analysis, the
Catholic doctrine on purgatory is based on tradition, not Sacred Scripture.”
“The church has relied on tradition to support a middle ground between heaven
and hell.”—U.S. Catholic, March 1981, p. 7.
Regarding the nature of purgatory, what do Catholic spokesmen say?
“Many think that the total suffering of purgatory is identified with the awareness of
the temporary postponement of the beatific vision, although the more common view
holds that, in addition to this, there is some positive punishment . . . In the Latin
Church it has been generally maintained that this pain is imposed through real fire.
This is not, however, essential to belief in purgatory. It is not even certain. . . . Even
if one chooses, with the theologians of the East, to reject the idea of suffering
induced by fire, one should be careful not to exclude all positive suffering from
purgatory. There are still real affliction, sorrow, chagrin, shame of conscience, and
other spiritual sorrows capable of inflicting true pain on the soul. . . . One should
remember, at any rate, that in the midst of their sufferings these souls also
experience great joy over the certainty of salvation.”—New Catholic Encyclopedia
(1967), Vol. XI, p. 1036, 1037.“What goes on in purgatory is anyone’s guess.”—U.S.
Catholic, March 1981, p. 9.
No. 3: How Are We to Understand Paul’s Advice Recorded at 1 Corinthians 7:29-31?
*** w08 7/15 p. 27 par. 10 Highlights From the Letters to the Corinthians ***
7:29. Marriage mates ought to be careful not to get so absorbed in each other
that Kingdom interests take second place in their lives.
*** w99 10/1 p. 9 par. 20 “For Everything There Is an Appointed Time” ***
TMS 2013
Top
Page 28
20
Should even married couples occasionally “keep away from embracing”?
Evidently so in a sense, for Paul noted: “This I say, brothers, the time left is reduced.
Henceforth let those who have wives be as though they had none.” (1 Corinthians
7:29) Accordingly, the joys and blessings of marriage must at times take a backseat
to theocratic responsibilities. A balanced view of this matter will not weaken a
marriage but strengthen it because it helps to remind both partners that Jehovah
must always be the central stabilizing figure in their relationship.—Ecclesiastes 4:12.
*** w84 11/15 pp. 24-25 “The Time Left Is Reduced” ***
Live in Accord With Bible Counsel13 With the remaining time clearly reduced and
the end near, Jehovah’s people need to live in accord with the Bible’s counsel, such
as the apostle Paul’s words at 1 Corinthians 7:29-31. Right after saying that “the
time left is reduced,” he wrote: “Henceforth let those who have wives be as though
they had none.” Here the apostle did not mean that a Christian husband is to ignore
his wife. No, but while a man faithfully cares for his marital responsibilities, he should
have first in heart and mind his relationship with God, seeing to it that his marriage
contributes to this.
14
In verse 30, Paul went on to say: “Also [let] those who weep be as those who
do not weep, and those who rejoice as those who do not rejoice, and those who buy
as those not possessing.” What does that mean? These inspired words underscore
the fact that personal matters, whether they involve possessions, sorrows or joys,
are not the big things for Kingdom ministers. “Time and unforeseen occurrence”
befall all of us and can change our circumstances suddenly. (Ecclesiastes 9:11;
James 4:14) So it would be unwise to become so preoccupied with sorrows,
hardships and various personal problems that these concerns seriously interfere
with our ministry, our privileged activity of preaching the Kingdom good news.
15
At 1 Corinthians 7:31, the apostle Paul said: “[Let] those making use of the
world [be] as those not using it to the full.” Because people of the world lack a Biblebased hope, they are wrapped up in thinking about their daily needs and ambitions.
Often they seek to impress others by means of material possessions. But, as the
apostle John made clear, “the showy display of one’s means of life” is one
manifestation of “everything in the world” that “does not originate with the Father, but
originates with the world.” And John assures us that “the world is passing away and
so is its desire, but he that does the will of God remains forever.” (1 John 2:16, 17)
Hence, it would be the height of folly for any Christian, with the prospect of an
eternal future before him, to become so absorbed in personal matters that he has no
time left for Kingdom interests. (Matthew 6:25-32; compare Philippians 2:19-22;
2 Timothy 4:10.) Though it is not improper to enjoy beneficial material possessions
and even some wholesome pleasure, we must never allow these things to become
the focal point of our life.—Luke 12:15.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 29
February
Feb 25 Bible Reading: Mark 5-8
*** w08 2/15 p. 29 par. 6 Highlights From the Book of Mark ***
6:51, 52—What was “the meaning of the loaves” that the disciples failed to
grasp? Just a few hours earlier, Jesus had fed 5,000 men besides women and
children with only five loaves and two fishes. “The meaning of the loaves” that the
disciples should have understood from that event was that Jesus had been
empowered by Jehovah God to perform miracles. (Mark 6:41-44) If they had
grasped the greatness of power that Jesus had been given, they would not have
been so amazed when he miraculously walked on water.
8:22-26—Why did Jesus restore the blind man’s sight in two steps? Jesus
might have done this out of consideration for the man. The gradual restoration of
sight to a man who had been accustomed to darkness for a long time may have
allowed him to adjust to the brilliance of the sunlight.
Lessons for Us:
8:32-34. We should be quick to recognize and reject any mistaken kindness
displayed by others. A follower of Christ must be prepared to “disown himself,” that
is, to deny himself and say no to selfish desires and ambitions. He should be willing
to “pick up his torture stake”—to suffer, if need be, or be shamed or persecuted or
even put to death for being a Christian. And he must “continually follow” Jesus,
conforming to His pattern of life. The course of discipleship requires that we develop
and maintain a self-sacrificing spirit like that of Christ Jesus.—Matt. 16:21-25; Luke
9:22, 23.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 30
March
March 4 Bible Reading: Mark 9-12
No. 1: Mark 11:19-12:11
No. 2: Is Further Punishment for Sin Extracted After One’s Death?(rs p. 300¶2-6)
No. 3: Why Making a Personal Dedication to God Leads to Happiness (Acts 20:35)
10:17, 18—Why did Jesus correct a certain man for calling Him “Good
Teacher”? By thus refusing to accept this flattering title, Jesus directed glory to
Jehovah and indicated that the true God is the source of all good things. Moreover,
Jesus drew attention to the fundamental truth that the Creator of all things, Jehovah
God, alone has the right to set the standards of good and bad.—Matt. 19:16, 17;
Luke 18:18, 19.
Lessons for Us:
9:24. We should not be ashamed to confess our faith or to plead for more faith.—
Luke 17:5.
10:6-9. God’s purpose is that marriage mates stick together. Therefore, rather
than hastily seeking a divorce, husbands and wives should strive to apply Bible
principles to overcome any difficulties that may arise in marriage.—Matt. 19:4-6.
12:41-44. The example of the poor widow teaches us that we should be unselfish
in supporting true worship.
*** w91 9/15 pp. 22-23 How Christ’s Transfiguration Affects You ***
Its Purpose
The transfiguration must have fortified Jesus for the sufferings and death he was
about to undergo. Hearing his heavenly Father speak of him as His approved Son
must have strengthened Jesus’ faith. But what did the transfiguration do for others?
Jesus’ transfiguration also strengthened the faith of the observers. It impressed
on their minds that Jesus Christ is God’s Son. Indeed, since Jehovah’s Chief
Spokesman, the Word, was then in their midst, they heard God’s own voice declare:
“This is my Son, the beloved, whom I have approved.” Though Jehovah had borne
TMS 2013
Top
Page 31
like testimony when Jesus was baptized, during the transfiguration God added that
the disciples should listen to His Son.—Matthew 3:13-17; 17:5; John 1:1-3, 14.
The transfiguration strengthened faith in another way. During the vision, Jesus,
“Moses,” and “Elijah” spoke about the “departure that [Christ] was destined to fulfill
at Jerusalem.” (Luke 9:31) “Departure” is translated from a form of the Greek word
e′xodos. This exodus, or departure, evidently involved both Jesus’ death and his
resurrection by God to spirit life. (1 Peter 3:18) So the transfiguration strengthened
faith in Christ’s resurrection. Especially did it build faith by providing convincing
evidence that Jesus would be the King of God’s Messianic Kingdom. Moreover, the
vision showed that the Kingdom would be glorious.
The transfiguration also strengthened faith in Scriptural prophecy. Some 32 years
later (about 64 C.E.), Peter still recalled this experience and wrote: “No, it was not by
following artfully contrived false stories that we acquainted you with the power and
presence of our Lord Jesus Christ, but it was by having become eyewitnesses of his
magnificence. For he received from God the Father honor and glory, when words
such as these were borne to him by the magnificent glory: ‘This is my son, my
beloved, whom I myself have approved.’ Yes, these words we heard borne from
heaven while we were with him in the holy mountain. Consequently we have the
prophetic word made more sure; and you are doing well in paying attention to it as to
a lamp shining in a dark place, until day dawns and a daystar rises, in your
hearts.”—2 Peter 1:16-19.
Its Meaning for You
Yes, Peter viewed Jesus’ transfiguration as a powerful confirmation of God’s
prophetic word. The apostle John may also have alluded to this vision when he said:
“The Word became flesh and resided among us, and we had a view of his glory, a
glory such as belongs to an only-begotten son from a father; and he was full of
undeserved kindness and truth.” (John 1:14) Similarly, the transfiguration can build
your faith in Jehovah’s prophetic word.
The transfiguration and associated events can strengthen your faith that Jesus
Christ is God’s Son and the promised Messiah. It can fortify your belief in Jesus’
resurrection to spirit life in heaven. This amazing vision should also increase your
faith in God’s government, for the transfiguration was a foreview of Christ’s glory and
Kingdom power.
It is particularly faith-strengthening to know that Christ’s transfiguration pointed to
our day, when Jesus’ presence is a reality. (Matthew 24:3-14) Since 1914 he has
been ruling as God’s appointed King in the heavens. His God-given authority and
power will soon be exercised against all enemies of divine rule, opening the way for
TMS 2013
Top
Page 32
a new world. (2 Peter 3:13) You can enjoy its endless blessings if you exercise faith
in the wonderful things portrayed in the transfiguration of Jesus Christ.
No. 1: Mark 11:19-12:11
No. 2: Is Further Punishment for Sin Extracted After One’s Death?(rs p. 300¶2-6)
*** rs p. 300 Purgatory ***
Is further punishment for sin exacted after one’s death?
Rom. 6:7, NAB: “A man who is dead has been freed from sin.” (Kx: “Guilt makes
no more claim on a man who is dead.”)
Are the dead able to experience joy because of confidence in the prospect of
salvation?
Eccl. 9:5, JB: “The living know at least that they will die, the dead know nothing.”
Isa. 38:18, JB: “Sheol does not praise you [Yahweh], death does not extol you;
those who go down to the pit do not go on trusting in your faithfulness.” (So how can
any of them “experience great joy over the certainty of salvation”?)
According to the Bible, by what means is purification from sins
accomplished?
1 John 1:7, 9, JB: “If we live our lives in the light, as he [God] is in the light, we
are in union with one another, and the blood of Jesus, his Son, purifies us from all
sin. . . . If we acknowledge our sins, then God who is faithful and just will forgive our
sins and purify us from everything that is wrong [“all our wrong-doing is purged
away,” Kx].”
Rev. 1:5, JB: “Jesus Christ . . . loves us and has washed away our sins with his
blood.”
No. 3: Why Making a Personal Dedication to God Leads to Happiness (Acts 20:35)
*** w11 7/1 pp. 7-8 A Meaningful Life—Now and Forever ***
BIBLE PRINCIPLE: “There is more happiness in giving than there is in receiving.”—
ACTS 20:35.
Many have found that doing things for others—giving of their time and energy to
assist others in times of difficulty, for example—has proved to be extremely
TMS 2013
Top
Page 33
rewarding and has added real meaning to their lives. “Do not hold back good from
those to whom it is owing,” wrote Solomon, “when it happens to be in the power of
your hand to do it.”—Proverbs 3:27.
Consider the example of Ralph. After retirement, he joined his wife in the full-time
Christian ministry. They each spend a number of hours every month in the ministry,
giving of themselves in teaching the Bible to others. “When we get home in the
evening, we are tired, not just from getting older, but from giving our all in service to
our heavenly Father,” says Ralph. “It’s a good tired!” He and his wife are happy
because their life centers on giving.
*** bt chap. 21 p. 172 pars. 20-21 “I Am Clean From the Blood of All Men” ***
20
Paul’s life course was in stark contrast to that of those who would in later times
take advantage of the flock. He worked to support himself so as not to impose a
burden on the congregation. His efforts in behalf of fellow believers were not for
personal gain. Paul urged the Ephesian elders to display a self-sacrificing spirit.
“You must assist those who are weak,” he told them, “and must bear in mind the
words of the Lord Jesus, when he himself said, ‘There is more happiness in giving
than there is in receiving.’”—Acts 20:35.
21
Like Paul, Christian elders today are self-sacrificing. In contrast with the clergy
of Christendom, who fleece their flocks, those who are entrusted with the
responsibility to “shepherd the congregation of God” perform their duties unselfishly.
Pride and ambition have no place in the Christian congregation, for those who
“search out their own glory” will fail in the long run. (Prov. 25:27) Presumptuousness
can only lead to dishonor.—Prov. 11:2.
*** g 11/08 pp. 6-7 Six Keys to Personal Success ***
2 Cultivate a Generous Disposition
“There is more happiness in giving than there is in receiving.” (Acts 20:35) While
occasional giving can produce moments of happiness, a generous disposition can
engender a state of happiness. Of course, generosity can be expressed in many
ways. One of the best ways, and often the most appreciated, is giving of oneself.
After reviewing several studies on altruism, happiness, and health, researcher
Stephen G. Post concluded that being altruistic and extending help to others are
associated with greater longevity, an improved sense of well-being, and better
physical and mental health, including a reduction in depression.
Moreover, those who give generously according to their means do not suffer loss
because of it. Says Proverbs 11:25: “A generous man will prosper; he who refreshes
TMS 2013
Top
Page 34
others will himself be refreshed.” (New International Version) In harmony with those
words, people who are truly generous at heart—who do not give with a view to
repayment—are appreciated and loved, especially by God.—Hebrews 13:16.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 35
March
March 11 Bible Reading: Mark 13-16
No. 1: Mark 14:22-42
No. 2: What Is the Significance of the Memorial? (rs p. 266¶2-p. 267¶1)
No. 3: What Do the Memorial Emblems Represent? (rs p. 267¶2-3)
14:25—What did Jesus mean when he said to his faithful apostles: “I shall
by no means drink anymore of the product of the vine until that day when I
drink it new in the kingdom of God”? Jesus was not suggesting that there is
literal wine in heaven. Since rejoicing is sometimes symbolized by wine, however,
Jesus was referring to the joy of being together with his resurrected anointed
followers in the Kingdom.—Ps. 104:15; Matt. 26:29.
14:51, 52—Who was the young man who “got away naked”? Mark alone
refers to this incident, so we can reasonably conclude that he was speaking of
himself.
15:34—Did Jesus’ words “my God, my God, why have you forsaken me?”
indicate a lack of faith on his part? No. While we cannot be sure of Jesus’
motives for saying this, his words may indicate that Jesus recognized that Jehovah
had taken His protection away so that His Son’s integrity could be fully tested. It is
also possible that Jesus said this because he wanted to fulfill what Psalm 22:1
foretold regarding him.—Matt. 27:46.
No. 1: Mark 14:22-42
No. 2: What Is the Significance of the Memorial? (rs p. 266¶2-p. 267¶1)
*** rs p. 266 - p. 267 Memorial (Lord’s Evening Meal) ***
What is the significance of the Memorial?
To his faithful apostles Jesus said: “Keep doing this in remembrance of me.”
(Luke 22:19) When writing to members of the spirit-begotten Christian congregation,
the apostle Paul added: “As often as you eat this loaf and drink this cup, you keep
proclaiming the death of the Lord, until he arrives.” (1 Cor. 11:26) So, the Memorial
calls special attention to the significance of the death of Jesus Christ in the
outworking of Jehovah’s purpose. It highlights the meaning of Jesus’ sacrificial death
TMS 2013
Top
Page 36
particularly in relation to the new covenant and to the way that his death affects
those who will be heirs with him of the heavenly Kingdom.—John 14:2, 3; Heb. 9:15.
The Memorial is also a reminder that Jesus’ death and the way it was
accomplished, in harmony with God’s purpose as expressed at Genesis 3:15 and
thereafter, served to vindicate Jehovah’s name. By maintaining integrity to Jehovah
down till his death, Jesus proved that Adam’s sin was not due to any flaw in the
Creator’s designing of man but that it is possible for a human to maintain perfect
godly devotion even under severe pressure, and thus Jesus vindicated Jehovah
God as Creator and Universal Sovereign. Besides that, Jehovah had purposed that
Jesus’ death would provide the perfect human sacrifice needed to ransom Adam’s
offspring, and thus make it possible for billions who would exercise faith to live
forever in a paradise earth, in fulfillment of Jehovah’s original purpose and in
expression of his great love for mankind.—John 3:16; Gen. 1:28.
What a tremendous burden rested upon Jesus on his last night on earth as a
man! He knew what his heavenly Father had purposed for him, but he also knew
that he had to prove faithful under test. Had he failed, what a reproach it would have
meant for his Father and what a loss to humankind! Because of all that would be
accomplished by means of his death, it was most fitting that Jesus instructed that it
be memorialized.
No. 3: What Do the Memorial Emblems Represent? (rs p. 267¶2-3)
*** rs p. 267 Memorial (Lord’s Evening Meal) ***
What is the meaning of the bread and the wine served at the Memorial?
Regarding the unleavened bread that Jesus gave to his apostles when instituting
the Memorial, he said: “This means my body.” (Mark 14:22) That bread symbolized
his own sinless body of flesh. This he would give in behalf of the future life prospects
of mankind, and on this occasion special attention is drawn to the life prospects that
it makes possible for those who would be chosen to share with Jesus in the
heavenly Kingdom.
When passing the wine to his faithful apostles, Jesus said: “This means my ‘blood of
the covenant,’ which is to be poured out in behalf of many.” (Mark 14:24) That wine
symbolized his own lifeblood. By means of his shed blood, forgiveness of sins would
be possible for those who put faith in it. On this occasion Jesus was highlighting the
cleansing from sin that it would make possible for his prospective joint heirs. His
words also indicate that by means of that blood the new covenant between Jehovah
God and the spirit-anointed Christian congregation would be made operative.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 37
March
March 18 Bible Reading: Luke 1-3
No. 1: Luke 1:24-45
No. 2: Who Should Partake of the Emblems at the Lord’s Evening Meal? (rs p. 267¶5-p. 268¶1)
No. 3: How Often Should the Memorial Be Commemorated, and When? (rs p. 269¶1-2)
Bible Reading: Luke 1-3
*** w08 3/15 p. 30 Highlights From the Book of Luke ***
MATTHEW’S Gospel is understood to have been written primarily for the Jewish
reader, and Mark’s Gospel, for the non-Jewish. However, the Gospel of Luke was
intended for people of all nations. Written about 56-58 C.E., the book of Luke is a
comprehensive account of Jesus’ life and ministry.
With the eye of a caring and careful physician, Luke traces “all things from the
start with accuracy” and covers a period of 35 years—from 3 B.C.E. to 33 C.E. (Luke
1:3) Nearly 60 percent of the material in Luke’s Gospel is unique.
2
Although Luke is nowhere named in the account, ancient authorities are agreed
that he was the writer. The Gospel is attributed to Luke in the Muratorian Fragment
(c. 170 C.E.) and was accepted by such second-century writers as Irenaeus and
Clement of Alexandria. Internal evidence also points strongly to Luke. Paul speaks
of him at Colossians 4:14 as “Luke the beloved physician,” and his work is of the
scholarly order one would expect from a well-educated man, such as a doctor. His
fine choice of language and his extensive vocabulary, larger than that of the other
three Gospel writers combined, make possible a most careful and comprehensive
treatment of his vital subject. His account of the prodigal son is regarded by some as
the best short story ever written.
3
Luke uses more than 300 medical terms or words to which he gives a medical
meaning that are not used in the same way (if they are used at all) by the other
writers of the Christian Greek Scriptures. For example, when speaking of leprosy,
Luke does not always use the same term as the others. To them leprosy is leprosy,
but to the physician, there are different stages of leprosy, as when Luke speaks of “a
man full of leprosy.” Lazarus, he says, was “full of ulcers.” No other Gospel writer
says that Peter’s mother-in-law had “a high fever.” (5:12; 16:20; 4:38) Although the
other three tell us of Peter’s cutting off the ear of the slave of the high priest, only
Luke mentions that Jesus healed him. (22:51) It is like a doctor to say of a woman
TMS 2013
Top
Page 38
that she had “a spirit of weakness for eighteen years, and she was bent double and
was unable to raise herself up at all.” And who but “Luke the beloved physician”
would have recorded in such detail the first aid rendered to a man by the Samaritan
who “bound up his wounds, pouring oil and wine upon them”?—13:11; 10:34.
unique material: w08 3/15 30
*** w08 3/15 p. 30 par. 2 Highlights From the Book of Luke ***
Nearly 60 percent of the material in Luke’s Gospel is unique.
why beneficial: si 192-193
*** si pp. 192-193 Bible Book Number 42—Luke ***
WHY BENEFICIAL
30
The good news “according to Luke” builds a person’s confidence in the Word
of God and strengthens his faith so he can stand against the buffetings of an alien
world. Luke supplies many examples of accurate fulfillments of the Hebrew
Scriptures. Jesus is shown drawing his commission in specific terms from the book
of Isaiah, and Luke seems to use this as a theme throughout the book. (Luke 4:1719; Isa. 61:1, 2) This was one of the occasions of Jesus’ quoting from the Prophets.
He also quoted from the Law, as when rejecting the Devil’s three temptations, and
from the Psalms, as when asking his adversaries, “How is it they say that the Christ
is David’s son?” Luke’s account contains many other quotations from the Hebrew
Scriptures.—Luke 4:4, 8, 12; 20:41-44; Deut. 8:3; 6:13, 16; Ps. 110:1.
31
When Jesus rode into Jerusalem on a colt as foretold at Zechariah 9:9, the
multitudes hailed him joyously, applying to him the scripture at Psalm 118:26. (Luke
19:35-38) In one place two verses of Luke are sufficient to cover six points that the
Hebrew Scriptures prophesied concerning Jesus’ reproachful death and his
resurrection. (Luke 18:32, 33; Ps. 22:7; Isa. 50:6; 53:5-7; Jonah 1:17) Finally, after
his resurrection, Jesus forcefully brought home to the disciples the importance of the
entire Hebrew Scriptures. “He now said to them: ‘These are my words which I spoke
to you while I was yet with you, that all the things written in the law of Moses and in
the Prophets and Psalms about me must be fulfilled.’ Then he opened up their
minds fully to grasp the meaning of the Scriptures.” (Luke 24:44, 45) Like those first
disciples of Jesus Christ, we too can be enlightened and gain strong faith by paying
attention to the fulfillments of the Hebrew Scriptures, so accurately explained by
Luke and the other writers of the Christian Greek Scriptures.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 39
32
Throughout his account, Luke continually points his reader to the Kingdom of
God. From the beginning of the book, where the angel promises Mary that the child
she will bear “will rule as king over the house of Jacob forever, and there will be no
end of his kingdom,” to the closing chapters, where Jesus speaks of taking the
apostles into the covenant for the Kingdom, Luke highlights the Kingdom hope.
(1:33; 22:28, 29) He shows Jesus taking the lead in Kingdom preaching and sending
out the 12 apostles, and later the 70, to do this very work. (4:43; 9:1, 2; 10:1, 8, 9)
The single-minded devotion needed in order to enter the Kingdom is underlined by
Jesus’ pointed words: “Let the dead bury their dead, but you go away and declare
abroad the kingdom of God,” and, “No man that has put his hand to a plow and
looks at the things behind is well fitted for the kingdom of God.”—9:60, 62.
33
Luke emphasizes the matter of prayer. His Gospel is outstanding in this. It tells
of the multitude praying while Zechariah was in the temple, of John the Baptizer
being born in answer to prayers for a child, and of Anna the prophetess praying
night and day. It describes Jesus’ praying at the time of his baptism, his spending
the whole night in prayer before choosing the 12, and his praying during the
transfiguration. Jesus admonishes his disciples “always to pray and not to give up,”
illustrating this by a persistent widow who continually petitioned a judge until he gave
her justice. Only Luke tells of the disciples’ request for Jesus to teach them to pray
and of the angel’s strengthening Jesus as he prayed on the Mount of Olives; and he
alone records the words of Jesus’ final prayer: “Father, into your hands I entrust my
spirit.” (1:10, 13; 2:37; 3:21; 6:12; 9:28, 29; 18:1-8; 11:1; 22:39-46; 23:46) As in the
day when Luke recorded his Gospel, so today prayer is a vital provision for
strengthening all who are doing the divine will.
34
With his keenly observant mind and his fluent, descriptive pen, Luke gives
warmth and vibrant life to Jesus’ teaching. The love, kindness, mercy, and
compassion of Jesus toward the weak, oppressed, and downtrodden show up in
sharp contrast to the cold, formal, narrow, hypocritical religion of the scribes and
Pharisees. (4:18; 18:9) Jesus gives constant encouragement and help to the poor,
the captives, the blind, and the crushed ones, thus providing splendid precedents for
those who are seeking to “follow his steps closely.”—1 Pet. 2:21.
35
Just as Jesus, the perfect, wonder-working Son of God, manifested loving
concern for his disciples and all men of honest heart, we also should strive to carry
out our ministry in love, yes, “because of the tender compassion of our God.” (Luke
1:78) To this end the good news “according to Luke” is indeed most beneficial and
helpful. We can be truly grateful to Jehovah for inspiring Luke, “the beloved
physician,” to write this accurate, upbuilding, and encouraging account, pointing as it
does to salvation through the Kingdom by Jesus Christ, “the saving means of
God.”—Col. 4:14; Luke 3:6.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 40
*** w08 3/15 p. 30 - p. 31 Highlights From the Book of Luke ***
1:35—Did Mary’s egg cell, or ovum, have any part in her pregnancy? For
Mary’s child to be a true descendant of her ancestors Abraham, Judah, and David,
as God had promised, her ovum had to contribute toward her pregnancy. (Gen.
22:15, 18; 49:10; 2 Sam. 7:8, 16) However, Jehovah’s holy spirit was used in
transferring the perfect life of God’s Son and causing the conception. (Matt. 1:18) It
would appear that this canceled out any imperfection existing in Mary’s ovum and
from the very start protected the developing embryo from anything hurtful.
1:62—Did Zechariah become mute and deaf? No. Only his speech was
affected. Others asked “by signs” what he wanted to name the child but not because
Zechariah was deaf. He very likely heard what his wife had said about naming their
son. Perhaps others inquired of Zechariah about this by making a sign or a gesture.
The fact that only his speech needed to be restored indicates that Zechariah’s
hearing had not been affected.—Luke 1:13, 18-20, 60-64.
2:1, 2—How does the reference to “this first registration” help determine
the time of Jesus’ birth? Under Caesar Augustus, more than one registration took
place—the first in 2 B.C.E. in fulfillment of Daniel 11:20 and the second in 6 or
7 C.E. (Acts 5:37) Quirinius served as governor of Syria during both of these
registrations, evidently occupying that position twice. Luke’s reference to the first
registration places the date of Jesus’ birth in 2 B.C.E.
2:35—How was “a long sword” to be run through Mary’s soul? This refers to
the distress Mary would experience upon seeing the majority of the people reject
Jesus as the Messiah and the grief she would feel over his painful death.—John
19:25.
Lessons for Us:
1:32, 33; 2:19, 51. Mary preserved in her heart the events and sayings that
fulfilled prophecies. Do we treasure up what Jesus foretold about “the conclusion of
the system of things,” comparing what he said with what is happening today?—Matt.
24:3.
2:37. Anna’s example teaches us that we should worship Jehovah with
constancy, “persevere in prayer,” and not forsake “the gathering of ourselves
together” at Christian meetings.—Rom. 12:12; Heb. 10:24, 25.
2:41-50. Joseph put spiritual interests first in his life and cared for the physical
and spiritual welfare of his family. In these respects, he set a fine example for family
heads.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 41
No. 1: Luke 1:24-45
No. 2: Who Should Partake of the Emblems at the Lord’s Evening Meal? (rs p. 267¶5-p. 268¶1)
*** rs p. 267 - p. 268 Memorial (Lord’s Evening Meal) ***
Who is to partake of the bread and the wine?
Who partook when Jesus instituted the Lord’s Evening Meal shortly before he
died? Eleven faithful followers to whom Jesus said: “I make a covenant with you, just
as my Father has made a covenant with me, for a kingdom.” (Luke 22:29) They
were all persons who were being invited to share with Christ in his heavenly
Kingdom. (John 14:2, 3) All who partake of the bread and wine today should also be
persons whom Christ brings into that ‘covenant for a kingdom.’
How many are there that partake? Jesus said that only a “little flock” would
receive the heavenly Kingdom as their reward. (Luke 12:32) The full number would
be 144,000. (Rev. 14:1-3) That group began to be selected in 33 C.E. Reasonably,
there would be only a small number partaking now.
No. 3: How Often Should the Memorial Be Commemorated, and When? (rs p. 269¶1-2)
*** rs p. 269 Memorial (Lord’s Evening Meal) ***
How often is the Memorial to be commemorated, and when?
Jesus did not specifically state how often it was to be done. He simply said:
“Keep doing this in remembrance of me.” (Luke 22:19) Paul said: “For as often as
you eat this loaf and drink this cup, you keep proclaiming the death of the Lord, until
he arrives.” (1 Cor. 11:26) “As often” need not mean many times a year; it can mean
annually over a period of many years. If you commemorate an important event, such
as a wedding anniversary, or if a nation commemorates an important event in its
history, how often is it done? Once a year on the anniversary date. This would also
be consistent with the fact that the Lord’s Evening Meal was instituted on the date of
the Jewish Passover, a yearly celebration that no longer had to be kept by Jews who
had become Christians.
Jehovah’s Witnesses observe the Memorial after sundown on Nisan 14,
according to the reckoning of the Jewish calendar that was common in the first
century. The Jewish day begins at sundown and extends until the following
sundown. So Jesus died on the same Jewish calendar day that he instituted the
TMS 2013
Top
Page 42
Memorial. The beginning of the month of Nisan was the sunset after the new moon
nearest the spring equinox became visible in Jerusalem. The Memorial date is 14
days thereafter. (Thus the date for the Memorial may not coincide with that of the
Passover kept by modern-day Jews. Why not? The start of their calendar months is
set to coincide with the astronomical new moon, not the visible new moon over
Jerusalem, which may come 18 to 30 hours later. Also, most Jews today keep the
Passover on Nisan 15, not on the 14th as did Jesus in harmony with what was
stated in the Mosaic Law.)
TMS 2013
Top
Page 43
March
March 25 Bible Reading: Luke 4-6
No. 1: Luke 4:22-39
No. 2: From Where Did the Various Races Come? (rs p. 301¶1-4)
No. 3: What Proof Is There That Jesus Was Resurrected? (1 Co 15:3-7)
Lessons for Us:
4:4. We should not let a day go by without considering spiritual matters.
6:40. A teacher of God’s Word must set a proper example for his students. He
must practice what he preaches.
*** it-1 pp. 628-629 Disciple ***
Jesus’ purpose in teaching his disciples was to make them like himself,
preachers and teachers of the good news of the Kingdom. “A pupil is not above his
teacher, but everyone that is perfectly instructed will be like his teacher,” Jesus said.
(Lu 6:40) The effectiveness of Christ’s teaching was proved by subsequent history.
His disciples continued in the work he had taught them and made disciples
throughout the Roman Empire, in Asia, Europe, and Africa, before the close of the
first century. This was their principal work, in accord with Jesus Christ’s command at
Matthew 28:19, 20.
That Christians to this very day are obligated to make disciples of the people of
the nations is made clear by the closing words of Jesus’ command: “And, look! I am
with you all the days until the conclusion of the system of things.” They are not
making disciples for themselves, as those taught are really disciples of Jesus Christ,
for it is the teaching, not of men, but of Christ, that they follow. For this reason the
disciples were by divine providence called Christians. (Ac 11:26) Similarly, the
prophet Isaiah had disciples but not for himself. Isaiah’s disciples knew Jehovah’s
law, and with them the testimony of the law resided.—Isa 8:16.
Being a disciple of Jesus is not the taking of a course of ease in life. Jesus did
not please himself, but he followed a path that involved the greatest resistance from
the Devil and his agents. (Ro 15:3) He said that his disciples must love him more
than their closest relatives on earth and even more than their own souls. They must
love their Christian fellow disciples. They must bear spiritual fruitage. A person who
wants to be a disciple of Jesus has to take up his torture stake and follow the path
that Christ traveled. In doing this, he will have to “say good-bye to all his
TMS 2013
Top
Page 44
belongings,” but he will receive many more valuable things now, with persecutions,
and with everlasting life to come.—Lu 14:26, 27, 33; Joh 13:35; 15:8; Mr 10:29, 30;
see CHRISTIAN.
No. 1: Luke 4:22-39
No. 2: From Where Did the Various Races Come? (rs p. 301¶1-4)
*** rs p. 300 - p. 301 Races of Mankind ***
Races of Mankind
Definition: As used here, race means a division of mankind
possessing in characteristic proportions certain combinations of
physical traits that can be inherited and that are sufficient to set the
group apart as a distinct human type. It should be noted, however, that
the fact that the races are capable of intermarriage and reproduction
shows that they are actually of one “kind,” all being members of the
human family. So the various races are merely facets of the total
variation possible in humankind.
From where did the various races come?
Gen. 5:1, 2; 1:28: “In the day of God’s creating Adam he made him in the
likeness of God. Male and female he created them. After that he blessed them and
called their name Man [or, Mankind] in the day of their being created.” “God blessed
them and God said to them: ‘Be fruitful and become many and fill the earth.’” (Thus
all mankind are descendants of that first human pair, Adam and Eve.)
Acts 17:26: “[God] made out of one man [Adam] every nation of men, to dwell
upon the entire surface of the earth.” (So, regardless of what races make up a
nation, they all are offspring of Adam.)
Gen. 9:18, 19: “Noah’s sons who came out of the ark were Shem and Ham and
Japheth. . . . These three were Noah’s sons, and from these was all the earth’s
population spread abroad.” (After God destroyed the ungodly world by means of a
global flood in Noah’s day, the earth’s new population, including all the races known
today, developed from the offspring of Noah’s three sons and their wives.)
No. 3: What Proof Is There That Jesus Was Resurrected? (1 Co 15:3-7)
*** w98 7/1 pp. 13-16 “The Dead Will Be Raised Up” ***
TMS 2013
Top
Page 45
“For the trumpet will sound, and the dead will be raised up
incorruptible, and we shall be changed.”—1 CORINTHIANS 15:52.
HAVE you ever lost someone close to you in death? Then you know the pain that
death can bring. Nevertheless, Christians take comfort in the promise that God gave
by means of the prophet Hosea: “From the hand of Sheol I shall redeem them; from
death I shall recover them. Where are your stings, O Death? Where is your
destructiveness, O Sheol?”—Hosea 13:14.
2
The idea of the dead returning to life seems preposterous to skeptics. But
Almighty God surely has the power to perform such a miracle! The real issue is
whether Jehovah is disposed to bring the dead back to life. The righteous man Job
asked: “If an able-bodied man dies can he live again?” Then, he gave this
reassuring answer: “You will call, and I myself shall answer you. For the work of your
hands you will have a yearning.” (Job 14:14, 15) The word “yearning” denotes an
earnest longing or desire. (Compare Psalm 84:2.) Yes, Jehovah keenly anticipates
the resurrection—he yearns to see once again departed faithful ones, who are alive
in his memory.—Matthew 22:31, 32.
Jesus Sheds Light on the Resurrection
3
Ancient men of faith like Job had only a partial understanding of the
resurrection. It was Jesus Christ who shed full light on this wonderful hope. He
showed the key role that he himself plays when he said: “He that exercises faith in
the Son has everlasting life.” (John 3:36) Where will that life be enjoyed? For the
vast majority of those who exercise faith, it will be on earth. (Psalm 37:11) However,
Jesus told his disciples: “Have no fear, little flock, because your Father has
approved of giving you the kingdom.” (Luke 12:32) God’s Kingdom is heavenly.
Hence, this promise means that a “little flock” would have to be with Jesus in heaven
as spirit creatures. (John 14:2, 3; 1 Peter 1:3, 4) What a glorious prospect! Jesus
further revealed to the apostle John that this “little flock” would number just
144,000.—Revelation 14:1.
4
How, though, would the 144,000 enter heavenly glory? Jesus “shed light upon
life and incorruption through the good news.” By means of his blood, he inaugurated
“a new and living way” into the heavens. (2 Timothy 1:10; Hebrews 10:19, 20) First,
he died, as the Bible foretold he would. (Isaiah 53:12) Then, as the apostle Peter
later proclaimed, “this Jesus God resurrected.” (Acts 2:32) Jesus was not raised as
a human though. He had said: “The bread that I shall give is my flesh in behalf of the
life of the world.” (John 6:51) Taking his flesh back would nullify that sacrifice. So
Jesus was “put to death in the flesh, but . . . made alive in the spirit.” (1 Peter 3:18)
Jesus thus “obtained an everlasting deliverance for us,” meaning the “little flock.”
TMS 2013
Top
Page 46
(Hebrews 9:12) He presented to God the value of his perfect human life as a ransom
for sinful mankind, and the 144,000 were the first to benefit from this.
5
Jesus would not be the only one resurrected to heavenly life. Paul told fellow
Christians in Rome that they had been anointed with holy spirit to be sons of God
and joint-heirs with Christ if they confirmed their anointing by enduring to the end.
(Romans 8:16, 17) Paul also explained: “If we have become united with him in the
likeness of his death, we shall certainly also be united with him in the likeness of his
resurrection.”—Romans 6:5.
In Defense of the Resurrection Hope
6
The resurrection is part of the “primary doctrine” of Christianity. (Hebrews
6:1, 2) Nevertheless, the doctrine was under attack in Corinth. Some in the
congregation, evidently influenced by Greek philosophy, were saying: “There is no
resurrection of the dead.” (1 Corinthians 15:12) When reports of this reached the
apostle Paul, he came to the defense of the resurrection hope, especially the hope
of anointed Christians. Let us examine Paul’s words as recorded in 1 Corinthians
chapter 15. You will find it helpful to have read the chapter in its entirety, as
recommended in the preceding article.
7
In the first two verses of 1 Corinthians chapter 15, Paul sets the theme of his
discussion: “I make known to you, brothers, the good news which I declared to you,
which you also received, in which you also stand, through which you are also being
saved, . . . unless, in fact, you became believers to no purpose.” If the Corinthians
failed to stand fast in the good news, they had accepted the truth in vain. Paul
continued: “I handed on to you, among the first things, that which I also received,
that Christ died for our sins according to the Scriptures; and that he was buried, yes,
that he has been raised up the third day according to the Scriptures; and that he
appeared to Cephas, then to the twelve. After that he appeared to upward of five
hundred brothers at one time, the most of whom remain to the present, but some
have fallen asleep in death. After that he appeared to James, then to all the
apostles; but last of all he appeared also to me as if to one born prematurely.”—
1 Corinthians 15:3-8.
8
For those who had accepted the good news, belief in the resurrection of Jesus
was not optional. There were many eyewitnesses to confirm that “Christ died for our
sins” and that he had been raised up. One was Cephas, or Peter, as he is better
known. After Peter’s denial of Jesus on the night of Jesus’ betrayal and arrest, he
must have been greatly comforted by Jesus’ appearing to him. “The twelve,” the
apostles as a group, were also visited by the resurrected Jesus—an experience that
no doubt helped them to overcome their fear and become bold witnesses to Jesus’
resurrection.—John 20:19-23; Acts 2:32.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 47
9
Christ also appeared to a larger group, “upward of five hundred brothers.” Since
it was only in Galilee that he had followers in such large numbers, this may have
been on the occasion described at Matthew 28:16-20, when Jesus gave the
command to make disciples. What a powerful testimony these individuals could give!
Some were still alive in 55 C.E. when Paul composed this first letter to the
Corinthians. Note, though, that those who had died were spoken of as having “fallen
asleep in death.” They had not yet been resurrected to receive their heavenly
reward.
10
Another outstanding witness to Jesus’ resurrection was James, the son of
Joseph and Jesus’ mother, Mary. Prior to the resurrection, James evidently had not
been a believer. (John 7:5) But after Jesus appeared to him, James became a
believer and perhaps played a role in converting his other brothers. (Acts 1:13, 14)
At his final meeting with his disciples, on the occasion when he ascended to heaven,
Jesus commissioned them to “be witnesses . . . to the most distant part of the earth.”
(Acts 1:6-11) Later, he appeared to Saul of Tarsus, a persecutor of Christians. (Acts
22:6-8) Jesus appeared to Saul “as if to one born prematurely.” It was as if Saul had
already been resurrected to spirit life and was able to see the glorified Lord centuries
before that resurrection was due to occur. This experience abruptly halted Saul in
his course of murderous opposition to the Christian congregation and caused a
remarkable change. (Acts 9:3-9, 17-19) Saul became the apostle Paul, one of the
foremost defenders of the Christian faith.—1 Corinthians 15:9, 10.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 48
April
April 1 Bible Reading: Luke 7-9
No. 1: Luke 7:18-35
No. 2: What New Nation Was Born at Pentecost, and With What Purpose? (Gal 6:16; 1 Pe 2:9)
No. 3: Where Did Cain Find His Wife? (w10 9/1 p. 25 updates rs p. 301¶5-p. 302¶1)
9:27, 28—Why does Luke say that the transfiguration took place “eight
days” after Jesus promised his disciples that some of them would “not taste
death at all” until they had seen him coming in his Kingdom, whereas both
Matthew and Mark state that it was “six days later”? (Matt. 17:1; Mark 9:2) Luke
apparently includes two additional days—the day of the promise and the day of the
fulfillment.
9:49, 50—Why did Jesus not prevent a man from expelling demons, even
though the man was not following him? Jesus did not prevent the man because
the Christian congregation had not yet been formed. Hence, it was not required that
the man physically accompany Jesus in order to exercise faith in Jesus’ name and
expel demons.—Mark 9:38-40.
Lessons for Us:
8:15. To “retain [the word] and bear fruit with endurance,” we must understand,
appreciate, and absorb the Word of God. Prayerful meditation is a must when
reading the Bible and Bible-based publications.
No. 1: Luke 7:18-35
No. 2: What New Nation Was Born at Pentecost, and With What Purpose? (Gal 6:16; 1 Pe 2:9)
*** w95 7/1 pp. 11-12 Christian Witnesses With Heavenly Citizenship ***
“The Israel of God”
10
For more than 1,500 years prior to Jesus’ coming as the promised Messiah,
the fleshly nation of Israel was Jehovah’s special people. Despite constant
reminders, the nation as a whole proved unfaithful. When Jesus appeared, the
nation rejected him. (John 1:11) Thus, Jesus told the Jewish religious leaders: “The
kingdom of God will be taken from you and be given to a nation producing its fruits.”
TMS 2013
Top
Page 49
(Matthew 21:43) Recognizing that “nation producing [the] fruits [of the Kingdom]” is
vital for salvation.
11
The new nation is the anointed Christian congregation, born at
Pentecost 33 C.E. Its first members were Jewish disciples of Jesus who accepted
him as their heavenly King. (Acts 2:5, 32-36) However, they were members of God’s
new nation, not on the basis of their Jewish descent, but on the basis of faith in
Jesus. Thus, this new Israel of God was something unique—a spiritual nation. When
the majority of the Jews refused to accept Jesus, the invitation to be part of the new
nation was extended to the Samaritans and then to the Gentiles. The new nation
was called “the Israel of God.”—Galatians 6:16.
12
In ancient Israel, when non-Jews became proselytes, they had to submit to the
Mosaic Law, and males had to symbolize this by getting circumcised. (Exodus
12:48, 49) Some Jewish Christians felt that the same should apply to non-Jews in
the Israel of God. However, Jehovah had something different in mind. Holy spirit
directed the apostle Peter to the home of the Gentile Cornelius. When Cornelius and
his family responded to Peter’s preaching, they received holy spirit—even before
they were baptized in water. This showed clearly that Jehovah had accepted these
Gentiles as members of the Israel of God without demanding that they submit to the
Mosaic Law.—Acts 10:21-48.
13
A number of believers found this hard to accept, and soon the whole matter
had to be discussed by the apostles and elders in Jerusalem. That authoritative
body listened to testimony detailing how holy spirit had been active upon non-Jewish
believers. Bible research showed that this was in fulfillment of inspired prophecy.
(Isaiah 55:5; Amos 9:11, 12) A correct decision was arrived at: Non-Jewish
Christians did not have to submit to the Mosaic Law. (Acts 15:1, 6-29) Thus, spiritual
Israel was truly a new nation and not just a sect of Judaism.
14
In harmony with this, when writing to anointed Christians of the first century,
the disciple James addressed his letter to “the twelve tribes that are scattered
about.” (James 1:1; Revelation 7:3-8) Of course, citizens of the new Israel were not
assigned to specific tribes. There was no division into 12 distinct tribes in spiritual
Israel as there had been in fleshly Israel. Nevertheless, James’ inspired expression
indicates that in Jehovah’s sight the Israel of God had completely replaced the 12
tribes of natural Israel. If a natural-born Israelite became part of the new nation, his
fleshly descent—even if he was of the tribe of Judah or Levi—had no significance.—
Galatians 3:28; Philippians 3:5, 6.
*** w10 3/15 p. 24 One Flock, One Shepherd ***
One Flock, One Shepherd
TMS 2013
Top
Page 50
“You who have followed me will also yourselves sit upon twelve
thrones, judging the twelve tribes of Israel.”—MATT. 19:28.
JEHOVAH loved Abraham, so He showed loyal love to Abraham’s descendants.
For over 15 centuries, he viewed the nation of Israel, which descended from
Abraham, as his chosen people, his “special property.” (Read Deuteronomy 7:6.)
Did that mean that Jehovah totally disregarded people of other nations? No. During
that time, non-Israelites who desired to worship Jehovah were allowed to attach
themselves to his special nation. These converts, or proselytes, were viewed as part
of the nation. They were to be treated as brothers. (Lev. 19:33, 34) And they were
required to obey all of Jehovah’s laws.—Lev. 24:22.
2
However, Jesus made this startling declaration to the Jews of his day: “The
kingdom of God will be taken from you and be given to a nation producing its fruits.”
(Matt. 21:43) Who would make up this new nation, and how are we today affected
by this change?
The New Nation
3
The apostle Peter clearly identified this new nation. He wrote the following to
his fellow Christians: “You are ‘a chosen race, a royal priesthood, a holy nation, a
people for special possession, that you should declare abroad the excellencies’ of
the one that called you out of darkness into his wonderful light.” (1 Pet. 2:9) As
foretold, natural Jews who accepted Jesus as the Messiah were the first members of
that new nation. (Dan. 9:27a; Matt. 10:6) Later, many non-Israelites were also
included in this nation, for Peter went on to say: “You were once not a people, but
are now God’s people.”—1 Pet. 2:10.
4
To whom was Peter here speaking? In the beginning of his letter, he says:
“[God] gave us a new birth to a living hope through the resurrection of Jesus Christ
from the dead, to an incorruptible and undefiled and unfading inheritance. It is
reserved in the heavens for you.” (1 Pet. 1:3, 4) So this new nation is made up of
anointed Christians, who have the heavenly hope. They are “the Israel of God.” (Gal.
6:16) In a vision, the apostle John saw that these spiritual Israelites number
144,000. They are “bought from among mankind as firstfruits to God and to the
Lamb” to serve as “priests” and to “rule as kings with [Jesus] for the thousand
years.”—Rev. 5:10; 7:4; 14:1, 4; 20:6; Jas. 1:18.
*** w06 2/15 p. 22 par. 5 Gathering Things in Heaven and Things on Earth ***
5
The Law covenant made with fleshly Israel did not produce “a kingdom of
priests and a holy nation” that would serve forever in heaven. (Exodus 19:5, 6)
Jesus told the Jewish religious leaders: “The kingdom of God will be taken from you
and be given to a nation producing its fruits.” (Matthew 21:43) That nation, spiritual
TMS 2013
Top
Page 51
Israel, is composed of anointed Christians taken into the new covenant. To these,
the apostle Peter wrote: “You are ‘a chosen race, a royal priesthood, a holy nation, a
people for special possession, that you should declare abroad the excellencies’ of
the one that called you out of darkness into his wonderful light. For you were once
not a people, but are now God’s people.” (1 Peter 2:9, 10) Fleshly Israel were no
longer Jehovah’s covenant people. (Hebrews 8:7-13) As Jesus had foretold, the
privilege of being a part of the Messianic Kingdom was taken from them and given to
the 144,000 members of spiritual Israel.—Revelation 7:4-8.
No. 3: Where Did Cain Find His Wife? (w10 9/1 p. 25 updates rs p. 301¶5-p. 302¶1)
*** w10 9/1 p. 25 Where Did Cain Find His Wife? ***
Our Readers Ask . . .
▪ “If Adam and Eve had two sons, Cain and Abel, where did Cain’s wife come from?”
Although this is often asked as a trick question by Bible skeptics, the Bible does
provide sufficient detail to give a satisfactory answer.
Genesis chapters 3 and 4 present the following information: (1) Eve was “the
mother of everyone living.” (2) Time elapsed between the birth of Cain and his
offering the sacrifice that was rejected by God. (3) Following his banishment to
become “a wanderer and a fugitive,” Cain worried that ‘anyone finding him’ might try
to kill him. (4) God set up a sign to protect Cain, indicating that either his siblings or
other relatives might try to kill him. (5) “Afterward,” Cain had intercourse with his wife
in “the land of Fugitiveness.”—Genesis 3:20; 4:3, 12, 14-17.
From the above, we can rightly conclude that Cain’s wife was a descendant of
Eve born on an unknown date. Genesis 5:4 acknowledges that during his 930 years
of life, Adam “became father to sons and daughters.” Of course, the Bible does not
specify that Cain’s wife was Eve’s daughter. Indeed, the fact that she is mentioned
after Cain’s banishment indicates that enough time had passed that she could even
have been one of Adam and Eve’s granddaughters. Hence, The Amplified Old
Testament describes Cain’s wife simply as “one of Adam’s offspring.”
Nineteenth-century Bible commentator Adam Clarke speculated that God’s
establishing a sign as a result of Cain’s fear came about because several
generations of Adam’s descendants already existed—enough “to found several
villages.”
That Cain married his sister or a later female descendant of Adam through the
marriage of any of Adam’s sons or daughters is viewed by some societies today as
unthinkable. This is usually because of societal taboos or fear of genetic defects.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 52
Nevertheless, F. LaGard Smith comments in The Narrated Bible in Chronological
Order: “It is altogether likely that these first brothers and sisters enter into marriages
with each other, despite the sense of inappropriateness which would be felt should
that occur in following generations.” Also, it is noteworthy that it was not until Moses
received God’s laws for the nation of Israel in 1513 B.C.E. that intercourse between
such close relatives was specifically forbidden.—Leviticus 18:9, 17, 24.
Today, we are millenniums away from the perfection once possessed by our
original parents. The effect that genetics and heredity have on us might not have
been a factor for them. Furthermore, recent studies, such as one published in the
Journal of Genetic Counseling, show that unions between first cousins face lower
risks of having children with birth defects than is widely perceived. Reasonably, such
issues would not have been a serious concern during Adam’s life span or even prior
to Noah’s day. Thus, we can conclude that Cain’s wife was one of his female
relatives.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 53
April
No. 1: Luke 12:1-21
No. 2: What Explains the Various Racial Characteristics? (rs p. 302¶2-p. 303¶2)
No. 3: Why We View Jehovah as Our Father (Matt 6:9)
*** w08 3/15 p. 31 - p. 32 Highlights From the Book of Luke ***
10:18—What was Jesus referring to when he told the 70 disciples: “I began
to behold Satan already fallen like lightning from heaven”? Jesus was not
stating that Satan had already been ousted from heaven. That did not take place
until shortly after Christ was installed as heavenly King in 1914. (Rev. 12:1-10)
Although we cannot be dogmatic, by referring to a future event in the past tense,
Jesus was evidently emphasizing that it would certainly happen.
Lessons for Us:
11:1-4. Comparing these instructions with the slightly different wording of the
model prayer, given in the Sermon on the Mount some 18 months earlier, clearly
shows us that our prayers should not be a mere repetition of certain words.—Matt.
6:9-13.
11:5, 13. Although Jehovah is willing to answer our prayers, we should be
persistent when praying.—1 John 5:14.
11:27, 28. Genuine happiness comes from faithfully doing God’s will and not
from family relationships or material accomplishments.
11:41. Our gifts of mercy should stem from a loving and willing heart.
12:47, 48. One who has greater responsibility but fails to care for it is more
blameworthy than one who does not know or fully understand his duties.
No. 1: Luke 12:1-21
No. 2: What Explains the Various Racial Characteristics? (rs p. 302¶2-p. 303¶2)
What explains the development of the various racial
characteristics?
TMS 2013
Top
Page 54
“All men living today belong to a single species, Homo sapiens, and are
derived from a common stock. . . . Biological differences between
human beings are due to differences in hereditary constitution and to
the influence of the environment on this genetic potential. In most
cases, those differences are due to the interaction of these two sets of
factors. . . . Differences between individuals within a race or within a
population are often greater than the average differences between
races or populations.”—An international body of scientists convened by
UNESCO, quoted in Statement on Race (New York, 1972, third ed.),
Ashley Montagu, pp. 149, 150.
“A race is simply one of the partially isolated gene pools into which the
human species came to be divided during and following its early
geographical spread. Roughly one race has developed on each of the
five major continental areas of the earth. . . . Man did indeed diverge
genetically during this phase of history and we can measure and study
the results of this divergence in what remains today of the old
geographical races. As we would expect, divergence appears to be
correlated with the degree of isolation. . . . When race formation took
place on the continents, with the bottlenecking of thousands of
populations in isolated gene pools all over the world, the genefrequency differences we now see were established. . . . The paradox
which faces us is that each group of humans appears to be externally
different yet underneath these differences there is fundamental
similarity.” (Heredity and Human Life, New York, 1963, H. L. Carson,
pp. 151, 154, 162, 163) (Thus, early in human history, when a group of
people were isolated from others and married within the group, certain
distinctive combinations of genetic traits were emphasized in their
offspring.)
Does the Bible teach that blacks are cursed?
That idea is based on a misunderstanding of Genesis 9:25, where Noah is
quoted as saying: “Cursed be Canaan. Let him become the lowest slave to his
brothers.” Read it carefully; it says nothing about skin color. The curse was because
Ham’s son Canaan had evidently performed some shocking act deserving of a
curse. But who were Canaan’s descendants? Not blacks, but lighter-skinned
peoples living to the east of the Mediterranean Sea. Because of their depraved
practices, demonistic rites, idolatry, and child sacrifice, they came under divine
judgment, and God gave to Israel the land occupied by the Canaanites. (Gen. 10:1519) Not all the Canaanites were destroyed; some were put at forced labor, in
fulfillment of the curse.—Josh. 17:13.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 55
From which of Noah’s offspring did the blacks descend? “The sons of Cush
[another one of Ham’s sons] were Seba and Havilah and Sabtah and Raamah and
Sabteca.” (Gen. 10:6, 7) Later Biblical references to Cush are usually equivalent to
Ethiopia. Seba is later used when referring to another people in the eastern part of
Africa and evidently close to Ethiopia.—Isa. 43:3, footnote in NW Reference edition.
No. 3: Why We View Jehovah as Our Father (Matt 6:9)
*** w09 2/15 p. 17 Do Jesus’ Sayings Influence Your Prayers? ***
Jesus Teaches Us How to Pray
12
Although Jesus warned against abusing the grand privilege of prayer, he did
teach his disciples how to pray. (Read Matthew 6:9-13.) The model prayer is not to
be memorized in order to be recited over and over again. Instead, it furnishes a
pattern for our own prayers. For instance, Jesus put God first with the opening
words: “Our Father in the heavens, let your name be sanctified.” (Matt. 6:9) We
properly address Jehovah as “our Father” because he is our Creator, who dwells “in
the heavens,” far beyond the earth. (Deut. 32:6; 2 Chron. 6:21; Acts 17:24, 28) Use
of the plural term “our” should remind us that our fellow believers also have a close
relationship with God. “Let your name be sanctified” is a petition that Jehovah take
action to sanctify himself by clearing his name of all the reproach that has been
heaped upon it since the rebellion in Eden. In answer to that prayer, Jehovah will
remove wickedness from the earth, thus sanctifying himself.—Ezek. 36:23.
*** w04 2/1 pp. 8-9 “Lord, Teach Us How to Pray” ***
A Loving Father
3
From the outset, Jesus showed that our prayers should reflect an intimate yet
respectful relationship with Jehovah. Speaking principally for the benefit of his
disciples who had gathered close to him on that mountainside, Jesus told them to
address Jehovah as “our Father in the heavens.” (Matthew 6:9) According to one
scholar, whether Jesus spoke in a popular form of Hebrew or in Aramaic, the term
he used for “Father” is akin to the intimate expressions of an infant, ‘a child’s word.’
Addressing Jehovah as “our Father” denotes a warm, trusting relationship.
4
By saying “our Father,” we also acknowledge that we are part of a large family
of men and women who recognize Jehovah as the Life-Giver. (Isaiah 64:8; Acts
17:24, 28) Spirit-begotten Christians are adopted as “God’s sons,” and to him they
can “cry out: ‘Abba, Father!’” (Romans 8:14, 15) Millions have become their loyal
companions. These have dedicated their lives to Jehovah and symbolized their
dedication by water baptism. All these “other sheep” can also approach Jehovah in
the name of Jesus and call Him “our Father.” (John 10:16; 14:6) We can regularly go
TMS 2013
Top
Page 56
to our heavenly Father in prayer to praise him, to thank him for all his expressions of
goodness toward us, and to take our burdens to him, confident that he cares for
us.—Philippians 4:6, 7; 1 Peter 5:6, 7.
*** w04 9/15 p. 4 The Lord’s Prayer—Its Meaning for You ***
What Is God’s Name?
“Our Father in the heavens, let your name be sanctified.” (Matthew 6:9) These
opening words of the model prayer help us to draw close to God by addressing him
as “our Father.” Like a child, who is naturally drawn to a loving and understanding
parent, we can approach our heavenly Father confident that he wants to hear us.
“O Hearer of prayer,” sang King David, “even to you people of all flesh will come.”—
Psalm 65:2.
*** w99 1/15 p. 13 par. 13 Are Your Prayers “Prepared as Incense”? ***
13
“Father, let your name be sanctified.” Addressing Jehovah as Father is a
special privilege of his dedicated servants. As children readily approach a merciful
father with any concern, we should spend time in regular dignified and reverential
prayer to God. (Psalm 103:13, 14) Our prayers should reflect our concern about the
sanctification of Jehovah’s name because we long to see it cleared of all the
reproach that has been heaped upon it. Yes, we want Jehovah’s name to be set
apart and held as holy, or sacred.—Psalm 5:11; 63:3, 4; 148:12, 13; Ezekiel 38:23
TMS 2013
Top
Page 57
April
No. 1: Luke 16:16-31
No. 2: Does Our Imperfect State Mean That We Are Worthless to God? (Ps 103:8,9,14;Gal 6:9)
No. 3: Are All Humans Children of God? ( rs p. 303¶3-p. 304¶4)
14:26—In what sense are Christ’s followers to “hate” their relatives? In the
Bible, “hate” can refer to loving a person or an object to a lesser degree than
another. (Gen. 29:30, 31) Christians are to “hate” their relatives in the sense of
loving them less than they do Jesus.—Matt. 10:37.
17:34-37—Who are “the eagles,” and what is “the body” where they gather
together? Those “taken along,” or delivered, are likened to farsighted eagles. “The
body” they gather to is the true Christ at his invisible presence and the spiritual food
that Jehovah provides for them.—Matt. 24:28.
Lessons for Us:
14:28, 29. We are wise to live within our means.
No. 1: Luke 16:16-31
No. 2: Does Our Imperfect State Mean That We Are Worthless to God? (Ps 103:8,9,14;Gal 6:9)
*** g 2/08 pp. 10-11 Does God Forgive Serious Sins? ***
The Bible’s Viewpoint
MERCY is one of God’s foremost qualities. (Psalm 86:15) How extensive is his
mercy? A psalmist wrote: “If errors were what you watch, O Jah, O Jehovah, who
could stand? For there is the true forgiveness with you, in order that you may be
feared.” (Psalm 130:3, 4) Another passage reads: “As far off as the sunrise is from
the sunset, so far off from us he has put our transgressions. As a father shows
mercy to his sons, Jehovah has shown mercy to those fearing him. For he himself
well knows the formation of us, remembering that we are dust.”—Psalm 103:12-14.
Clearly, Jehovah’s mercy is complete and unstinting, and it takes into account
our limitations and imperfections—that we are “dust.” Consider some Bible
examples that reveal the extent of God’s mercy.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 58
The apostle Peter denied Christ three times. (Mark 14:66-72) While an
unbeliever, the apostle Paul persecuted Christ’s followers. When certain ones of
these were to be executed, Paul voted against them. He even approved of the
murder of one of them. (Acts 8:1, 3; 9:1, 2, 11; 26:10, 11; Galatians 1:13) Before
becoming Christians, certain members of the congregation in Corinth had been
drunkards, extortioners, and thieves. (1 Corinthians 6:9-11) Yet, all these came to
enjoy divine favor. Why did God forgive them?
Three Steps to Gaining God’s Mercy
“I was shown mercy, because I was ignorant and acted with a lack of faith,” wrote
Paul. (1 Timothy 1:13) His frank expression brings us to the first step required for
gaining God’s forgiveness—lifting the veil of ignorance by getting an accurate
knowledge of Jehovah and his standards as outlined in the Bible. (2 Timothy
3:16, 17) To be sure, we cannot please our Creator if we do not know him well. “This
means everlasting life,” said Jesus in prayer to his Father, “their taking in knowledge
of you, the only true God, and of the one whom you sent forth, Jesus Christ.”—John
17:3.
When honesthearted ones gain that knowledge, they deeply regret their past
wrongs and are moved to express heartfelt repentance. That is the second step
toward gaining God’s forgiveness. Says Acts 3:19: “Repent, therefore, and turn
around so as to get your sins blotted out.”
That verse also mentions the third step—turning around. To turn around means
to abandon one’s old ways and attitudes and to adopt God’s standards and
viewpoints. (Acts 26:20) Simply put, a person shows by his new way of life that he
really means it when he says to God, “I am sorry.”
God Is Not All-Forgiving
There are some people whose sins God does not forgive. Wrote Paul: “If we
practice sin willfully after having received the accurate knowledge of the truth, there
is no longer any sacrifice for sins left, but there is a certain fearful expectation of
[condemnatory] judgment.” (Hebrews 10:26, 27) The words “practice sin willfully”
suggest deeply ingrained badness, a truly wicked heart.
Judas Iscariot developed such a heart. “It would have been finer for him if that
man had not been born,” said Jesus. (Matthew 26:24, 25) And concerning certain
religious leaders of his day, Jesus said: “You are from your father the Devil . . .
When he speaks the lie, he speaks according to his own disposition, because he is
a liar and the father of the lie.” (John 8:44) Like Satan, those men were bad to the
core. They were not sorry for what they had done but became even more hardened
in their wicked ways. True, because of imperfection and weakness, even genuine
TMS 2013
Top
Page 59
Christians sin, sometimes seriously. But their failings do not reflect an entrenched
evil disposition.—Galatians 6:1.
Merciful to the Last
It is not only the sin but also the attitude of the sinner that Jehovah notes. (Isaiah
1:16-19) Reflect for a moment on the two evildoers impaled alongside Jesus. Both
had evidently committed serious crimes, for one of the men admitted: “We are
receiving in full what we deserve for things we did; but this man [Jesus] did nothing
out of the way.” The evildoer’s words indicate that he knew something about Jesus.
And that knowledge likely contributed to a wholesome change in his attitude. This is
indicated by what he said next, this time imploring Jesus: “Remember me when you
get into your kingdom.” How did Christ respond to that heartfelt entreaty? “Truly I tell
you today,” he said, “You will be with me in Paradise.”—Luke 23:41-43.
Think about that: Jesus’ final statements as a human included an expression of
mercy toward a man who had admitted to deserving the death penalty. How
encouraging that is! We can be sure, then, that both Jesus Christ and his Father,
Jehovah, will show compassion toward all who manifest true repentance, regardless
of their past deeds.—Romans 4:7.
*** w05 6/1 pp. 29-30 Do Not Give Up in Doing What Is Fine ***
“MAINTAIN your conduct fine among the nations,” exhorted the apostle Peter.
(1 Peter 2:12) The Greek word translated “fine” refers to something that is “beautiful,
noble, honorable, excellent.” In this day and age, it may seem hopelessly unrealistic
to expect noble or honorable conduct from people in general. By and large,
however, Jehovah’s people today have succeeded in following Peter’s exhortation.
In fact, they are known the world over for their fine conduct.
This is particularly noteworthy when we consider the stresses and strains we
face during these “critical times hard to deal with.” (2 Timothy 3:1) Trials are part of
our daily life, and opposition to the Christian way of life is common. In addition, while
some trials are short-lived, others persist without letup, even increasing in intensity.
Nevertheless, the apostle Paul admonished: “Let us not give up in doing what is fine,
for in due season we shall reap if we do not tire out.” (Galatians 6:9) Just how is it
possible to do—and continue to do—what is fine in the face of heartrending trials
and unrelenting hostilities?
Help in Doing What Is Fine
Being “noble, honorable, excellent” is clearly a state of the inner person, a quality
of the heart. Therefore, maintaining fine conduct in the face of trials and hardships
TMS 2013
Top
Page 60
is, not a spur-of-the-moment reaction, but the result of daily following and practicing
Bible principles in all aspects of life. What are some things that can help in this
regard? Consider the following.
Cultivate the mental attitude of Christ. It takes humility to endure what may
seem unjust. A person who thinks highly of himself is unlikely to tolerate
mistreatment. Jesus, however, “humbled himself and became obedient as far as
death.” (Philippians 2:5, 8) By imitating him, we will not ‘get tired or give out’ in our
sacred service. (Hebrews 12:2, 3) Practice humble obedience by cooperating
willingly with those taking the lead in your local congregation. (Hebrews 13:17)
Learn to view others as “superior” to you, putting their interests ahead of your
own.—Philippians 2:3, 4.
Remember that Jehovah loves you. We must be convinced that Jehovah “is
and that he becomes the rewarder of those earnestly seeking him.” (Hebrews 11:6)
He genuinely cares for us and wants us to get everlasting life. (1 Timothy 2:4;
1 Peter 5:7) Remembering that nothing can nullify God’s love for us will help us not
to give up under trial.—Romans 8:38, 39.
Put full trust in Jehovah. Trust in Jehovah is essential, especially when trials
seem to be unending or life threatening. We must have implicit trust that Jehovah
will not allow any test ‘beyond what we can bear,’ that he will always “make the way
out.” (1 Corinthians 10:13) Even the threat of death can be faced courageously
when our trust is in Jehovah.—2 Corinthians 1:8, 9.
Persevere in prayer. Heartfelt prayer is vital. (Romans 12:12) Sincere prayer is
one of the ways that we draw close to Jehovah. (James 4:8) Through personal
experience, we learn that “no matter what it is that we ask . . . , he hears us.”
(1 John 5:14) If Jehovah allows our trial to continue as a test of our integrity, we pray
for his help to endure. (Luke 22:41-43) Prayer teaches us that we are never alone,
that with Jehovah on our side, we will always come off victorious.—Romans
8:31, 37.
Fine Works—‘Cause for Praise and Honor’
From time to time, all Christians are “grieved by various trials.” Yet, we must “not
give up in doing what is fine.” When under stress, draw strength from the knowledge
that your faithfulness will ultimately be “a cause for praise and glory and honor.”
(1 Peter 1:6, 7) Take full advantage of all spiritual provisions from Jehovah to build
you up. When you need personal attention, go to those who serve as shepherds,
teachers, and counselors in the Christian congregation. (Acts 20:28) Be regular in
attending all congregation meetings, which ‘incite us to love and fine works.’
(Hebrews 10:24) A program of daily Bible reading and personal study will help keep
TMS 2013
Top
Page 61
you alert and spiritually strong; so will having a regular share in the Christian
ministry.—Psalm 1:1-3; Matthew 24:14.
The more you taste of Jehovah’s love and care, the greater will be your desire to
be “zealous for fine works.” (Titus 2:14) Remember, “he that has endured to the end
is the one that will be saved.” (Matthew 24:13) Yes, be determined ‘not to give up in
doing what is fine’!
No. 3: Are All Humans Children of God? ( rs p. 303¶3-p. 304¶4)
Are all humans children of God?
Being children of God is not something that we imperfect humans are entitled to
by birth. But we are all the offspring of Adam, who when created in perfection was a
“son of God.”—Luke 3:38.Acts 10:34, 35: “God is not partial, but in every nation the
man that fears him and works righteousness is acceptable to him.”
John 3:16: “God loved the world so much that he gave his only-begotten Son, in
order that everyone exercising faith in him might not be destroyed but have
everlasting life.” (Exercising genuine faith in him is necessary in order for any of us
to attain to the kind of relationship with God that Adam lost. That privilege is open to
people of all races.)
1 John 3:10: “The children of God and the children of the Devil are evident by this
fact: Everyone who does not carry on righteousness does not originate with God,
neither does he who does not love his brother.” (So God does not view all humans
as his children. From a spiritual standpoint, those who deliberately practice what
God condemns have the Devil as their father. See John 8:44. However, true
Christians reflect godly qualities. From among these, God has selected a limited
number to rule as kings with Christ in heaven. These are referred to by God as his
“children” or his “sons.” For further details, see the main heading “Born Again.”)
Rom. 8:19-21: “The eager expectation of the creation is waiting for the revealing
of the sons of God . . . The creation itself also will be set free from enslavement to
corruption and have the glorious freedom of the children of God.” (Relief for mankind
will come when “the sons of God,” after receiving heavenly life, are ‘revealed’ as
taking positive action on behalf of mankind under the direction of Christ. After faithful
ones on earth [referred to as “the creation” in this scripture] have attained to human
perfection and have demonstrated unshakable loyalty to Jehovah as Universal
Sovereign, then they too will enjoy the fine relationship of children of God. People of
all races will share in this.)
TMS 2013
Top
Page 62
April
No. 1: Luke 18:18-34
No. 2: Will People of All Races Ever Truly Be United as Brothers and Sisters? (rs p. 304¶5-p. 305¶3)
No. 3: What Is Meekness, How Do We Seek It, and Why Is It Vital? (Zeph 2:2,3)
*** w06 10/1 p. 30 Hope in Jehovah, and Be Courageous ***
“Your Deliverance Is Getting Near”
20
With each passing day, it becomes more urgent that we keep Jehovah at our
right hand. Soon, starting with the destruction of false religion, Satan’s world will
experience a tribulation such as it has never experienced before. (Matthew 24:21)
Fear will envelop faithless mankind. Yet, during that chaotic time, Jehovah’s
courageous servants will rejoice in their hope! “As these things start to occur,” said
Jesus, “raise yourselves erect and lift your heads up, because your deliverance is
getting near.”—Luke 21:28.
21
Let us therefore rejoice in our God-given hope and not be deceived or tempted
by Satan’s clever distractions. At the same time, let us work hard to cultivate faith,
love, and godly fear. Doing so, we will have the courage to obey Jehovah under all
circumstances and to oppose the Devil. (James 4:7, 8) Yes, “be courageous, and
may your heart be strong, all you who are waiting for Jehovah.”—Psalm 31:24.
No. 1: Luke 18:18-34
No. 2: Will People of All Races Ever Truly Be United as Brothers and Sisters? (rs p. 304¶5-p. 305¶3)
Will people of all races ever truly be united as brothers and sisters?
To those who would be his true disciples, Jesus said: “All you are brothers.”
(Matt. 23:8) Later he added: “By this all will know that you are my disciples, if you
have love among yourselves.”—John 13:35.
Despite human imperfections, that sense of oneness was a reality among early
Christians. The apostle Paul wrote: “There is neither Jew nor Greek, there is neither
slave nor freeman, there is neither male nor female; for you are all one person in
union with Christ Jesus.”—Gal. 3:28.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 63
Christian brotherhood unmarred by racial distinctions is a reality among
Jehovah’s Witnesses in the 20th century. Writer William Whalen said in U.S.
Catholic: “I believe that one of the most attractive characteristics of [the organization
of Jehovah’s Witnesses] has been its traditional policy of racial equality.” After
making an extensive study of Jehovah’s Witnesses in Africa, Oxford University
sociologist Bryan Wilson stated: “The Witnesses are perhaps more successful than
any other group in the speed with which they eliminate tribal discrimination among
their own recruits.” Reporting on an international gathering of Witnesses from 123
lands, The New York Times Magazine said: “The Witnesses impressed New Yorkers
not only with their numbers, but with their diversity (they include people from all
walks of life), their racial unself-consciousness (many Witnesses are Negroes) and
their quiet, orderly behavior.”
Soon God’s Kingdom will destroy the present ungodly system of things, including
all who do not genuinely love both Jehovah God and their fellowman. (Dan. 2:44;
Luke 10:25-28) God’s Word promises that the survivors will be persons “out of all
nations and tribes and peoples and tongues.” (Rev. 7:9) Drawn together by worship
of the true God, by faith in Jesus Christ, and by love for one another, they will truly
make up a united human family.
No. 3: What Is Meekness, How Do We Seek It, and Why Is It Vital? (Zeph 2:2,3)
*** w10 3/15 p. 5 Remaining in God’s Favor Despite Changes ***
Meekness Helps Us to Be Positive
Meekness is mildness of temper. It enables us to endure injury with patience and
without irritation, resentment, vindictiveness. Meekness is a difficult quality to
cultivate. Interestingly, in one Bible text, the “meek ones of the earth” are invited to
“seek meekness.” (Zeph. 2:3) Meekness is related to humility and modesty, but it
also embraces other qualities, such as goodness and mildness. A meek person can
grow spiritually as he shows himself to be teachable and lets himself be molded.
*** w10 3/15 Remaining in God’s Favor Despite Changes ***
How can meekness help us deal with new phases of our life? You have likely
observed that many tend to view changes in a negative light. In actual fact, they can
be opportunities for us to be further trained by Jehovah. Moses’ life illustrates that.
At 40 years of age, Moses already possessed excellent qualities. He had proved
to be sensitive to the needs of God’s people and displayed a spirit of self-sacrifice.
(Heb. 11:24-26) Yet, before being assigned by Jehovah to lead Israel out of Egypt,
Moses had to face changes that refined his meekness. He had to flee Egypt and live
TMS 2013
Top
Page 64
in the land of Midian for 40 years, working as a shepherd, out of the limelight. What
was the result? This change made him a better person. (Num. 12:3) He learned to
put spiritual interests ahead of personal ones.
To illustrate Moses’ meekness, let us consider what happened when Jehovah
said that He wanted to reject the disobedient nation and have Moses’ descendants
become a mighty nation. (Num. 14:11-20) Moses interceded for the nation. His
words show that his concerns were God’s reputation and the well-being of his
brothers, not his own self-interest. A meek person was needed for Moses’ role as
leader of the nation and mediator. Miriam and Aaron murmured against him, yet the
Bible record says that Moses was “by far the meekest of all the men.” (Num. 12:1-3,
9-15) It seems that Moses meekly put up with their insults. How would things have
turned out if Moses had not been meek?
On another occasion, Jehovah’s spirit settled upon some men, causing them to
prophesy. Joshua, Moses’ attendant, felt that these Israelites were acting
improperly. Moses, on the other hand, meekly saw things from Jehovah’s viewpoint
and was not worried about losing his authority. (Num. 11:26-29) Had Moses not
been meek, would he have accepted this change in Jehovah’s arrangement?
Meekness enabled Moses to make good use of the great authority given him and
the role God assigned him. Jehovah invited him to go up on Mount Horeb and stand
before the people. God spoke to Moses through an angel and appointed him as
mediator of the covenant. Moses’ meekness enabled him to accept this great
change in authority and yet remain in God’s favor.
What about us? Meekness is indispensable to our individual growth. All who
have been entrusted with privileges and authority among God’s people need to be
meek. It prevents us from being proud when we are faced with changes and enables
us to deal with situations with the right attitude. Our reaction is important. Will we
accept the change? Will we view it as an opportunity to improve? It may turn out to
be a unique chance to cultivate meekness!
We will constantly find ourselves facing changes in our lives. Sometimes it is not
easy to understand why things happen. Personal limitations and emotional tension
may make it difficult for us to maintain a spiritual outlook. Still, such qualities as
humility, modesty, and meekness will help us to accept the changes and remain in
God’s favor.
*** w05 5/15 p. 30 par. 19 ‘Keep Yourself Restrained Under Evil’ ***
Counsel for All Christians
19
God urges his people to “seek meekness.” (Zephaniah 2:3) The Hebrew
TMS 2013
Top
Page 65
expression for “meekness” denotes a disposition that enables a person to endure
injury patiently, without irritation and without retaliation. May we earnestly petition
Jehovah for help so that we can exercise restraint and represent him properly, even
under difficult circumstances.
*** w01 2/15 p. 19 par. 7 Seek Jehovah Before the Day of His Anger ***
Requirements for Preservation
7
The third point made at Zephaniah 2:3 is that if we want to be hidden in the day
of Jehovah’s anger, we must “seek meekness.” Each day, we rub shoulders with
men, women, and young people who are anything but meek. To them, being mildtempered is a flaw. Submissiveness is considered a serious weakness. They are
demanding, selfish, and opinionated, believing that their personal “rights” and
preferences must be accommodated at all costs. How sad it would be if some of
those attitudes were to rub off on us! This is the time to “seek meekness.” How? By
being submissive to God, humbly accepting his discipline and conforming to his will.
April
22:44—Why did Jesus experience so much agony? This occurred for a
number of reasons. Jesus was concerned about how his death as a criminal would
affect Jehovah God and His name. Moreover, Jesus knew very well that his eternal
life and the future of the entire human race depended on his remaining faithful.
23:44—Did a solar eclipse cause the three-hour-long darkness? No. Solar
eclipses take place only at the time of the new moon, not when the moon is full, as is
the case at Passover time. The darkness caused on the day of Jesus’ death was a
miracle from God.
Lessons for Us:
22:36-38. Jesus did not ask his disciples to carry a weapon for protection or selfdefense. Rather, their having swords on hand on the night of his betrayal made it
possible for Jesus to teach them a vital lesson: “All those who take the sword will
perish by the sword.”—Matt. 26:52.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 66
May
May 6 Bible Reading: John 1-4
No. 1: John 3:22-36
No. 2: What Does ‘Walking by Sprit’ Really Mean?(Gal 5:16)
No. 3: How Was the Death of Jesus Christ Different From That of Others Who Have Become Martyrs
(rs p. 306¶4)
Bible Reading: John 1-4
*** w08 4/15 p. 30 Highlights From the Book of John ***
JOHN—“the disciple whom Jesus used to love”—is the last person to write an
inspired account of Christ’s life and ministry. (John 21:20) Written about 98 C.E., the
Gospel of John repeats very little of what is stated in the other three Gospels.
The apostle John wrote his Gospel with a definite objective in mind. Concerning
the things that he recorded, he says: “These have been written down that you may
believe that Jesus is the Christ the Son of God, and that, because of believing, you
may have life by means of his name.” (John 20:31) Its message is indeed of great
value to us.—Heb. 4:12.
3
Christians of the early second century accepted John as the writer of this account
and also treated this writing as an unquestioned part of the canon of the inspired
Scriptures. Clement of Alexandria, Irenaeus, Tertullian, and Origen, all of whom
were of the late second and early third centuries, testify to John’s writership.
Moreover, much internal evidence that John was the writer is to be found in the book
itself. Obviously the writer was a Jew and was well acquainted with the Jews’
customs and their land. (2:6; 4:5; 5:2; 10:22, 23) The very intimacy of the account
indicates that he was not only an apostle but one of the inner circle of three—Peter,
James, and John—who accompanied Jesus on special occasions. (Matt. 17:1; Mark
5:37; 14:33) Of these, James (the son of Zebedee) is eliminated because he was
martyred by Herod Agrippa I about 44 C.E., long before this book was written. (Acts
12:2) Peter is eliminated because he is mentioned along with the writer at John
21:20-24.
unique material: w95 5/15 13
*** w95 5/15 p. 13 par. 12 Flashes of Light in Apostolic Times ***
TMS 2013
Top
Page 67
Light in the Gospels
12
Then there was John’s Gospel, written more than 30 years after Mark wrote his
account. What a stream of light John threw on Jesus’ ministry, particularly through
many references to His prehuman existence! Only John provides the account of
Lazarus’ resurrection, and he alone gives us many of Jesus’ fine remarks to his
faithful apostles as well as his heartwarming prayer on the night of his betrayal, as
recorded in chapters 13 to 17. In fact, it is said that 92 percent of John’s Gospel is
unique.
*** si pp. 198-199 Bible Book Number 43—John ***
WHY BENEFICIAL
30
Powerful in its directness and convincing in its intimate, heartwarming portrayal
of the Word, who became Christ, the good news “according to John” gives us a
close-up view of this anointed Son of God in word and in action. Though John’s style
and vocabulary are simple, marking him as an “unlettered and ordinary” man, there
is tremendous power in his expression. (Acts 4:13) His Gospel soars to its greatest
heights in making known the intimate love between Father and Son, as well as the
blessed, loving relationship to be found by being in union with them. John uses the
words “love” and “loved” more often than the other three Gospels combined.
31
In the beginning what a glorious relationship existed between the Word and
God the Father! In God’s providence “the Word became flesh and resided among
us, and we had a view of his glory, a glory such as belongs to an only-begotten son
from a father; and he was full of undeserved kindness and truth.” (John 1:14) Then,
throughout John’s account, Jesus emphasizes his relationship to be one of
subjection in unquestioning obedience to the will of the Father. (4:34; 5:19, 30; 7:16;
10:29, 30; 11:41, 42; 12:27, 49, 50; 14:10) His expression of this intimate
relationship reaches its glorious climax in the moving prayer recorded in John
chapter 17, where Jesus reports to his Father that he has finished the work He gave
him to do in the earth and adds: “So now you, Father, glorify me alongside yourself
with the glory that I had alongside you before the world was.”—17:5.
32
What of Jesus’ relationship with his disciples? Jesus’ role as the sole channel
through which God’s blessings are extended to these and to all mankind is
continually kept to the fore. (14:13, 14; 15:16; 16:23, 24) He is referred to as “the
Lamb of God,” “the bread of life,” “the light of the world,” “the fine shepherd,” “the
resurrection and the life,” “the way and the truth and the life,” and “the true vine.”
(1:29; 6:35; 8:12; 10:11; 11:25; 14:6; 15:1) It is under this illustration of “the true
TMS 2013
Top
Page 68
vine” that Jesus makes known the marvelous unity that exists not only between his
true followers and himself but also with the Father. By bearing much fruit, they will
glorify his Father. “Just as the Father has loved me and I have loved you, remain in
my love,” counsels Jesus.—15:9.
33
Then how fervently he prays to Jehovah that all these loved ones, and also
‘those putting faith in him through their word,’ may be one with his Father and
himself, sanctified by the word of truth! Indeed, the entire purpose of Jesus’ ministry
is wonderfully expressed in the final words of his prayer to his Father: “I have made
your name known to them and will make it known, in order that the love with which
you loved me may be in them and I in union with them.”—17:20, 26.
34
Though Jesus was leaving his disciples in the world, he was not going to leave
them without a helper, “the spirit of the truth.” Moreover, he gave them timely
counsel on their relationship with the world, showing them how to overcome as
“sons of light.” (14:16, 17; 3:19-21; 12:36) “If you remain in my word, you are really
my disciples,” said Jesus, “and you will know the truth, and the truth will set you
free.” In contrast, he said to the sons of darkness: “You are from your father the
Devil, and you wish to do the desires of your father. . . . He did not stand fast in the
truth, because truth is not in him.” Let us be determined, then, always to stand fast in
the truth, yes, to “worship the Father with spirit and truth,” and to draw strength from
Jesus’ words: “Take courage! I have conquered the world.”—8:31, 32, 44; 4:23;
16:33.
35
All of this has a relation, also, to God’s Kingdom. Jesus testified when on trial:
“My kingdom is no part of this world. If my kingdom were part of this world, my
attendants would have fought that I should not be delivered up to the Jews. But, as it
is, my kingdom is not from this source.” Then, in answer to Pilate’s question, he
said: “You yourself are saying that I am a king. For this I have been born, and for
this I have come into the world, that I should bear witness to the truth. Everyone that
is on the side of the truth listens to my voice.” (18:36, 37) Happy indeed are those
who listen and who are “born again” to “enter into the kingdom of God” in union with
the King. Happy are the “other sheep” who listen to the voice of this Shepherd-King
and gain life. There is, indeed, cause for gratitude for the provision of John’s Gospel,
for it was written “that you may believe that Jesus is the Christ the Son of God, and
that, because of believing, you may have life by means of his name.”—3:3, 5; 10:16;
20:31.
1:35, 40—Who besides Andrew was the disciple standing with John the
Baptizer? The narrator always refers to John the Baptizer as “John” and never
TMS 2013
Top
Page 69
identifies himself by name in his Gospel. Therefore, the unnamed disciple is
evidently the Gospel writer John.
2:20—Which temple “was built in forty-six years”? The Jews were referring
to the rebuilding of Zerubbabel’s temple by King Herod of Judea. According to the
historian Josephus, that work began in the 18th year of Herod’s reign, or in
18/17 B.C.E. The temple sanctuary and other main structures were constructed in
eight years. However, the work on the temple complex continued down to and
beyond the Passover of 30 C.E., when the Jews said that it took 46 years to build it.
Lessons for Us:
2:4. Jesus was indicating to Mary that as the baptized anointed Son of God, he
must take direction from his heavenly Father. Although Jesus was just beginning his
ministry, he was fully aware of the hour, or the time, for his assigned work, including
his sacrificial death. Not even a close family member such as Mary could be allowed
to interfere with his doing the divine will. We should serve Jehovah God with similar
determination.
3:1-9. The example of Nicodemus, a ruler of the Jews, teaches us two lessons.
First, Nicodemus showed humility, insight, and awareness of his own spiritual need,
recognizing a lowly carpenter’s son as a teacher sent by God. Humility is needed by
true Christians today. Second, Nicodemus held back from becoming a disciple while
Jesus was on earth. Perhaps this was due to fear of man, attachment to his position
in the Sanhedrin, or love for his riches. From this we can learn a valuable lesson:
We must not allow such leanings to hold us back from ‘picking up our torture stake
and continually following Jesus.’—Luke 9:23.
No. 1: John 3:22-36
No. 2: What Does ‘Walking by Spirit’ Really Mean?(Gal 5:16)
*** w10 3/15 pp. 15-18 pars. 3-17 Walk by Spirit and Live Up to Your Dedication
***
All Christians who are thus baptized are expected to “keep walking by spirit.”
(Read Galatians 5:16.) Are you walking by spirit and thus living up to your
dedication?
What “Walking by Spirit” Means
4
“Walking by spirit” involves accepting the action of the holy spirit upon you,
TMS 2013
Top
Page 70
allowing the holy spirit to influence you. You might say that it means to be governed
by the holy spirit in your daily activities. Galatians chapter 5 brings out the contrast
between being under the influence of the holy spirit and that of the flesh.—Read
Galatians 5:17, 18.
5
If you are under the influence of the holy spirit, you seek to refrain from the
works of the flesh. Those include such things as “fornication, uncleanness, loose
conduct, idolatry, practice of spiritism, enmities, strife, jealousy, fits of anger,
contentions, divisions, sects, envies, drunken bouts, revelries.” (Gal. 5:19-21) In a
sense, you “put the practices of the body to death by the spirit.” (Rom. 8:5, 13) It will
help to set your mind on the things of the spirit and cooperate with its leadings,
rather than let yourself be controlled by fleshly desires.
6
As holy spirit operates upon you, you manifest godly qualities, “the fruitage of
the spirit.” (Gal. 5:22, 23) You realize, though, that this calls for effort on your part.
To illustrate: A farmer cultivates the land. Of course, sunshine and water are
necessary; without such he cannot expect any harvest. We might compare holy
spirit to sunshine. Holy spirit is needed for us to manifest the fruitage of the spirit.
Yet, what would be produced without the farmer’s hard work? (Prov. 10:4) Yes, how
you cultivate the soil of your heart makes a difference in the quality and quantity of
the fruitage of the holy spirit in you. So ask yourself, ‘Am I permitting holy spirit to
produce its fruitage by working along with it?’
7
To obtain a good harvest, farmers also need to water their crops. In order to
cultivate the fruitage of the spirit, you need the waters of truth found in the Bible and
available through the Christian congregation today. (Isa. 55:1) You have likely
pointed out to many people that the Holy Scriptures are a product of holy spirit.
(2 Tim. 3:16) Also, the faithful and discreet slave class provides much-needed
understanding of the pure waters of Bible truth. (Matt. 24:45-47) The implication is
clear. In order to come under the influence of the holy spirit, we must read and
meditate on God’s Word. If you are doing that, you are imitating the fine examples of
the prophets who made “a diligent inquiry and a careful search” of information that
was provided. It is noteworthy that even the angels have shown deep interest in
spiritual truths regarding the promised Seed and the anointed Christian
congregation.—Read 1 Peter 1:10-12.
Influenced by the Spirit—How?
8
It is not a matter of simply studying the Scriptures and meditating. You need to
keep asking for Jehovah’s help and guidance. He can “do more than
superabundantly beyond all the things we ask or conceive.” (Eph. 3:20; Luke 11:13)
How would you answer, though, if someone inquired, “Why should I continue to ask
if God already knows ‘what things I am needing before ever I ask him’?” (Matt. 6:8)
TMS 2013
Top
Page 71
Well, for one thing, by praying for holy spirit, you acknowledge your reliance on
Jehovah. For example, if someone came to you for aid, you would do whatever you
could to help him, one reason being that he asked you to assist him, showing trust in
you. (Compare Proverbs 3:27.) Likewise, Jehovah finds pleasure in your asking him
for his spirit, and he will give it to you.—Prov. 15:8.
9
You can well appreciate that another way to come under the influence of God’s
spirit involves our meetings, assemblies, and conventions. Making an effort to be in
attendance and paying attention to the program is very important. Doing so helps
you to understand “the deep things of God.” (1 Cor. 2:10) There are also benefits
from regularly making comments. Think back on the meetings you attended in the
last four weeks. How often did you raise your hand, offering to answer, to make an
expression of your faith? Do you see room for improvement in this area? If you do,
resolve what you will do in the weeks ahead. Jehovah will see your willingness to
participate and will provide his holy spirit, which will help you to get even more out of
the meetings you attend.
10
Walking by spirit includes responding to the invitation we read at Revelation
22:17: “The spirit and the bride keep on saying: ‘Come!’ And let anyone hearing say:
‘Come!’ And let anyone thirsting come; let anyone that wishes take life’s water free.”
The spirit, working through the anointed bride class, is extending this invitation
regarding life’s water. If you have accepted the call to “come!” are you determined to
say, “Come!”? What a privilege it is to be able to share in this lifesaving work!
11
This vital work is now being accomplished under the guidance of holy spirit.
We read how the holy spirit was involved in the first century in opening up new
territories for missionaries. The apostle Paul and his companions were “forbidden by
the holy spirit to speak the word in the district of Asia”; nor were they permitted to go
into Bithynia. We do not know exactly how the spirit prevented their going into those
places, yet it is clear that the spirit led Paul into the vast field of Europe. He received
a vision of a Macedonian man pleading for help.—Acts 16:6-10.
12
Today, Jehovah’s spirit is likewise directing the worldwide preaching. No
miraculous visions are being used to give direction; instead, Jehovah guides the
anointed by holy spirit. And the spirit motivates brothers and sisters to do all they
can in preaching and teaching. You no doubt have been participating in this vital
work. Can you increase your joy in this exciting activity?
13
You can submit to the direction of holy spirit by applying the information
provided for God’s people. Consider young Mihoko from Japan. As a new pioneer,
she felt unqualified to make return visits; she felt that she did not know how to
capture the householder’s interest. About that time, practical suggestions on how to
make brief return visits were provided in Our Kingdom Ministry. Then the brochure A
TMS 2013
Top
Page 72
Satisfying Life—How to Attain It was published. It proved to be especially useful in
the Japanese field. Mihoko applied the suggestions given on how to use the
brochure, especially on how to make brief return visits. Soon she was starting Bible
studies with those who might previously have declined a study. She says, “I had so
many studies—as many as 12 at one time—that I had to put some on a waiting list!”
Indeed, when you walk by spirit, applying the direction given to Jehovah’s servants,
you can reap bountifully.
Rely on God’s Spirit
14
As an ordained minister, you have a ministry to perform. (Rom. 10:14) You
may not feel fully qualified to shoulder such a responsibility. But, as is the case of
the anointed, it is God who qualifies you. (Read 2 Corinthians 3:5.) You can live up
to your dedication by doing your best and relying on God’s spirit.
15
Granted, it is not easy for us imperfect humans to live up to our dedication to
our perfect God, Jehovah. One complication is that some with whom you once
associated may be puzzled at your new way of life and may ‘speak abusively of
you.’ (1 Pet. 4:4) Yet, do not overlook the fact that you have since cultivated new
friendships, the most important being with Jehovah and Jesus Christ. (Read James
2:21-23.) It is also vital to get to know the brothers and sisters in your local
congregation, part of “the whole association of brothers” throughout the world.
(1 Pet. 2:17; Prov. 17:17) Jehovah through his spirit will help you to have friends
who will continue to be a good influence on you.
16
Even with helpful friends around you in the congregation, you may still find it
difficult to cope with daily challenges. What you have to contend with may at times
leave you feeling lost, as if you were in a long tunnel of problems. That is especially
a time for you to turn to Jehovah, asking for his holy spirit. “When I am weak,” wrote
the apostle Paul, “then I am powerful.” (Read 2 Corinthians 4:7-10; 12:10.) Paul
knew that God’s spirit can make up for human weaknesses, regardless of their
nature. Thus, God’s active force can strengthen you whenever you feel weak and in
need of help. Paul wrote that he could “take pleasure in weaknesses.” It was when
he was weak that he felt holy spirit operating on him. You can experience the same
feeling!—Rom. 15:13.
17
We need God’s spirit so that we can lead a life dedicated to him. Think of
yourself as the skipper of a sailboat. Your goal is to serve Jehovah forever. Holy
spirit is like the wind that you want to catch so as to arrive at your destination safe
and sound. You do not want to be carried hither and thither by the spirit of Satan’s
world. (1 Cor. 2:12) You have to identify, as it were, the right wind and catch it. That
is the holy spirit. Through God’s Word and his spirit-directed organization, holy spirit
will move you in the right direction.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 73
No. 3: How Was the Death of Jesus Christ Different From That of Others Who Have Become Martyrs
(rs p. 306¶1-4)
*** rs p. 306 Ransom ***
How was the death of Jesus Christ different from that of others who have
become martyrs?
Jesus was a perfect human. He was born without any blemish of sin and he
maintained that perfection throughout his life. “He committed no sin.” He was
“undefiled, separated from the sinners.”—1 Pet. 2:22; Heb. 7:26.
He was the unique Son of God. God himself testified to this audibly from the
heavens. (Matt. 3:17; 17:5) This Son had lived previously in heaven; through him
God had brought into existence all other created persons and things in the entire
universe. To carry out His will, God had miraculously transferred the life of this Son
to the womb of a virgin girl so that he might be born as a human. To emphasize that
he truly had become a human, Jesus referred to himself as the Son of man.—Col.
1:15-20; John 1:14; Luke 5:24.
He was not powerless before his executioners. He said: “I surrender my soul . . .
No man has taken it away from me, but I surrender it of my own initiative.” (John
10:17, 18) He declined to appeal for angelic forces to intervene on his behalf. (Matt.
26:53, 54) Though wicked men were permitted to carry out their schemes in having
him put to death, his death was truly sacrificial.
His shed blood has value to provide deliverance for others. “The Son of man
came, not to be ministered to, but to minister and to give his soul a ransom in
exchange for many.” (Mark 10:45) So his death was far more than a case of
martyrdom because of refusal to compromise his beliefs.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 74
May
No. 1: John 6:22-40
No. 2: Why Was It Necessary for the Ransom to Be Provided in the Manner That It Was?
(rs p. 306¶6- p. 307¶2)
No. 3: How Can We Apply the Principle Behind What Is Written in Numbers 15:37-40?
*** w08 4/15 p. 31 pars. 5-7 Highlights From the Book of John ***
5:24, 25—Who are those ‘passing over from death to life’? Jesus is speaking
about those who were once spiritually dead but who upon hearing his words put faith
in him and discontinue walking in their sinful course. They ‘pass over from death to
life’ in that the condemnation of death is lifted from them, and they are given the
hope of everlasting life because of their faith in God.—1 Pet. 4:3-6.
5:26; 6:53—What does it mean to have ‘life in oneself’? For Jesus Christ, this
means receiving from God two specific capabilities—the ability to give humans a fine
standing with Jehovah and the power to impart life by resurrecting the dead. For
Jesus’ followers, ‘having life in themselves’ means entering into the very fullness of
life. Anointed Christians enter into it when they are resurrected to heavenly life.
Faithful ones with an earthly hope will experience the fullness of life only after they
pass the final test that will occur right after the end of the Millennial Reign of
Christ.—1 Cor. 15:52, 53; Rev. 20:5, 7-10.
6:64—Did Jesus know from the time of selecting Judas Iscariot that Judas
would betray him? Apparently he did not. On one occasion in the year 32 C.E.,
however, Jesus told his apostles: “One of you is a slanderer.” Possibly, at that point
Jesus noticed in Judas Iscariot a “beginning,” or start, of a wrong course.—John
6:66-71.
Lessons for Us:
6:27. To work for “the food that remains for life everlasting” is to put forth effort to
satisfy our spiritual need. Happy we are when we do this.—Matt. 5:3.
6:44. Jehovah personally cares for us. He draws us to his Son by reaching us
individually through the preaching work and by helping us to grasp and apply
spiritual truths by means of His holy spirit.
No. 1: John 6:22-40
TMS 2013
Top
Page 75
No. 2: Why Was It Necessary for the Ransom to Be Provided in the Manner That It Was?
(rs p. 306¶6- p. 307¶2)
*** rs p. 306 - p. 307 Ransom ***
Why was it necessary for the ransom to be provided in the manner that it was
in order for us to have eternal life?
Rom. 5:12: “Through one man [Adam] sin entered into the world and death
through sin, and thus death spread to all men because they had all sinned.” (No
matter how uprightly we may live, all of us are sinners from birth. [Ps. 51:5] There is
no way that we can earn the right to live forever.)
Rom. 6:23: “The wages sin pays is death.”
Ps. 49:6-9: “Those who are trusting in their means of maintenance, and who
keep boasting about the abundance of their riches, not one of them can by any
means redeem even a brother, nor give to God a ransom for him; (and the
redemption price of their soul is so precious that it has ceased to time indefinite) that
he should still live forever and not see the pit.” (No imperfect human can provide the
means to deliver someone else from sin and death. His money cannot buy eternal
life, and his soul laid down in death, being the wages that are to come to him
anyway because of sin, has no value toward delivering anyone.)
No. 3: How Can We Apply the Principle Behind What Is Written in Numbers 15:37-40?
Do Not Follow “Your Hearts and Your Eyes”
9
The second dangerous influence we will discuss is an internal one. We might
illustrate it this way: If you were taking a journey to a particular destination, can you
imagine deciding to cast aside your map and simply follow your impulses—perhaps
turning onto every road that seemed to offer pretty views? Clearly, giving in to such
impulses would keep you from reaching your goal. In this regard, consider another
of Jehovah’s laws to ancient Israel. Many today might find a law about putting
fringes and blue threads on their garments hard to understand. (Read Numbers
15:37-39.) Do you see the relevance, though? Obeying such a law helped God’s
people to keep themselves distinct and separate from the pagan nations around
them. That was vital if they were to gain and maintain Jehovah’s approval. (Lev.
18:24, 25) However, that law also reveals a dangerous internal influence that might
TMS 2013
Top
Page 76
lead us away from our destination of everlasting life. How so?
10
Note what Jehovah gave his people as a reason behind this law: “You must
not go about following your hearts and your eyes, which you are following in immoral
intercourse.” Jehovah has profound insight into human nature. He well knows how
easily our heart, or inner self, is seduced by what we take in through our eyes. The
Bible thus warns us: “The heart is more treacherous than anything else and is
desperate. Who can know it?” (Jer. 17:9) Do you see, then, just how fitting was
Jehovah’s warning to the Israelites? He well knew that they would be inclined to look
at the pagan peoples around them and be seduced by what they saw. They might
be tempted to look like those unbelievers and then to think, feel, and act like them.—
Prov. 13:20.
11
In our own day, it is even easier for our treacherous heart to be seduced by our
physical senses. We live in a world that is geared toward appealing to fleshly
inclinations. So how can we apply the principle behind Numbers 15:39? Consider: If
those around you at school, at the workplace, or in your community are dressing
more and more provocatively, might you be affected? Might you be tempted to
‘follow your heart and eyes’ and be seduced by what you see? Then might you be
tempted to lower your own standards by dressing in a similar manner?—Rom.
12:1, 2.
12
We urgently need to cultivate self-control. If our eyes tend to wander where
they should not, let us recall the firm resolve of faithful Job, who made a formal
agreement with his own eyes—a firm decision not to give romantic attention to a
woman not his own wife. (Job 31:1) Similarly, King David resolved: “I shall not set in
front of my eyes any good-for-nothing thing.” (Ps. 101:3) Whatever might damage
our clean conscience and our relationship with Jehovah is for us a “good-for-nothing
thing.” That would include any temptation that appeals to our eyes and threatens to
seduce our heart into wrongdoing.
13
On the other hand, we certainly would never want to become, in a sense, a
“good-for-nothing thing” to others by tempting them to contemplate wrongdoing. We
therefore take seriously the Bible’s inspired counsel to wear well-arranged and
modest clothing. (1 Tim. 2:9) Modesty is not something we can simply define in a
way that suits us. We need to take into account the consciences and sensitivities of
those around us, putting their peace of mind and welfare ahead of our own
preferences. (Rom. 15:1, 2) The Christian congregation is blessed with many
thousands of young people who set sterling examples in this regard. How proud they
make us as they refuse to ‘follow their hearts and their eyes,’ choosing instead to
please Jehovah in all that they do—even in the way they dress!
Do Not Follow “Unrealities”
TMS 2013
Top
Page 77
14
Imagine that your journey took you across a vast desert. What would happen if
you veered off the road to pursue a mirage? Pursuing that illusion could cost you
your life! Jehovah well knows that danger. Consider an example. The Israelites
wanted to be like the nations around them, who were ruled by human kings. That
desire was, in fact, a grave sin, for it amounted to a rejection of Jehovah as their
King. Although Jehovah allowed them to have a human king, he had his prophet
Samuel deliver a pointed warning about pursuing “unrealities.”—Read 1 Samuel
12:21.
15
Did those people think that a human king would somehow be more real, more
dependable, than Jehovah? If so, they were truly pursuing an unreality! And they
were in danger of pursuing many other satanic illusions. Human kings would easily
lead them into idolatry. Idolaters make the mistake of thinking that physical objects—
gods made of wood or stone—are somehow more real, more reliable, than the
invisible God, Jehovah, who created all things. But as the apostle Paul noted, idols
are “nothing.” (1 Cor. 8:4) They cannot see, hear, speak, or act. You might be able
to see them and touch them, but if you were to worship one, you would, indeed, be
pursuing an unreality—an empty illusion that would bring only disaster.—Ps. 115:48.
16
Satan is still adept at convincing people to pursue unrealities. For instance, he
has seduced innumerable people into looking to material things to provide security.
Money, possessions, and high-paying jobs may seem to deliver advantages. What
do material things deliver, though, when health fails, when the economy crumbles,
or when a natural disaster strikes? What do they deliver when people feel empty
inside, in need of purpose, direction, and answers to life’s deeper questions? What
relief can they deliver in the face of death? If we look to material things to fill spiritual
needs, we will be disappointed. Material possessions do not deliver; they are
unrealities. In the long run, they cannot even provide physical security, for they have
no lasting effect on the present brevity of human life or the likelihood of sickness and
death. (Prov. 23:4, 5) How much more real, then, is our God, Jehovah! Only in a
strong relationship with him can we find genuine security. What a precious blessing
that is! Let us never forsake him in the pursuit of unrealities.
17
Are we not blessed to have Jehovah as our Friend and Guide on life’s journey?
If we continue to heed his loving warnings against three bad influences—the crowd,
our own hearts, and unrealities—we will be much more likely to reach our
destination of everlasting life. In the following article, let us consider three more
warnings that Jehovah provides to help us hate and avoid the false paths that lead
so many astray.—Ps. 119:128.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 78
May
No. 1: John 8:12-30
No. 2: What Steps Can We Take to Protect Ourselves from False Teachers? (Ro 16:17;2 John 9-11)
No. 3: Why Did God Not Simply Decree That All Who Would Obey Could Live Forever? (rs p. 307¶3p. 308¶1)
*** w90 3/15 p. 25 Gems From John’s Gospel ***
The Fine Shepherd Cares!
Jesus’ regard for people is evident in his role as the Fine Shepherd who cares for
his sheeplike followers. Even as his death approached, Jesus gave his disciples
loving counsel and prayed in their behalf. (10:1–17:26) Unlike a thief or a plunderer,
he enters a sheepfold through the door. (10:1-5) A sheepfold was an enclosure in
which sheep were kept for overnight protection from thieves and predatory animals.
It had stone walls, perhaps with thorny branches on top, and an entryway tended by
a doorkeeper.
The flocks of several shepherds might be kept in the same sheepfold, but the
sheep responded only to the voice of their respective shepherd. In his book Manners
and Customs of Bible Lands, Fred H. Wight says: “When it becomes necessary to
separate several flocks of sheep, one shepherd after another will stand up and call
out: ‘Tahhoo! Tahhoo!’ or a similar call of his own choosing. The sheep lift up their
heads, and after a general scramble, begin following each one his own shepherd.
They are thoroughly familiar with their own shepherd’s tone of voice. Strangers have
often used the same call, but their attempts to get the sheep to follow them always
fail.” Interestingly, Jesus said: “My sheep listen to my voice, and I know them, and
they follow me. And I give them everlasting life.” (10:27, 28) Both the “little flock” and
the “other sheep” respond to Jesus’ voice, follow his lead, and enjoy his tender
care.—Luke 12:32; John 10:16.
*** w90 3/15 pp. 24-25 Gems From John’s Gospel ***
Jesus’ Regard for People
At a well near the city of Sychar, Jesus told a Samaritan woman about symbolic
water that imparts eternal life. When his disciples arrived, “they began to wonder
because he was speaking with a woman.” (4:27) Why such a reaction? Well, the
Jews despised the Samaritans and had no dealings with them. (4:9; 8:48) It was
TMS 2013
Top
Page 79
also uncommon for a Jewish teacher to talk with a woman in public. But Jesus’
compassionate regard for people moved him to give this witness, and because of it,
residents of the city “began coming to him.”—4:28-30.
*** w07 3/15 pp. 12-13 Look! The Light Is Wonderful! ***
‘The Truth That Sets Us Free’
The light of Scriptural truth is wonderful because the Bible answers important
questions that have perplexed mankind for millenniums. Among such questions are
these: Why are we here? What is the purpose of life? Why does evil exist? Is there
life after death? Jehovah has enlightened us with wonderful doctrinal truths. Should
we not be grateful at heart? May we never take for granted what we have learned!
Jesus told his disciples: “You will know the truth, and the truth will set you free.”
(John 8:32) Jesus’ ransom sacrifice has made possible freedom from sin and death.
But these precious truths have also set us free from the ignorance and uncertainties
of a world enveloped in darkness. Appreciatively meditating on what we have
learned will help us to fortify our love for Jehovah and for his Word.
Lessons for Us:
11:33-36. Showing our emotions is not a sign of weakness.
No. 1: John 8:12-30
No. 2: What Steps Can We Take to Protect Ourselves from False Teachers? (Ro 16:17;2 John 9-11)
*** w11 7/15 p. 16 pars. 6-7 Will You Heed Jehovah’s Clear Warnings? ***
Do Not Follow “False Teachers”
6
How can we protect ourselves against false teachers? The Bible’s counsel
regarding how to deal with them is clear. (Read Romans 16:17; 2 John 9-11.)
“Avoid them,” says God’s Word. Other translations render that phrase “turn away
from them,” “keep away from them,” and “stay away from them!” There is nothing
ambiguous about that inspired counsel. Suppose that a doctor told you to avoid
contact with someone who is infected with a contagious, deadly disease. You would
know what the doctor means, and you would strictly heed his warning. Well,
apostates are “mentally diseased,” and they seek to infect others with their disloyal
teachings. (1 Tim. 6:3, 4) Jehovah, the Great Physician, tells us to avoid contact with
TMS 2013
Top
Page 80
them. We know what he means, but are we determined to heed his warning in all
respects?
7
What is involved in avoiding false teachers? We do not receive them into our
homes or greet them. We also refuse to read their literature, watch TV programs that
feature them, examine their Web sites, or add our comments to their blogs. Why do
we take such a firm stand? Because of love. We love “the God of truth,” so we are
not interested in twisted teachings that contradict his Word of truth. (Ps. 31:5; John
17:17) We also love Jehovah’s organization, through which we have been taught
thrilling truths—including Jehovah’s name and its meaning, God’s purpose for the
earth, the condition of the dead, and the hope of the resurrection. Can you recall
how you felt when you first learned these and other precious truths? Why, then,
allow yourself to be soured by anyone who would denigrate the organization through
which you learned these truths?—John 6:66-69.
No. 3: Why Did God Not Simply Decree That All Who Would Obey Could Live Forever? (rs p. 307¶3-
p. 308¶1)
*** rs p. 307 - p. 308 Ransom ***
Why did God not simply decree that, although Adam and Eve
must die for their rebellion, all of their offspring who would obey
God could live forever?
Because Jehovah is “a lover of righteousness and justice.” (Ps. 33:5;
Deut. 32:4; Jer. 9:24) So, the way he dealt with the situation upheld his
righteousness, met the demands of absolute justice, and, at the same
time, magnified his love and mercy. How is that so?
(1) Adam and Eve had produced no children before they sinned, so
none were born perfect. All of Adam’s offspring were brought forth in
sin, and sin leads to death. If Jehovah had simply ignored this, that
would have been a denial of his own righteous standards. God could
not do that and so become a party to unrighteousness. He did not
sidestep the requirements of absolute justice; so no intelligent creature
could ever legitimately find fault in this respect.—Rom. 3:21-26.
(2) Without ignoring the requirements of justice, how could provision be
made to deliver those of Adam’s offspring who would demonstrate
loving obedience to Jehovah? If a perfect human was to die
sacrificially, justice could allow for that perfect life to provide a covering
for the sins of those who would in faith accept the provision. Since one
man’s sin (that of Adam) had been responsible for causing the entire
TMS 2013
Top
Page 81
human family to be sinners, the shed blood of another perfect human
(in effect, a second Adam), being of corresponding value, could
balance the scales of justice. Because Adam was a willful sinner, he
could not benefit; but because the penalty that all mankind was due to
pay for sin would in this way be paid by someone else, Adam’s
offspring could be delivered. But there was no such perfect human.
Humankind could never meet those demands of absolute justice. So,
as an expression of marvelous love and at great personal cost,
Jehovah himself made the provision. (1 Cor. 15:45; 1 Tim. 2:5, 6; John
3:16; Rom. 5:8) God’s only-begotten Son was willing to do his part.
Humbly leaving behind his heavenly glory and becoming a perfect
human, Jesus died on behalf of mankind.—Phil. 2:7, 8.
Illustration: A family head may become a criminal and be sentenced to
death. His children may be left destitute, hopelessly in debt. Perhaps
their kindly grandfather intervenes on their behalf, making provision
through a son who is living with him to pay their debts and to open up
for them the possibility of a new life. Of course, to benefit, the children
must accept the arrangement, and the grandfather may reasonably
require certain things as assurance that the children will not imitate the
course of their father.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 82
May
May 27
20 Bible Reading: John 128-11
16
No. 1: John 12:20-36
3:22-36
No. 2: What
To Whom
DoesFirst
‘Walking
Was the
by Sprit’
Merit Really
of Jesus’
Mean?(Gal
Sacrifice 5:16)
Applied, and With What Objective?
p. 308¶2No. 3: (rs
How
Was the3)Death of Jesus Christ Different From That of Others Who Have Become Martyrs
p. 306¶4)
No. 3: (rs
Why
Is It Appropriate That Jehovah Is Called ”the God Who Gives Peace” (Ro 15:33)
14:2—How would Jesus “prepare a place” in heaven for his faithful
followers? This would involve Jesus’ validating the new covenant by appearing
before God and presenting to Him the value of his blood. The preparation would also
include Christ’s receiving kingly power, after which the heavenly resurrection of his
anointed followers would begin.—1 Thess. 4:14-17; Heb. 9:12, 24-28; 1 Pet. 1:19;
Rev. 11:15.
14:16, 17; 16:7, 8, 13, 14—When referring to the helper, or the spirit of the
truth, why is the pronoun “it” used at John 14:16, 17, whereas “him” and “he”
are used at John 16:7, 8, 13, 14? The reason for this is strictly grammatical. In the
Greek language, in which John’s Gospel was written, the word for “helper” is in the
masculine gender, but the term for “spirit” is neuter. In recording Jesus’ statement,
John therefore used the masculine pronoun, such as “he” or “him,” when referring to
what the helper would do. The neuter pronoun “it” was employed when reference
was made to what the spirit of the truth would accomplish.
Lessons for Us:
12:36. To become “sons of light,” or light bearers, we need to gain accurate
knowledge of God’s Word, the Bible. Then we must use that knowledge to draw
others out of spiritual darkness into God’s light.
14:6. There is no way we can have God’s approval except through Jesus Christ.
Only by exercising faith in Jesus and following his example can we draw close to
Jehovah.—1 Pet. 2:21.
14:15, 21, 23, 24; 15:10. Obedience to the divine will helps us to remain in God’s
love and in the love of his Son.—1 John 5:3.
14:26; 16:13. Jehovah’s holy spirit serves as a teacher and remembrancer. It
TMS 2013
Top
Page 83
also operates to reveal truths. Hence, it can help us to grow in knowledge, wisdom,
insight, judgment, and thinking ability. We should therefore persevere in prayer,
specifically asking for that spirit.—Luke 11:5-13.
No. 1: John 12:20-36
No. 2: To Whom First Was the Merit of Jesus’ Sacrifice Applied, and With What Objective?
(rs p. 308¶2- 3)
*** rs p. 308 - p. 309 Ransom ***
To whom first was the merit of Jesus’ sacrifice applied, and with what
objective?
Rom. 1:16: “The good news [regarding Jesus Christ and his role in Jehovah’s
purpose] . . . is, in fact, God’s power for salvation to everyone having faith, to the
Jew first and also to the Greek.” (The invitation to benefit from the provision for
salvation through Christ was extended first to the Jews, then to non-Jews.)
Eph. 1:11-14: “In union with [Christ] we [Jews, including the apostle Paul] were
also assigned as heirs [Heirs of what? Of the heavenly Kingdom] . . . that we should
serve for the praise of his glory, we who have been first to hope in the Christ. But
you also [Christians taken out of the Gentile nations, as were many in Ephesus]
hoped in him after you heard the word of truth, the good news about your salvation.
By means of him also, after you believed, you were sealed with the promised holy
spirit, which is a token in advance of our inheritance, for the purpose of releasing by
a ransom God’s own possession, to his glorious praise.” (That inheritance, as shown
at 1 Peter 1:4, is reserved in the heavens. Revelation 14:1-4 indicates that those
who share in it number 144,000. Along with Christ, these will serve as kings and
priests over mankind for 1,000 years, during which God’s purpose for the earth to be
a paradise populated by perfect offspring of the first human pair will be
accomplished.)
No. 3: Why Is It Appropriate That Jehovah Is Called ”the God Who Gives Peace” (Ro 15:33)
*** w80 11/1 pp. 13-15 pars. 5-8 “Do Not Be Anxious over Anything” ***
5
Yet, Jehovah’s servants have divine aid in coping with all their anxieties—
precious help not enjoyed by anyone lacking spirituality. (Compare Jude 17-21.)
Jehovah is not only the “God of peace,” but, happily, is also “the God who gives
peace.” (Rom. 15:33) In Scripture, “peace” means much more than the absence of
strife. Among other things, it denotes ‘welfare, happiness, prosperity and good of
every kind.’ (Gen. 41:16, Authorized Version; Mark 5:34; Luke 1:79) Surely,
TMS 2013
Top
Page 84
possessing such all-embracing peace should counteract or lessen life’s anxieties.
6
But to achieve and maintain this God-given peace, a person must have deep
love for Jehovah and his Word. This involves loving God, keeping his
commandments, having faith in the name of his Son Jesus Christ, and showing love
to others. (1 John 3:19-24; 5:2-4) Of course, to keep God’s commandments we must
know them. This requires our making the study of the Scriptures a daily concern.
(Josh. 1:8) And, doubtless, as we spend more time with Jehovah’s Word, we will
form an increased “longing” for it. This, in turn, will bring us greater peace of heart
and mind.—1 Pet. 2:1-3.
A Loving Father of Mighty Acts
7
Our improved knowledge of God’s Word will draw us ever closer to the Most
High, provided we approach him in childlike humility and with a heartfelt desire to
acquire “wisdom from above.” (Jas. 3:17, 18) We will be impressed with the fact that
Jehovah is “a God merciful and gracious, slow to anger and abundant in lovingkindness and truth.” (Ex. 34:6) We will more fully realize that he is “good and ready
to forgive.” (Ps. 86:5) Being imperfect and sinful, we will falter in our way, but we
have this assurance: “As a father shows mercy to his sons, Jehovah has shown
mercy to those fearing him. For he himself well knows the formation of us,
remembering that we are dust.” (Ps. 103:13, 14) How this lifts from our hearts and
minds the anxiety that might otherwise crush us! And an act of love beyond human
comprehension is Jehovah’s provision of the ransom, made through his dear Son “in
order that everyone exercising faith in him might not be destroyed but have
everlasting life.”—John 3:16; 1 Tim. 2:5, 6.
8
Our heavenly Father also is the Performer of “mighty acts.” (Ps. 106:1, 2; 145:4,
11, 12) In imploring favor from God, Moses could say: “O Sovereign Lord Jehovah,
you yourself have started to make your servant see your greatness and your strong
arm, for who is a god in the heavens or on the earth that does deeds like yours and
mighty performances like yours?” (Deut. 3:23, 24) Moses could recall how Jehovah
mightily freed His people from slavery in Egypt and led them dryshod through the
Red Sea. (Ex. 12:29-42; 14:5-31) Also, the prophet had observed Jehovah’s acts in
making Israel victorious over the Amorites, who were under Kings Sihon and Og.
Moreover, since Jehovah was fighting for the Israelites, Moses had confidence that
God would overthrow other enemy kingdoms and give His people the land of
promise. (Deut. 3:1-22) Yes, and God did just that, because he is a Keeper of
Promises. (Josh. 23:1-5) How, then, should “lovers of Jehovah” feel when they
consider God’s reliability and his acts of deliverance? Is there basis for distressing
anxiety on the part of his people today? By no means, for Jehovah is faithful, and he
“knows how to deliver people of godly devotion.”—2 Pet. 2:5-9.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 85
June
June 3 Bible Reading: John 17-21
No. 1: John 21:15-25
No. 2: Why Should We Not “Follow After the Crowd”? (Ex 23:2; Pr 1:10)
No. 3: Who Besides Anointed Christians Are Experiencing Benefits from Jesus’ Sacrifice
(rs p. 309¶1-3)
19:11—Was Jesus referring to Judas Iscariot when he spoke to Pilate about
the man that handed Him over? Rather than Judas or any specific individual, it
seems likely that Jesus had in mind all those who shared the guilt for the sin of
killing him. This included Judas, “the chief priests and the entire Sanhedrin,” and
even “the crowds” that were persuaded to ask for the release of Barabbas.—Matt.
26:59-65; 27:1, 2, 20-22.
20:17—Why did Jesus tell Mary Magdalene to stop clinging to him? Mary
evidently clung to Jesus because she thought that he was about to ascend to
heaven and she would never see him again. To assure her that he was not yet
leaving, Jesus told her to stop clinging to him but instead to go and give his disciples
the news of his resurrection.
Lessons for Us:
21:15, 19. Peter was asked if he loved Jesus more than “these,” that is, the fish that
were before them. Jesus thus stressed the need for Peter to choose to follow him
full-time instead of pursuing a fishing career. After considering the Gospel accounts,
may we be strengthened in our resolve to love Jesus more than any other things
that might attract us. Yes, let us wholeheartedly continue following him.
No. 1: John 21:15-25
No. 2: Why Should We Not “Follow After the Crowd”? (Ex 23:2; Pr 1:10)
Do Not Follow “After the Crowd”
3
In taking a long journey, what would you do if you felt unsure about which way
to go? You might feel tempted to follow other travelers—especially if you saw a
TMS 2013
Top
Page 86
great many making the same choice. Such a course is risky. After all, those travelers
may not be heading toward your destination, or they too may be lost. In this
connection, consider a principle that underlies one of the laws given to ancient
Israel. Those who served as judges or as witnesses in judicial matters were warned
of the danger of ‘following after the crowd.’ (Read Exodus 23:2.) Without doubt, it is
all too easy for imperfect humans to bow to peer pressure, perverting justice.
However, is the principle about not following the crowd restricted to judicial matters?
Not at all.
4
In truth, the pressure to “follow after the crowd” can affect us at almost any time.
It may arise suddenly, and it can be very difficult to resist. Think, for example, of the
peer pressure that Joshua and Caleb once faced. They were part of a group of 12
men who went into the Promised Land to spy it out. Upon their return, ten of those
men gave a very negative and discouraging report. They even claimed that some of
the land’s inhabitants were giants descended from the Nephilim, the offspring of
rebel angels and women. (Gen. 6:4) Now, that claim was absurd. Those wicked
hybrids had been wiped out in the Deluge many centuries earlier, leaving not a
single descendant behind. But even the most baseless ideas can exert power over
those weak in faith. The negative reports from those ten spies quickly spread fear
and panic among the people. Before long, most were sure that it would be a mistake
to enter the Promised Land as Jehovah had directed. In that volatile situation, what
did Joshua and Caleb do?—Num. 13:25-33.
5
They did not go following after the crowd. Although the crowd hated to hear it,
those two men told the truth and stuck to it—even when threatened with death by
stoning! Where did they get the courage? No doubt, a good part of it came from their
faith. People with faith see clearly the difference between the baseless claims of
men and the sacred promises of Jehovah God. Both men later expressed how they
felt about Jehovah’s record in fulfilling his every promise. (Read Joshua 14:6, 8;
23:2, 14.) Joshua and Caleb were attached to their faithful God, and they could not
imagine hurting him for the sake of following a faithless crowd. So they stood firm,
setting a sterling example for us today.—Num. 14:1-10.
6
Do you ever feel pressured to follow after the crowd? People who are alienated
from Jehovah and who scoff at his moral standards certainly form a vast crowd
today. When it comes to entertainment and recreation, that crowd often promote
baseless ideas. They may insist that the immorality, violence, and spiritism so
prevalent in television programs, movies, and video games are harmless. (2 Tim.
3:1-5) When you choose entertainment and recreation for yourself or your family, do
you allow the lax consciences of others to influence your decisions and to mold your
conscience? Would that not, in effect, amount to following after the crowd?
TMS 2013
Top
Page 87
7
Jehovah has given us a precious gift to help us make decisions—our
“perceptive powers.” However, these powers need to be trained “through use.” (Heb.
5:14) Following the crowd would not train our perceptive powers; nor, on the other
hand, would a host of rigid rules in matters of conscience. That is why, for example,
Jehovah’s people are not given a list of films, books, and Internet sites to avoid.
Because this world changes so fast, such a list would be outdated soon after it was
made. (1 Cor. 7:31) Worse, it would deprive us of the vital work of weighing Bible
principles carefully and prayerfully and then making decisions on the basis of those
principles.—Eph. 5:10.
8
Of course, our Bible-based decisions may at times make us unpopular.
Christian youths in school may face strong pressure from the crowd to see and do
what everyone else is seeing and doing. (1 Pet. 4:4) Therefore, it is beautiful to see
Christians young and old imitating the faith of Joshua and Caleb, refusing to follow
after the crowd.
*** w99 9/15 pp. 14-15 Gain Wisdom and Accept Discipline ***
“It Takes Away the Very Soul of Its Owners”
Before sending him to the United States for higher education, an Asian father
advised his 16-year-old son not to get involved with bad people. This advice echoes
Solomon’s warning: “My son, if sinners try to seduce you, do not consent.” (Proverbs
1:10) Solomon, however, pinpoints the lure they use: “They keep saying: ‘Do go with
us. Do let us lie in ambush for blood. Do let us lie in concealment for the innocent
men without any cause. Let us swallow them down alive just like Sheol, even whole,
like those going down into a pit. Let us find all sorts of precious valuables. Let us fill
our houses with spoil. Your lot you ought to cast in among us. Let there come to be
just one bag belonging to all of us.’”—Proverbs 1:11-14.
The lure clearly is riches. On the basis of making quick profits, “sinners” seduce
others into involvement in their violent or unjust schemes. For material gain these
wicked ones do not hesitate to shed blood. They ‘swallow their victim down alive just
like Sheol, even whole,’ robbing him of everything he has, just as the grave receives
the whole body. Their invitation is to a career in crime—they want to ‘fill their houses
with spoil,’ and they want the inexperienced one to ‘cast in his lot with them.’ What a
timely warning this is for us! Do not youth gangs and drug dealers use similar
recruiting methods? Is not the promise of quick riches the temptation of many
questionable business propositions?
No. 3: Who Besides Anointed Christians Are Experiencing Benefits from Jesus’ Sacrifice
(rs p. 309¶1-3)
TMS 2013
Top
Page 88
*** rs p. 309 Ransom ***
Who else in our day are experiencing benefits from Jesus’ sacrifice?
1 John 2:2: “He [Jesus Christ] is a propitiatory sacrifice for our sins [those of the
apostle John and other spirit-anointed Christians], yet not for ours only but also for
the whole world’s [others of mankind, those for whom the prospect of eternal life on
earth is thus made possible].”
John 10:16: “I have other sheep, which are not of this fold; those also I must
bring, and they will listen to my voice, and they will become one flock, one
shepherd.” (These “other sheep” come under the loving care of Jesus Christ while
the remnant of the “little flock” of Kingdom heirs is still on earth; thus the “other
sheep” can be associated with the Kingdom heirs as part of the “one flock.” They all
enjoy many of the same benefits from Jesus’ sacrifice, but not identically so,
because they have different destinies.)
Rev. 7:9, 14: “After these things I saw, and, look! a great crowd, which no man
was able to number, out of all nations and tribes and peoples and tongues . . .
‘These are the ones that come out of the great tribulation, and they have washed
their robes and made them white in the blood of the Lamb.’” (So, the members of
this great crowd are living when the great tribulation begins, and they have a clean
standing before God because they exercise faith in the ransom. The righteousness
counted to them as a result of this is sufficient for them to be preserved alive on
earth through the great tribulation.)
TMS 2013
Top
Page 89
June
June 10 Bible Reading: Acts 1-4
No. 1: Acts 1:15-2:4
No. 2: What Future Blessings Will Be Enjoyed as a Result of the Ransom (rs p. 310¶1- 4)
No. 3: Why can the Thinking of Many People Be Likened to Poisonous Air? (Eph 2:1,2)
Bible Reading: Acts 1-4
*** w08 5/15 p. 30 Highlights From the Book of Acts ***
THE Bible book of Acts provides a comprehensive history of the establishment of
the Christian congregation and its subsequent expansion. Written by the physician
Luke, it presents a dynamic account of Christian activity over a period of some 28
years—from 33 C.E. to 61 C.E.
The first part of Acts is primarily about the activity of the apostle Peter, and the
latter part is about that of the apostle Paul. By using such pronouns as “we” and
“us,” Luke indicates that he was present when certain events occurred. Paying
attention to the message of the book of Acts will heighten our appreciation for the
power of God’s written Word and his holy spirit. (Heb. 4:12) It will also move us to be
self-sacrificing and will build up our faith in the Kingdom hope.
authenticity: bt 210; si 200, 340-341;
*** si p. 200 pars. 4-7 Bible Book Number 44—Acts ***
4
From the most ancient times, Acts has been accepted by Bible scholars as
canonical. Parts of the book are to be found among some of the oldest extant
papyrus manuscripts of the Greek Scriptures, notably the Michigan No. 1571 (P38) of
the third or fourth century C.E. and Chester Beatty No. 1 (P45) of the third century.
Both of these indicate that Acts was circulating with other books of the inspired
Scriptures and hence was part of the catalog at an early date. Luke’s writing in the
book of Acts reflects the same remarkable accuracy as we have already noted
marks his Gospel. Sir William M. Ramsay rates the writer of Acts “among the
historians of the first rank,” and he explains what this means by saying: “The first
and the essential quality of the great historian is truth. What he says must be
trustworthy.”
5
Illustrating the accurate reporting that so characterizes Luke’s writings, we
quote Edwin Smith, commander of a flotilla of British warships in the Mediterranean
TMS 2013
Top
Page 90
during World War I, writing in the magazine The Rudder, March 1947: “The ancient
vessels were not steered as those in modern times by a single rudder hinged to the
stern post, but by two great oars or paddles, one on each side of the stern; hence
the mention of them in the plural number by St. Luke. [Acts 27:40] . . . We have seen
in our examination that every statement as to the movements of this ship, from the
time when she left Fair Havens until she was beached at Malta, as set forth by
St. Luke has been verified by external and independent evidence of the most exact
and satisfying nature; and that his statements as to the time the ship remained at
sea correspond with the distance covered; and finally that his description of the
place arrived at is in conformity with the place as it is. All of which goes to show that
Luke actually made the voyage as described, and has moreover shown himself to
be a man whose observations and statements may be taken as reliable and
trustworthy in the highest degree.”
6
Archaeological findings also confirm the accuracy of Luke’s account. For
example, excavations at Ephesus have unearthed the temple of Artemis as well as
the ancient theater where the Ephesians rioted against the apostle Paul. (Acts
19:27-41) Inscriptions have been discovered that confirm the correctness of Luke’s
use of the title “city rulers” as applying to the officials of Thessalonica. (17:6, 8) Two
Maltese inscriptions show that Luke was also correct in referring to Publius as “the
principal man” of Malta.—28:7.
7
Further, the various speeches made by Peter, Stephen, Cornelius, Tertullus,
Paul, and others, as recorded by Luke, are all different in style and composition.
Even the speeches of Paul, spoken before different audiences, changed in style to
suit the occasion. This indicates that Luke recorded only what he himself heard or
what other eyewitnesses reported to him. Luke was no fiction writer.
Kingdom highlighted in: si 205
40
Jehovah’s glorious purpose concerning his Kingdom, which runs like a golden
thread throughout the entire Bible, stands out very prominently in the book of Acts.
At the outset Jesus is shown during the 40 days prior to his ascension “telling the
things about the kingdom of God.” It was in answer to the disciples’ question about
the restoration of the Kingdom that Jesus told them that they must first be his
witnesses to the most distant part of the earth. (1:3, 6, 8) Starting in Jerusalem, the
disciples preached the Kingdom with unflinching boldness. Persecutions brought the
stoning of Stephen and scattered many of the disciples into new territories.
(7:59, 60) It is recorded that Philip declared “the good news of the kingdom of God”
with much success in Samaria and that Paul and his associates proclaimed “the
TMS 2013
Top
Page 91
kingdom” in Asia, Corinth, Ephesus, and Rome. All these early Christians set
sterling examples of unswerving reliance on Jehovah and his sustaining spirit.
(8:5, 12; 14:5-7, 21, 22; 18:1, 4; 19:1, 8; 20:25; 28:30, 31) Viewing their indomitable
zeal and courage and noting how abundantly Jehovah blessed their efforts, we also
have wonderful incentive to be faithful in “bearing thorough witness concerning the
kingdom of God.”—28:23.
WHY BENEFICIAL
32
The book of Acts adds testimony to that of the Gospel accounts in confirming
the authenticity and inspiration of the Hebrew Scriptures. As Pentecost approached,
Peter cited the fulfillment of two prophecies that “the holy spirit spoke beforehand by
David’s mouth about Judas.” (Acts 1:16, 20; Ps. 69:25; 109:8) Peter also told the
astonished Pentecost crowd that they were actually witnessing fulfillment of
prophecy: “This is what was said through the prophet Joel.”—Acts 2:16-21; Joel
2:28-32; compare also Acts 2:25-28, 34, 35 with Psalm 16:8-11 and 110:1.
33
To convince another crowd outside the temple, Peter again called upon the
Hebrew Scriptures, first quoting Moses and then saying: “And all the prophets, in
fact, from Samuel on and those in succession, just as many as have spoken, have
also plainly declared these days.” Later, before the Sanhedrin, Peter quoted Psalm
118:22 in showing that Christ, the stone that they rejected, had become “the head of
the corner.” (Acts 3:22-24; 4:11) Philip explained to the Ethiopian eunuch how the
prophecy of Isaiah 53:7, 8 had been fulfilled, and on being enlightened, this one
humbly requested baptism. (Acts 8:28-35) Likewise, speaking to Cornelius
concerning Jesus, Peter testified: “To him all the prophets bear witness.” (10:43)
When the matter of circumcision was being debated, James backed up his decision
by saying: “With this the words of the Prophets agree, just as it is written.” (15:15-18)
The apostle Paul relied on the same authorities. (26:22; 28:23, 25-27) The evident
ready acceptance by the disciples and their hearers of the Hebrew Scriptures as
part of God’s Word sets the seal of inspired approval on those writings.
34
Acts is most beneficial in showing how the Christian congregation was founded
and how it grew under power of holy spirit. Throughout this dramatic account, we
observe God’s blessings of expansion, the boldness and joy of the early Christians,
their uncompromising stand in the face of persecution, and their willingness to serve,
as exemplified in Paul’s answering the calls to enter foreign service and to go into
Macedonia. (4:13, 31; 15:3; 5:28, 29; 8:4; 13:2-4; 16:9, 10) The Christian
congregation today is no different, for it is bound together in love, unity, and
common interest as it speaks “the magnificent things of God” under guidance of holy
spirit.—2:11, 17, 45; 4:34, 35; 11:27-30; 12:25.
35
The book of Acts shows just how the Christian activity of proclaiming God’s
TMS 2013
Top
Page 92
Kingdom should be carried out. Paul himself was an example, saying: “I did not hold
back from telling you any of the things that were profitable nor from teaching you
publicly and from house to house.” Then he goes on to say: “I thoroughly bore
witness.” This theme of ‘thorough witnessing’ strikes our attention throughout the
book, and it comes impressively to the fore in the closing paragraphs, where Paul’s
wholehearted devotion to his preaching and teaching, even under prison bonds, is
borne out in the words: “And he explained the matter to them by bearing thorough
witness concerning the kingdom of God and by using persuasion with them
concerning Jesus from both the law of Moses and the Prophets, from morning till
evening.” May we ever be as singlehearted in our Kingdom activity!—20:20, 21;
28:23; 2:40; 5:42; 26:22.
36
Paul’s discourse to the overseers from Ephesus contains much practical
counsel for overseers today. Since these have been appointed by holy spirit, it is
most important that they ‘pay attention to themselves and to all the flock,’
shepherding them tenderly and guarding them against oppressive wolves that seek
their destruction. No light responsibility this! Overseers have need to keep awake
and build themselves up on the word of God’s undeserved kindness. As they labor
to assist those who are weak, they “must bear in mind the words of the Lord Jesus,
when he himself said, ‘There is more happiness in giving than there is in
receiving.’”—20:17-35.
37
The other discourses of Paul also sparkle with clear exposition of Bible
principles. For example, there is the classic argumentation of his talk to the Stoics
and Epicureans on the Areopagus. First he quotes the altar inscription, “To an
Unknown God,” and uses this as his reason for explaining that the one true God, the
Lord of heaven and earth, who made out of one man every nation of men, “is not far
off from each one of us.” Then he quotes the words of their poets, “For we are also
his progeny,” in showing how ridiculous it is to suppose that they sprang from lifeless
idols of gold, silver, or stone. Thus Paul tactfully establishes the sovereignty of the
living God. It is only in his concluding words that he raises the issue of the
resurrection, and even then he does not mention Christ by name. He got across his
point of the supreme sovereignty of the one true God, and some became believers
as a result.—17:22-34.
38
The book of Acts encourages continuous, diligent study of “all Scripture.”
When Paul first preached in Beroea, the Jews there, because “they received the
word with the greatest eagerness of mind, carefully examining the Scriptures daily
as to whether these things were so,” were commended as being “noble-minded.”
(17:11) Today, as then, this eager searching of the Scriptures in association with
Jehovah’s spirit-filled congregation will result in the blessings of conviction and
strong faith. It is by such study that one may come to a clear appreciation of the
TMS 2013
Top
Page 93
divine principles. A fine statement of some of these principles is recorded at Acts
15:29. Here the governing body of apostles and older brothers in Jerusalem made
known that while circumcision was not a requirement for spiritual Israel, there were
definite prohibitions on idolatry, blood, and fornication.
39
Those early disciples really studied the inspired Scriptures and could quote
and apply them as needed. They were strengthened through accurate knowledge
and by God’s spirit to meet fierce persecutions. Peter and John set the pattern for all
faithful Christians when they boldly told the opposing rulers: “Whether it is righteous
in the sight of God to listen to you rather than to God, judge for yourselves. But as
for us, we cannot stop speaking about the things we have seen and heard.” And
when brought again before the Sanhedrin, which had “positively ordered” them not
to keep teaching on the basis of Jesus’ name, they said unequivocally: “We must
obey God as ruler rather than men.” This fearless testimony resulted in a fine
witness to the rulers, and it led the famous Law teacher Gamaliel to make his wellknown statement in favor of freedom of worship, which led to the apostles’
release.—4:19, 20; 5:28, 29, 34, 35, 38, 39.
40
Jehovah’s glorious purpose concerning his Kingdom, which runs like a golden
thread throughout the entire Bible, stands out very prominently in the book of Acts.
At the outset Jesus is shown during the 40 days prior to his ascension “telling the
things about the kingdom of God.” It was in answer to the disciples’ question about
the restoration of the Kingdom that Jesus told them that they must first be his
witnesses to the most distant part of the earth. (1:3, 6, 8) Starting in Jerusalem, the
disciples preached the Kingdom with unflinching boldness. Persecutions brought the
stoning of Stephen and scattered many of the disciples into new territories.
(7:59, 60) It is recorded that Philip declared “the good news of the kingdom of God”
with much success in Samaria and that Paul and his associates proclaimed “the
kingdom” in Asia, Corinth, Ephesus, and Rome. All these early Christians set
sterling examples of unswerving reliance on Jehovah and his sustaining spirit.
(8:5, 12; 14:5-7, 21, 22; 18:1, 4; 19:1, 8; 20:25; 28:30, 31) Viewing their indomitable
zeal and courage and noting how abundantly Jehovah blessed their efforts, we also
have wonderful incentive to be faithful in “bearing thorough witness concerning the
kingdom of God.”—28:23.
*** w08 5/15 p. 30 - p. 31 Highlights From the Book of Acts ***
2:44-47; 4:34, 35—Why did believers sell their possessions and distribute
the proceeds? Many who became believers had come from faraway places and
were without enough provisions to extend their stay in Jerusalem. Nevertheless,
TMS 2013
Top
Page 94
they desired to remain there longer in order to learn more about their new faith and
to bear witness to others. To help such ones, some Christians sold their property,
and the funds were distributed to the needy.
4:13—Were Peter and John illiterate or uneducated? No, they were not. They
were called “unlettered and ordinary” because they did not attend rabbinic schools
for religious training.
Lessons for Us:
1:8. The worldwide work of witnessing done by Jehovah’s worshippers cannot be
accomplished without the help of the holy spirit.
4:36–5:11. Joseph of Cyprus was surnamed Barnabas, which means “Son of
Comfort.” The apostles may have given him the name Barnabas because he was
warmhearted, kind, and helpful to others. We should be like him and not like
Ananias and Sapphira, who resorted to pretense, hypocrisy, and deviousness.
No. 1: Acts 1:15-2:4
No. 2: What Future Blessings Will Be Enjoyed as a Result of the Ransom (rs p. 310¶1- 4)
*** rs p. 310 Ransom ***
What future blessings will be enjoyed as a result of the ransom?
Rev. 5:9, 10: “They sing a new song, saying: ‘You [the Lamb, Jesus Christ] are
worthy to take the scroll and open its seals, because you were slaughtered and with
your blood you bought persons for God out of every tribe and tongue and people
and nation, and you made them to be a kingdom and priests to our God, and they
are to rule as kings over the earth.’” (The ransom was a vital factor in opening the
way to heavenly life for those who are to rule with Christ. Soon all the rulers in
earth’s new government will be on their heavenly thrones.)
Rev. 7:9, 10: “Look! a great crowd, which no man was able to number, out of all
nations and tribes and peoples and tongues, standing before the throne and before
the Lamb [Jesus Christ, who died as if a sacrificial lamb], dressed in white robes;
and there were palm branches in their hands. And they keep on crying with a loud
voice, saying: ‘Salvation we owe to our God, who is seated on the throne, and to the
Lamb.’” (Faith in Christ’s sacrifice is a key factor in the survival of this great crowd
through the great tribulation.)
Rev. 22:1, 2: “And he showed me a river of water of life, clear as crystal, flowing
out from the throne of God and of the Lamb down the middle of its broad way. And
on this side of the river and on that side there were trees of life producing twelve
TMS 2013
Top
Page 95
crops of fruit, yielding their fruits each month. And the leaves of the trees were for
the curing of the nations.” (Thus, application of the value of the sacrifice of the Lamb
of God, Jesus Christ, is an important part of the provision made by God to cure
mankind of all the effects of sin and to enable them to enjoy eternal life.)
Rom. 8:21: “The creation itself [mankind] also will be set free from enslavement
to corruption and have the glorious freedom of the children of God.”
No. 3: Why can the Thinking of Many People Be Likened to Poisonous Air? (Eph 2:1,2)
*** w08 8/15 p. 27 par. 4 Highlights From the Letters to the Galatians, the
Ephesians, the Philippians, and the Colossians ***
2:2—How is the spirit of the world like the air, and where does its authority
lie? “The spirit of the world”—the spirit of independence and disobedience—is as
pervasive as the air we breathe. (1 Cor. 2:12) Its authority, or power, lies in its
persuasiveness, persistence, and relentlessness.
*** lv chap. 5 pp. 53-54 How to Keep Separate From the World ***
RESISTING “THE SPIRIT OF THE WORLD”
7
Another way that Christians keep separate from the world is by resisting its evil
spirit. “We received, not the spirit of the world, but the spirit which is from God,”
wrote Paul. (1 Corinthians 2:12) To the Ephesians, he said: “You at one time walked
according to . . . this world, according to the ruler of the authority of the air, the spirit
that now operates in the sons of disobedience.”—Ephesians 2:2, 3.
8
The world’s “air,” or spirit, is an invisible, impelling force that incites
disobedience to God and fosters “the desire of the flesh and the desire of the eyes.”
(1 John 2:16; 1 Timothy 6:9, 10) The “authority” of this spirit lies in its appeal to the
sinful flesh, its subtlety, its relentlessness and, like air, its pervasiveness. Moreover,
it “operates” in a person by gradually nurturing in him ungodly traits, such as
selfishness, haughtiness, greedy ambition, and the spirit of moral independence and
rebellion. Simply put, the spirit of the world progressively causes the traits of the
Devil to grow in the heart of a man.—John 8:44; Acts 13:10; 1 John 3:8, 10.
*** w07 6/15 p. 26 par. 1 Jehovah Values Your Obedience ***
A SPIRIT of independence and disobedience permeates the world today. The
apostle Paul explains why in his letter to Ephesian Christians: “You at one time
walked according to the system of things of this world, according to the ruler of the
authority of the air, the spirit that now operates in the sons of disobedience.”
(Ephesians 2:1, 2) Yes, Satan the Devil, “the ruler of the authority of the air,” has,
you might say, infected the whole world with the spirit of disobedience. He was
TMS 2013
Top
Page 96
doing so in the first century, and he has been doing so even more intensely since
being cast out of heaven about the time of World War I.—Revelation 12:9.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 97
June
No. 1: Acts 5:17-32
No. 2: What Must a Person Do to Be Known by Jehovah? (2 Tim 2:19)
No. 3: What is Required of Us in Order to Benefit from Jesus’ Sacrifice (rs p. 310¶5-p. 311¶1)
*** w08 5/15 p. 30 - p. 31 Highlights From the Book of Acts ***
5:34-39—How could Luke know what Gamaliel had said in a closed session
of the Sanhedrin? There are at least three possibilities: (1) Paul, formerly a student
of Gamaliel, informed Luke; (2) Luke consulted a sympathetic member of the
Sanhedrin, such as Nicodemus; (3) Luke received this information through divine
inspiration.
7:59—Was Stephen praying to Jesus? No, he was not. One’s worship—and
therefore one’s prayers—should go only to Jehovah God. (Luke 4:8; 6:12) Under
normal circumstances, Stephen would have appealed to Jehovah in the name of
Jesus. (John 15:16) In this instance, though, Stephen had a vision of “the Son of
man standing at God’s right hand.” (Acts 7:56) Fully aware that Jesus had been
given the power to resurrect the dead, Stephen spoke, but did not pray, directly to
Jesus, asking Him to safeguard his spirit.—John 5:27-29.
*** w06 9/15 pp. 8-9 ‘We Cannot Stop Speaking About Jesus’ ***
“We Must Obey God as Ruler Rather Than Men”
THE year is 33 C.E., and the place is the imposing courtroom of the Jewish
national tribunal in Jerusalem. In this setting, the Sanhedrin is about to try 12
followers of Jesus Christ. Why? Because they have been preaching about Jesus.
The apostles Peter and John are standing before the court for the second time. This
is the first trial for the other apostles.
The high priest addresses the 12 apostles regarding the order issued by the
court on the former occasion. At that time, when ordered to stop teaching about
Jesus, the apostles Peter and John replied: “Whether it is righteous in the sight of
God to listen to you rather than to God, judge for yourselves. But as for us, we
cannot stop speaking about the things we have seen and heard.” After praying for
courage, Jesus’ disciples kept on proclaiming the good news.—Acts 4:18-31.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 98
Aware that his previous threats were ineffective, at this second trial the high
priest declares: “We positively ordered you not to keep teaching upon the basis of
this name, and yet, look! you have filled Jerusalem with your teaching, and you are
determined to bring the blood of this man upon us.”—Acts 5:28.
Unfaltering Determination
Responding courageously, Peter and the other apostles say: “We must obey God
as ruler rather than men.” (Acts 5:29) Indeed, rather than obey mere humans, we
must obey Jehovah when demands of men conflict with his commands.
The apostles’ words affirming their allegiance to God should carry considerable
weight with the members of the Sanhedrin. If asked about obedience to God, these
leaders of Jewish society ought to respond unanimously: “Obey God.” After all, do
they not believe that God is the Sovereign Lord of the universe?
Apparently representing all the apostles, Peter states that in connection with their
ministry, they obey God rather than men. Hence, he invalidates the accusation
regarding the apostles’ alleged disobedience. From their own nation’s history, the
members of the Sanhedrin know that there are times when it is clearly right to obey
God rather than men. Two midwives in Egypt feared God, not Pharaoh, by
preserving alive males born to Hebrew women. (Exodus 1:15-17) King Hezekiah
obeyed Jehovah, not King Sennacherib, when pressured to surrender. (2 Kings
19:14-37) The Hebrew Scriptures, with which the members of the Sanhedrin are
familiar, stress that Jehovah expects his people to obey him.—1 Samuel 15:22, 23.
Obedience Is Rewarded
At least one member of the high court is apparently affected by the words “we
must obey God as ruler rather than men.” Gamaliel, a highly esteemed judge in the
Sanhedrin, prevails on the court to listen to his wise counsel delivered in a closed
session. By citing past examples, Gamaliel points out that it is unwise to interfere
with the work of the apostles. He concludes by saying: “Do not meddle with these
men, but let them alone; . . . otherwise, you may perhaps be found fighters actually
against God.”—Acts 5:34-39.
Gamaliel’s sensible words convince the high court to release the apostles.
Though they are flogged, the apostles are in no way intimidated by this experience.
Instead, the Bible record says: “Every day in the temple and from house to house
they continued without letup teaching and declaring the good news about the Christ,
Jesus.”—Acts 5:42.
How the apostles were blessed for maintaining that God’s authority is supreme!
True Christians today have the same attitude. Jehovah’s Witnesses continue to look
TMS 2013
Top
Page 99
to Jehovah as their Supreme Ruler. If commanded to act contrary to God’s
directives, they respond as the apostles did: “We must obey God as ruler rather than
men.”
No. 1: Acts 5:17-32
No. 2: What Must a Person Do to Be Known by Jehovah? (2 Tim 2:19)
*** w04 7/15 pp. 14-15 Do You Find Delight in “the Law of Jehovah”? ***
The Blessed “Way of Righteous Ones”
21
The first psalm concludes with these words: “Jehovah is taking knowledge of
the way of righteous ones, but the very way of wicked ones will perish.” (Psalm 1:6)
How does God ‘take knowledge of the righteous ones’? Well, if we are pursuing an
upright course, we can be sure that our heavenly Father gives recognition to our
godly life and views us as his approved servants. In turn, we can and should throw
all our anxiety upon him with the conviction that he really cares for us.—Ezekiel
34:11; 1 Peter 5:6, 7.
22
“The way of righteous ones” will remain forever, but incorrigibly wicked people
will perish because of Jehovah’s adverse judgment. And their “way,” or course of
life, will end with them. We can have confidence in the fulfillment of David’s words:
“Just a little while longer, and the wicked one will be no more; and you will certainly
give attention to his place, and he will not be. But the meek ones themselves will
possess the earth, and they will indeed find their exquisite delight in the abundance
of peace. The righteous themselves will possess the earth, and they will reside
forever upon it.”—Psalm 37:10, 11, 29.
No. 3: What is Required of Us in Order to Benefit from Jesus’ Sacrifice (rs p. 310¶5-p. 311¶1)
*** rs p. 310 - p. 311 Ransom ***
What is required of us in order to benefit lastingly from Jesus’ perfect
sacrifice?
John 3:36: “He that exercises faith in the Son has everlasting life; he that
disobeys the Son will not see life, but the wrath of God remains upon him.”
Heb. 5:9: “After he [Jesus Christ] had been made perfect he became responsible
for everlasting salvation to all those obeying him.”
TMS 2013
Top
Page 100
June
*** w08 5/15 p. 31 pars. 5-7 Highlights From the Book of Acts ***
Lessons for Us:
9:23-25. To elude our enemies in order to continue preaching is not cowardly.
9:28-30. If witnessing in certain neighborhoods or to some individuals becomes
physically, morally, or spiritually hazardous, we need to be prudent and selective
about where and when we preach.
9:31. During relatively peaceful times, we should strive to fortify our faith through
study and meditation. This will help us to walk in the fear of Jehovah by applying
what we learn and to be zealous in the ministry.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 101
July
July 1 Bible Reading: Acts 11-14
No. 1: Acts 11:1-18
No. 2: What Effect Should the Ransom Have on How We Use Our Lives? (rs p. 311¶4-6)
No. 3: Who Really Are Your Friends (Ps 119:63)
14:8-13—Why did people in Lystra call “Barnabas Zeus, but Paul Hermes”?
Zeus was the ruler of the gods in Greek mythology, and his son Hermes was known
for his eloquence. Since Paul took the lead in speaking, the people of Lystra called
him Hermes and Barnabas they called Zeus.
Lessons for Us:
12:5-11. We can and should pray for our brothers.
12:21-23; 14:14-18. Herod readily accepted glory that should be given only to
God. How that differed from the immediate and emphatic rejection of undue praise
and honor by Paul and Barnabas! We should not desire glory for whatever
accomplishments we may have in Jehovah’s service.
14:5-7. Exercising prudence can help us remain active in service.—Matt. 10:23.
14:22. Christians expect tribulations. They do not try to escape them by
compromising their faith.—2 Tim. 3:12.
No. 1: Acts 11:1-18
No. 2: What Effect Should the Ransom Have on How We Use Our Lives? (rs p. 311¶4-6)
*** rs p. 311 Ransom ***
What effect should this provision have on how we use our lives?
1 Pet. 2:24: “He himself bore our sins in his own body upon the stake, in order
that we might be done with sins and live to righteousness.” (In view of all that
Jehovah and his Son have done to cleanse us from sin, we should strive diligently to
overcome sinful tendencies. It should be completely unthinkable for us deliberately
to do anything that we know is sinful!)
TMS 2013
Top
Page 102
Titus 2:13, 14: “Christ Jesus . . . gave himself for us that he might deliver us
from every sort of lawlessness and cleanse for himself a people peculiarly his own,
zealous for fine works.” (Appreciation for this marvelous provision should move us to
have a zealous share in those works that Christ assigned to his true followers.)
2 Cor. 5:14, 15: “The love the Christ has compels us, because this is what we
have judged, that one man died for all; so, then, all had died; and he died for all that
those who live might live no longer for themselves, but for him who died for them
and was raised up.”
No. 3: Who Really Are Your Friends (Ps 119:63)
*** w84 6/15 pp. 24-25 Reminders and Orders of the God of a New System ***
Under those most challenging circumstances, Jehovah’s hand will not prove too
short in reaching ability so that it cannot save God-fearing observers of his orders.—
Isaiah 50:2.
18
As we near the catastrophic end of this lawless, loveless system of things and
the end of the separating of the people of the nations, as when a shepherd
separates his sheep from the goats, in the company of whom do we want to be
found? In the company of the goatlike ones who will be cut off everlastingly from all
existence or in the company of sheeplike lovers of Jehovah God? (Matthew 25:3146) It is none too soon to choose the right partners. It is now the time to make the
choice of the psalmist, who said of the Supreme Being: “A partner I am of all those
who do fear you, and of those keeping your orders.” (Psalm 119:63) We know what
will be the portion of those who fear Jehovah God, and we want to participate with
them in this soul-satisfying portion, to Jehovah’s own joy. Because we love him, we
are deeply and constantly concerned with pleasing him by doing what he requires of
us. The psalmist well expresses our determination, saying: “With your orders I will
concern myself, and I will look to your paths.”—Psalm 119:15.
19
Since the close of a world war, the first of its kind, in 1918, the Most High God
has carried on a wonderful work amid an opposing world. It is the work of having his
Witnesses preach “this good news of the kingdom . . . in all the inhabited earth for a
witness to all the nations,” in view of the approaching “end” of this millenniums-old
system of things. (Matthew 24:14) We want to have a part with him in his works. We
want to do his will, and so we ask him to make us do his will. Our heartfelt prayer is
still that of Psalm 119:27: “Make me understand the way of your own orders, that I
may concern myself with your wonderful works.”
20
One of God’s most wonderful works, yet to be performed, will be that of
preserving his faithful and loyal witnesses through the coming end of this system of
TMS 2013
Top
Page 103
things into the New Order. (2 Peter 3:13) It will be righteous on his part to safeguard
them clear through the death of this mortally diseased system of things. He will
respond to this inspired prayer on their part: “Look! I have longed for your orders. In
your righteousness preserve me alive.” (Psalm 119:40) Let that be your prayer.
Then, after the greatest tribulation of all world history and being safely within the
portals of the new and righteous system of things, you will be sincerely moved to
say: “To time indefinite I shall not forget your orders, because by them you have
preserved me alive.”—Psalm 119:93.
A Memory Aid
□ What “reminders” from God are available to you?
□ How can you benefit from God’s reminders?
□ What are Jehovah’s “orders”?
□ Why should you want to carry them out?
*** w69 9/15 p. 570 Do You Associate or Merely Attend? ***
REAL FRIENDS
As already noted, one of the definitions of the word associate is “to join as a
friend.” Jehovah’s witnesses frequently use the term “friends” when they refer to
their Christian brothers and sisters. But to be a real friend involves more than
attending meetings with another, or even being acquainted with another’s name. It
means that we have cultivated an affection for the person.
What is the basis for cultivating real friends? Jesus indicated this when he said:
“You are my friends if you do what I am commanding you.” (John 15:14) This shows
that true Christian friendships are established upon mutual interest in doing what
Christ commands. Jesus’ friends are those who obey him—it makes no difference to
him what their age, national background or race is. So it is among true Christians.
Yes, mutual interest in serving God draws them closer together than can even family
ties.
Jesus Christ indicated that this is the way it should be. For on one occasion,
when it was reported to him that his mother and fleshly brothers wanted to see him,
Jesus said: “My mother and my brothers are these who hear the word of God and do
it.”—Luke 8:21.
COMPANIONSHIP
To associate also involves ‘joining as a companion.’ And what is a companion?
TMS 2013
Top
Page 104
He is one who goes along with another, one who shares what another is doing.
When you come to meetings of Jehovah’s witnesses, do you really feel that you are
a companion of those present, or do you still feel somewhat out of place?
If you feel awkward, or that you do not ‘fit in,’ could it be that you are not yet fully
sharing, or going along with, what Jehovah’s people are doing? Jehovah’s witnesses
are devoted completely to ‘preaching the good news of the kingdom in all the
inhabited earth before the end comes.’ (Matt. 24:14) Thus, really to associate as
companions with them you need to become involved wholeheartedly in this
preaching activity. You need to pursue a course of life that is in complete harmony
with Christian principles.
PARTNERSHIP
Another definition of the verb associate is ‘to join as a partner.’ A partner is
defined as ‘a player on the same side,’ ‘one who shares.’ Do you really feel as a
partner to those at the meetings? Do you really feel that you are all on the same
side? The Bible psalmist wrote: “A partner I am of all those who do fear you
[Jehovah], and of those keeping your orders.” (Ps. 119:63) If you are determined to
take an uncompromising stand on the side of Jehovah God and his kingdom, you
should feel close partnership with those at the meetings.
The psalmist David expressed the feeling of ones who really associate with
God’s people when he exclaimed: “I rejoiced when they were saying to me: ‘To the
house of Jehovah let us go.’” (Ps. 122:1) Yes, David rejoiced for the opportunity to
associate with the people of God. And notice the expression “let us go.” Not only
was he concerned with his own attendance, but he felt close to all those expressing
interest in Jehovah’s worship. May you have this same feeling as you share in the
meetings of Jehovah’s witnesses.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 105
July
No. 1: Acts 16:16-34
No. 2: Why Can a Christian Be Happy When Persecuted? (Matt 5:11,12)
No. 3: When the Apostle Paul Said That Christians Would Be ”Caught Up” to Be With the Lord, What
Subject Was Being Discussed (rs p. 312¶1-2)
16:6, 7—Why did the holy spirit forbid Paul and his associates to preach in
the district of Asia and Bithynia? There were just a few workers. Hence, the holy
spirit directed them to more fruitful fields.
Lessons for Us:
16:1, 2. Christian youths should apply themselves spiritually and seek Jehovah’s
help to build up a good reputation.
16:3. We should do all we can within Scriptural bounds to make the good news
acceptable to others.—1 Cor. 9:19-23.
No. 1: Acts 16:16-34
No. 2: Why Can a Christian Be Happy When Persecuted? (Matt 5:11,12)
*** w04 9/1 p. 5 What It Really Takes to Be Happy ***
However, you may find it hard to believe that someone who is persecuted and
reproached could be happy. Yet, it must be true, since Jesus himself said so.
Hence, how should his words be understood?
Persecuted but Happy—How Can That Be?
Note that Jesus did not say that reproach and persecution in themselves lead to
happiness. He stipulated: “Happy are those who have been persecuted for
righteousness’ sake, . . . when people reproach you and persecute you . . . for my
sake.” (Matthew 5:10, 11) So happiness results only if a person suffers reproach
because of being a follower of Christ and because of patterning his life after the
righteous principles that Jesus taught.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 106
This is illustrated by what happened to the early Christians. Members of the
Sanhedrin, the Jewish high court, “summoned the apostles, flogged them, and
ordered them to stop speaking upon the basis of Jesus’ name, and let them go.”
How did the apostles react? “These, therefore, went their way from before the
Sanhedrin, rejoicing because they had been counted worthy to be dishonored in
behalf of his name. And every day in the temple and from house to house they
continued without letup teaching and declaring the good news about the Christ,
Jesus.”—Acts 5:40-42; 13:50-52.
The apostle Peter shed additional light on the connection between reproach and
happiness. He wrote: “If you are being reproached for the name of Christ, you are
happy, because the spirit of glory, even the spirit of God, is resting upon you.”
(1 Peter 4:14) Yes, suffering as a Christian for doing what is right, even though such
suffering is unpleasant, brings the happiness that comes from knowing that one
receives God’s holy spirit. How is God’s spirit linked to happiness?
No. 3: When the Apostle Paul Said That Christians Would Be ”Caught Up” to Be With the Lord, What
Subject Was Being Discussed (rs p. 312¶1-2)
*** rs p. 312 Rapture ***
When the apostle Paul said that Christians would be “caught up” to be with
the Lord, what subject was being discussed?
1 Thess. 4:13-18, RS: “We would not have you ignorant, brethren, concerning
those who are asleep [“those who sleep in death,” NE; “those who have died,” TEV,
JB], that you may not grieve as others do who have no hope. For since we believe
that Jesus died and rose again, even so, through Jesus, God will bring with him
those who have fallen asleep. For this we declare to you by the word of the Lord,
that we who are alive, who are left until the coming of the Lord, shall not precede
those who have fallen asleep. For the Lord himself will descend from heaven with a
cry of command, with the archangel’s call, and with the sound of the trumpet of God.
And the dead in Christ will rise first; then we who are alive, who are left, shall be
caught up together with them in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air; and so we
shall always be with the Lord. Therefore comfort one another with these words.”
(Evidently some members of the Christian congregation in Thessalonica had died.
Paul encouraged the survivors to comfort one another with the resurrection hope.
He reminded them that Jesus was resurrected after his death; so, too, at the coming
of the Lord, those faithful Christians among them who had died would be raised to
be with Christ.)
TMS 2013
Top
Page 107
July
No. 1: Acts 20:17-38
No. 2: Will Christ Appear Visibly on a Cloud and Then take Away Faithful Christians Into the Heavens
While the World Looks On? (rs p. 313¶1-2)
No. 3: How Can We Show That We Are Minding the Spirit? (Ro 8:6)
14:8-13—Why did people in Lystra call “Barnabas Zeus, but Paul Hermes”?
Zeus was the ruler of the gods in Greek mythology, and his son Hermes was known
for his eloquence. Since Paul took the lead in speaking, the people of Lystra called
him Hermes and Barnabas they called Zeus.
16:6, 7—Why did the holy spirit forbid Paul and his associates to preach in
the district of Asia and Bithynia? There were just a few workers. Hence, the holy
spirit directed them to more fruitful fields.
18:12-17—Why did Proconsul Gallio not interfere when onlookers began
beating Sosthenes? Gallio perhaps thought that the man who seemed to be the
leader of the mob action against Paul was getting what he deserved. However, this
incident apparently had a good outcome in that it led to Sosthenes’ conversion to
Christianity. Later, Paul speaks of Sosthenes as “our brother.”—1 Cor. 1:1.
18:18—What vow did Paul make? Some scholars suggest that Paul had taken
a Nazirite vow. (Num. 6:1-21) However, the Bible does not state what Paul’s vow
was. Moreover, the Scriptures are silent as to whether the vow was made before or
after Paul’s conversion or if he was starting or ending the vow. Whatever was the
case, the taking of such a vow was not sinful.
Lessons for Us:
16:1, 2. Christian youths should apply themselves spiritually and seek Jehovah’s
help to build up a good reputation.
16:3. We should do all we can within Scriptural bounds to make the good news
acceptable to others.—1 Cor. 9:19-23.
20:20, 21. House-to-house witnessing is an essential aspect of our ministry.
20:24; 21:13. Maintaining integrity to God is more important than preserving our
TMS 2013
Top
Page 108
life.
21:21-26. We should be willing and eager to accept good advice.
No. 1: Acts 20:17-38
No. 2: Will Christ Appear Visibly on a Cloud and Then take Away Faithful Christians Into the Heavens
While the World Looks On? (rs p. 313¶1-2)
Will Christ appear visibly on a cloud and then take away faithful Christians
into the heavens while the world looks on?
Did Jesus say whether the world would see him again with their
physical eyes?
John 14:19, RS: “Yet a little while, and the world will see me no more,
but you [his faithful disciples] will see me; because I live, you will live
also.” (Italics added.) (Compare 1 Timothy 6:16.)
What is the meaning of the Lord’s ‘descending from heaven’?
Could the Lord “descend from heaven,” as stated at 1 Thessalonians
4:16, without being visible to physical eyes? In the days of ancient
Sodom and Gomorrah, Jehovah said that he was going to “go down to
see” what the people were doing. (Gen. 18:21, RS) But when Jehovah
made that inspection, no human saw him, although they did see the
angelic representatives that he sent. (John 1:18) Similarly, without
having to return in the flesh, Jesus could turn his attention to his faithful
followers on earth to reward them.
No. 3: How Can We Show That We Are Minding the Spirit? (Ro 8:6)
*** w11 11/15 p. 14 pars. 15-18 For Life and Peace, Walk in Accord With the
Spirit ***
15
Read Romans 8:6. To do anything—whether it is good or bad—one must set
one’s mind on it. People who constantly set their minds on the things of the flesh
soon develop a mental attitude or inclination that is totally focused on the things of
the flesh. Their sentiments, interests, and affections usually become completely
occupied with such things.
16
With what things are most people occupied today? The apostle John wrote:
“Everything in the world—the desire of the flesh and the desire of the eyes and the
TMS 2013
Top
Page 109
showy display of one’s means of life—does not originate with the Father, but
originates with the world.” (1 John 2:16) These desires involve such things as
promiscuity, prominence, and possessions. Books, magazines, newspapers,
movies, TV shows, and the Internet are flooded with material of this sort, primarily
because that is what most people set their minds on and really want. However, “the
minding of the flesh means death”—spiritually now and physically in the near future.
Why? “Because the minding of the flesh means enmity with God, for it is not under
subjection to the law of God, nor, in fact, can it be. So those who are in harmony
with the flesh cannot please God.”—Rom. 8:7, 8.
17
On the other hand, “the minding of the spirit means life and peace”—
everlasting life in the future as well as inner peace and peace with God now. How
can we pursue “the minding of the spirit”? By regularly setting our minds on the
things of the spirit and allowing a spiritual inclination and attitude to develop in us.
As we do this, we have a mind-set that is “under subjection to the law of God” and is
“in harmony with” his thoughts. When we are faced with a temptation, we will not be
uncertain about the course we should pursue. We will be moved to make the correct
choice—one that is in accord with the spirit.
18
Therefore, it is vital to set our minds on the things of the spirit. We do this by
‘bracing up our minds for activity,’ building our life around a spiritual routine that
includes regular prayer, Bible reading and study, meeting attendance, and the
Christian ministry. (1 Pet. 1:13) Rather than allowing the things of the flesh to
distract us, let us set our minds on the things of the spirit. Thus we will go on walking
in accord with the spirit. Doing so will bring us blessings, for the minding of the spirit
means life and peace.—Gal. 6:7, 8.
*** w01 4/15 p. 29 Do You Remember? ***
• What does the expression “the minding of the spirit” mean?—Romans 8:6.
It means being controlled, dominated, and impelled by Jehovah’s active force. We
can let God’s spirit operate on us by reading and studying the Bible, by obeying
God’s law wholeheartedly, and by praying for God’s spirit.—3/15, page 15.
*** w08 9/15 p. 24 Resist “the Spirit of the World” ***
Keep On ‘Minding the Spirit’
19
Thoughts precede actions. What many refer to as thoughtless actions are often
actions prompted by fleshly thinking. Thus, the apostle Paul reminds us of the need
to guard our thinking. He wrote: “Those who are in accord with the flesh set their
minds on the things of the flesh, but those in accord with the spirit on the things of
TMS 2013
Top
Page 110
the spirit.”—Rom. 8:5.
20
How can we avoid having our thinking—and thus our actions—dominated by
the spirit of the world? We must put a filter on our mind, striving to block out the
world’s propaganda to the extent possible. For example, when choosing
entertainment, we refuse to let our minds be sullied by programs that glorify
immorality or violence. We realize that God’s holy, or clean, spirit will not reside in a
dirty mind. (Ps. 11:5; 2 Cor. 6:15-18) In addition, we invite God’s spirit into our minds
through regular Bible reading, prayer, meditation, and meeting attendance. And we
work along with that spirit as we regularly share in the Christian preaching work.
21
Certainly, we must resist the spirit of the world and the fleshly desires it fosters.
But doing so is worth our earnest effort because, as Paul states, “the minding of the
flesh means death, but the minding of the spirit means life and peace.”—Rom. 8:6.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 111
July
No. 1: Acts 22:17-30
No. 2: In What Ways Are We in the World but No Part of the World (John 17:15,16)
No. 3: Is It Possible for Christians to be Taken to Heaven With Their Physical Bodies? (rs p. 314¶1- 2)
*** w08 5/15 p. 32 par. 15 Highlights From the Book of Acts ***
Lessons for Us:
25:8-12. Christians today can and should make use of available legal provisions
“in the defending and legally establishing of the good news.”—Phil. 1:7.
*** w72 3/1 pp. 159-160 Questions From Readers ***
● Why does Acts 9:7 indicate that Saul’s traveling companions heard a voice,
whereas Acts 22:9, in reporting about the same incident, states that they did
not hear it?—Argentina.
After his resurrection and ascension to heaven, Jesus Christ appeared to Saul of
Tarsus (later the apostle Paul) and spoke to him audibly. But “Saul’s fellow-travelers
stood speechless, for they heard the voice but could not see anyone.” (Acts 9:7, An
American Translation) Quoting Paul in the first person regarding the same event,
Acts 22:9 says: “The men who were with me saw the light, but they did not hear the
voice of the one who was speaking to me.”—AT.
A consideration of the significance of the Greek word for “hear” is helpful in
resolving this seeming discrepancy. It can denote hearing something without
understanding what is stated. Those traveling with Paul evidently heard a voice but,
because of its being muffled or distorted, did not understand the message being
conveyed to Paul.—Compare 1 Corinthians 14:2, where the Greek word for “hear” is
translated “listens.”
That Paul’s companions did not comprehend what was said is also verified by the
way the Greek word for “voice” is used in connection with the verb “hear” at Acts 9:7
and 22:9. Observes Vine’s Expository Dictionary of New Testament Words: “In Acts
9:7, ‘hearing the voice,’ the noun ‘voice’ is in the partitive genitive case [i.e., hearing
(something) of], whereas in 22:9, ‘they heard not the voice,’ the construction is with
the accusative. This removes the idea of any contradiction. The former indicates a
hearing of the sound, the latter indicates the meaning or message of the voice (this
TMS 2013
Top
Page 112
they did not hear).”
The renderings of a number of modern Bible translations also show this
difference. The New American Standard Bible renders the texts in question as
follows: “The men who traveled with him stood speechless, hearing the voice, but
seeing no one.” “Those who were with me beheld the light, to be sure, but did not
understand [margin: Or, hear (with comprehension)] the voice of the One who was
speaking to me.” The German translation by Leander van Ess says: “For they
indeed heard the sound, but saw no one.” “But the voice of the one who was
speaking to me they did not understand.” Richard Francis Weymouth uses
renderings that show that the men heard the voice but did not hear the “words of
Him” who spoke to Paul. Similarly, the New World Translation says that the men
heard “the sound of a voice,” but did not “hear [“hear understandingly,” margin] the
voice of the one speaking” to Paul.—Acts 9:7; 22:9.
*** w73 4/1 pp. 213-215 Why Was It Written in That Way? ***
FIRST-CENTURY OPINIONS OF CHRISTIANITY
5
The spiritual leaders of the Jews, the rabbis, are held in high esteem by the
people. They are given prestige and honor. They have seated themselves in the
seat of Moses and have the most prominent place at evening meals and the front
seats in the synagogues, and they receive the greetings in the marketplaces and are
called “Rabbi” by men. They, indeed, are a part of the religious power structure of
the day.—Matt. 23:6, 7.
6
Also in the city of Jerusalem are comparatively few persons belonging to a
hated sect called Christians or “The Way.” (Acts 9:2; 19:9; 22:4) They are viewed
with scorn by the Jewish religious leaders and their followers. They are persecuted
and berated. What is more, they are primarily of Jewish birth and therefore doubly
hated for having left the Jews’ religion to become followers of Jesus, the “so-called”
Christ. So great is the hatred for Christians that when the apostle Paul had been in
the city some years earlier his mere appearance in the temple had stirred up a riot,
with the religious Jews screaming at the top of their voices: “Take such a man away
from the earth, for he was not fit to live!” (Acts 22:22) More than forty Jews bound
themselves with a curse neither to eat nor to drink until they had done away with
Paul. (Acts 23:12-15) In this atmosphere of religious fanaticism and hatred of
Christians the congregation had to live, preach and keep itself firm in the faith. How
they needed encouragement and a sound knowledge and understanding of Christ
and the way in which he fulfilled the law of Moses in order that they might keep from
falling back to Judaism and the observance of the Mosaic law! Certainly Paul knew
what they needed. He knew personally of the trials they were undergoing.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 113
7
Think for a moment of some of the arguments and opposition those early
Jewish Christians had to face. First of all, far be it from the Jewish religious leaders
and their followers to let those hated Christians think they had God’s favor. Was it
not the Jews that had the tangible evidence of God’s blessing? Was it not true that
God dealt with the Jews through angels? Surely, for says the book of Moses:
“Jehovah’s angel appeared to [Moses] in a flame of fire in the midst of a thornbush.”
Later Jehovah said: “Here I am sending an angel ahead of you to keep you on the
road and to bring you into the place that I have prepared.” (Ex. 3:2; 23:20) Why, the
Jews may have boasted that Moses even spoke with God mouth to mouth.
Furthermore, look at the magnificent temple, with the Holy and Most Holy
compartments. Observe its striking beauty, its strength, its firm foundation! That is
what the Jews had! And another thing: think of the Jewish priesthood! Why, it ran all
the way back to Aaron and his sons, members of the tribe of Levi. The high priest
was a descendant of this special line. The Jews had the Law covenant, given to
Moses by God himself. The divine kingdom was the possession of the Jews; and
Jerusalem, why, Jerusalem was the throne city from which God’s rule was to go
forth.
8
Now look at the Christians in Jerusalem. What did they have? From the
viewpoint of the Jewish leaders, the Christians had nothing by comparison. Their
leader Jesus was dead, and had died as a common criminal. Who was he? He had
no prominence as far as the Jewish leaders were concerned. He was just the son of
a lowly carpenter, and from Nazareth at that.
No. 1: Acts 22:17-30
No. 2: In What Ways Are We in the World but No Part of the World (John 17:15,16)
*** w04 8/15 p. 17 par. 2 Jehovah, Our ‘Fortress in Times of Distress’ ***
2
Jehovah has chosen not to take us “out of the world.” Rather, it is his will that
we live among the general population of this world in order to proclaim his message
of hope and comfort to others. (Romans 10:13-15) But, as Jesus implied in his
prayer, by living in this world, we are exposed to “the wicked one.” Disobedient
mankind and wicked spirit forces cause much pain and anguish, and Christians are
not immune to distress.—1 Peter 5:9.
*** g97 9/8 pp. 12-13 “No Part of the World”—What Does It Mean? ***
The Bible’s Viewpoint
“No Part of the World”—What Does It Mean?
IN THE fourth century C.E., thousands of professed Christians left behind their
possessions, relatives, and way of life to live in isolation in the deserts of Egypt.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 114
They became known as anchorites, from the Greek anakhore′o, meaning “I
withdraw.” One historian describes them as holding themselves aloof from their
contemporaries. Anchorites thought that by withdrawing from human society, they
were obeying the Christian requirement to be “no part of the world.”—John 15:19.
The Bible does admonish Christians to keep “without spot from the world.”
(James 1:27) The Scriptures clearly warn: “Adulteresses, do you not know that the
friendship with the world is enmity with God? Whoever, therefore, wants to be a
friend of the world is constituting himself an enemy of God.” (James 4:4) Does this
mean, though, that Christians are expected to become anchorites, withdrawing from
others in a literal sense? Should they keep aloof from those who do not share their
religious beliefs?
Christians Are Not Antisocial
The concept of being no part of the world is discussed in numerous Bible
accounts that highlight the need for Christians to separate themselves from the
mass of human society that is alienated from God. (Compare 2 Corinthians 6:14-17;
Ephesians 4:18; 2 Peter 2:20.) Hence, true Christians wisely shun attitudes, speech,
and conduct that conflict with Jehovah’s righteous ways, such as the world’s avid
pursuit of riches, prominence, and excessive indulgence in pleasures. (1 John 2:1517) They also keep separate from the world by remaining neutral in matters of war
and politics.
Jesus Christ said that his disciples would be “no part of the world.” But he also
prayed to God: “I request you, not to take them out of the world, but to watch over
them because of the wicked one.” (John 17:14-16) Clearly, Jesus did not want his
disciples to become antisocial, shunning all contact with non-Christians. Actually,
isolation would prevent a Christian from fulfilling his commission to preach and teach
“publicly and from house to house.”—Acts 20:20; Matthew 5:16; 1 Corinthians 5:9,
10.
The counsel to remain without spot from the world does not give Christians any
basis for considering themselves superior to others. Those who fear Jehovah hate
“self-exaltation.” (Proverbs 8:13) Galatians 6:3 states that “if anyone thinks he is
something when he is nothing, he is deceiving his own mind.” Those who feel
superior deceive themselves because “all have sinned and fall short of the glory of
God.”—Romans 3:23.
“Speak Injuriously of No One”
In Jesus’ day there were people who disdained all who did not belong to their
exclusive religious groups. Among these were the Pharisees. They were well versed
in the Mosaic Law as well as in the minutiae of Jewish tradition. (Matthew 15:1, 2;
TMS 2013
Top
Page 115
23:2) They took pride in meticulously following many religious rituals. The Pharisees
behaved as if they were superior to others simply because of their intellectual
achievements and religious status. They expressed their pious and contemptuous
attitude by saying: “This crowd that does not know the Law are accursed people.”—
John 7:49.
The Pharisees even had a denigratory term for non-Pharisees. The Hebrew term
ʽam haʼa′rets was originally used in a positive way to designate regular members of
society. But in time the arrogant religious leaders of Judah changed the sense of
ʽam haʼa′rets to one of opprobrium. Other groups, including professed Christians,
have used terms such as “pagan” and “heathen” in a derogatory way to designate
people with religious beliefs different from theirs.
How, though, did the first-century Christians view those who had not embraced
Christianity? Jesus’ disciples were admonished to treat unbelievers “with mildness”
and “deep respect.” (2 Timothy 2:25; 1 Peter 3:15) The apostle Paul set a good
example in this regard. He was approachable, not arrogant. Instead of lifting himself
above others, he was humble and upbuilding. (1 Corinthians 9:22, 23) In his inspired
letter to Titus, Paul gives the admonition “to speak injuriously of no one, not to be
belligerent, to be reasonable, exhibiting all mildness toward all men.”—Titus 3:2.
In the Bible the term “unbeliever” is at times used to designate non-Christians.
However, there is no evidence that the word “unbeliever” was used as an official
designation or label. Certainly, it was not used to belittle or denigrate non-Christians,
as this would be contrary to Bible principles. (Proverbs 24:9) Jehovah’s Witnesses
today avoid being harsh or arrogant toward unbelievers. They consider it rude to
label non-Witness relatives or neighbors with derogatory terms. They follow Bible
counsel, which states: “A slave of the Lord . . . needs to be gentle toward all.”—
2 Timothy 2:24.
“Work What Is Good Toward All”
It is vital to recognize the dangers of intimacy with the world, especially with
those who show gross disrespect for godly standards. (Compare 1 Corinthians
15:33.) Yet, when the Bible counsels to “work what is good toward all,” the word “all”
includes those who do not share Christian beliefs. (Galatians 6:10) Evidently, under
some circumstances first-century Christians shared meals with unbelievers.
(1 Corinthians 10:27) Hence, today Christians treat unbelievers in a balanced way,
viewing them as their fellowmen.—Matthew 22:39.
It would be wrong to assume that a person is indecent or immoral simply
because he is not acquainted with Bible truths. Circumstances and people vary.
Hence, each Christian must decide to what degree he will regulate his contact with
TMS 2013
Top
Page 116
unbelievers. However, it would be unnecessary and unscriptural for a Christian to
isolate himself physically as anchorites did or to feel superior as the Pharisees did.
No. 3: Is It Possible for Christians to be Taken to Heaven With Their Physical Bodies? (rs p. 314¶1- 2)
Is it possible for Christians to be taken to heaven with their
physical bodies?
1 Cor. 15:50, RS: “I tell you this, brethren: flesh and blood cannot
inherit the kingdom of God, nor does the perishable inherit the
imperishable.”
Does the experience of the prophet Elijah contradict this? Not at all. It
must be understood in the light of Jesus’ clear statement centuries
later: “No one has ascended into heaven but he who descended from
heaven, the Son of man.” (John 3:13, RS) Although Elijah was seen as
he “went up by a whirlwind into heaven,” this does not mean that he
went into the spirit realm. Why not? Because he is later reported as
sending a letter of reproof to the king of Judah. (2 Ki. 2:11, RS;
2 Chron. 21:1, 12-15) Before humans invented airplanes, Jehovah
there used his own means (a fiery chariot and a whirlwind) to lift Elijah
off the ground into the heaven where the birds fly and to transport him
to another place.—Compare Genesis 1:6-8, 20.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 117
July
No. 1: Acts 26:19-32
No. 2: Will Faithful Christians Be Taken to Heaven Secretly Without Dying? (rs p. 314¶3-p. 315¶2)
No. 3: Ways That God’s Spirit Is Manifest in His Servants (Gal 5:22,23;Re 22:17)
Bible Reading: Acts Acts 26-28
*** w08 5/15 p. 32 par. 16 Highlights From the Book of Acts ***
Lessons for Us:
26:24, 25. We should declare “sayings of truth and of soundness of mind” even
though they are foolishness to “a physical man.”—1 Cor. 2:14.
*** bt chap. 26 p. 209 “Not a Soul of You Will Be Lost” ***
MALTA—WHERE?
Various islands have at times been suggested as the “Malta” where Paul was
shipwrecked. One theory singled out an island near Corfu, off the western coast of
Greece. Another suggestion is based on the word for “Malta” used in Acts. That
Greek word is Meli′te. Therefore, some have pointed to Melite Illyrica, now known
as Mljet, located off the coast of Croatia, in the Adriatic Sea.
Granted, Acts 27:27 does mention “the sea of Adria,” but in Paul’s day “Adria”
applied to an area larger than the present Adriatic Sea. It included the Ionian Sea
and waters east of Sicily and west of Crete, thus encompassing the sea near
modern-day Malta.
The ship on which Paul traveled was forced southward from Cnidus to below Crete.
In view of the prevailing winds in that storm, it is hardly likely that the ship then
turned and sailed as far northward as Mljet or an island near Corfu. So a more likely
location for Malta would be farther to the west. That makes the island of Malta, south
of Sicily, the probable location where the shipwreck occurred.
No. 1: Acts 26:19-32
No. 2: Will Faithful Christians Be Taken to Heaven Secretly Without Dying? (rs p. 314¶3-p. 315¶2)
*** rs p. 314 - p. 315 Rapture ***
Will faithful Christians perhaps be taken to heaven secretly, simply
disappearing from the earth without dying?
Rom. 6:3-5, RS: “Do you not know that all of us who have been baptized into
TMS 2013
Top
Page 118
Christ Jesus were baptized into his death? . . . For if we have been united with him
in a death like his, we shall certainly be united with him in a resurrection like his.”
(What occurred in the case of Jesus set the pattern. His disciples as well as others
knew he had died. He was not restored to heavenly life until after his death and
resurrection.)
1 Cor. 15:35, 36, 44, RS: “Some one will ask, ‘How are the dead raised? With
what kind of body do they come?’ You foolish man! What you sow does not come to
life unless it dies. It is sown a physical body, it is raised a spiritual body.” (So death
comes before one receives that spiritual body, does it not?)
No. 3: Ways That God’s Spirit Is Manifest in His Servants (Gal 5:22,23;Re 22:17)
*** w01 8/1 pp. 15-16 Make Your Advancement Manifest ***
Manifest “the Fruitage of the Spirit”
12
While attaining “the oneness in the faith and in the accurate knowledge” is
important, it is equally important for us to manifest the fruitage of God’s spirit in
every aspect of our life. Why? This is because maturity, as we have seen, is not
internal or hidden, but it is marked by clearly discernible characteristics that can
benefit and build up others. Of course, our quest for spiritual advancement is not
merely an effort to look cultivated or to put on airs. Rather, as we grow spiritually,
following the leading of God’s spirit, there will be a wonderful transformation in our
attitudes and actions. “Keep walking by spirit and you will carry out no fleshly desire
at all,” said the apostle Paul.—Galatians 5:16.
13
Paul went on to list “the works of the flesh,” which are numerous and
“manifest.” Before a person comes to appreciate God’s requirements, his life is
patterned after the ways of the world and may be filled with some of the things Paul
mentioned: “fornication, uncleanness, loose conduct, idolatry, practice of spiritism,
enmities, strife, jealousy, fits of anger, contentions, divisions, sects, envies, drunken
bouts, revelries, and things like these.” (Galatians 5:19-21) But as the person makes
spiritual progress, he gradually gains the mastery over these undesirable “works of
the flesh” and makes room for “the fruitage of the spirit.” This outwardly visible
change is a clear indication that the person is advancing toward Christian
maturity.—Galatians 5:22.
14
We should note the two expressions “the works of the flesh” and “the fruitage
of the spirit.” “Works” are the results of what one does, the product of one’s actions.
In other words, the items that Paul listed as the works of the flesh are the results
either of one’s conscious effort or of the influence of the fallen human flesh.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 119
(Romans 1:24, 28; 7:21-25) On the other hand, the expression “the fruitage of the
spirit” implies that the qualities listed are, not the results of efforts in so-called
character development or personality enhancement, but the results of the operation
of God’s spirit on a person. Just as a tree will bear fruit when it is properly tended, so
a person will manifest the fruitage of the spirit when holy spirit flows freely in his
life.—Psalm 1:1-3.
15
Another point to consider is Paul’s use of the word “fruitage” to encompass all
the desirable qualities that he mentioned. The spirit does not produce a variety of
fruits for us to pick our favorite. All the qualities listed by Paul—love, joy, peace,
long-suffering, kindness, goodness, faith, mildness, and self-control—are equally
important, and together they make possible the new Christian personality.
(Ephesians 4:24; Colossians 3:10) Therefore, while we may find that certain ones of
these qualities are more evident in our life on account of our own personality and
inclinations, it is important that we give attention to all the aspects mentioned by
Paul. By so doing, we can more fully reflect a Christlike personality in our life.—
1 Peter 2:12, 21.
16
The important lesson we can learn from Paul’s discussion is that in the pursuit
of Christian maturity, our objective is neither to acquire great knowledge and
learning nor to cultivate refined personality traits. It is to gain a free flow of God’s
spirit in our life. To the extent that our thinking and actions are responsive to the
leading of God’s spirit, to that extent we become spiritually mature. How can we
achieve this objective? We must open our heart and mind to the influence of God’s
spirit. This involves our faithfully attending and participating in Christian meetings.
We should also regularly study and meditate on God’s Word, allowing its principles
to guide our dealings with others and the choices and decisions we make. Certainly,
then, our advancement will be clearly manifest.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 120
August
Aug 5 Bible Reading: Romans 1-4
No. 1: Romans 3:21-4:8
No. 2: Why True Christians Consider Themselves to Be “Aliens and Temporary Residents” in the
World (1 Pe 2:11; 1 john 2:15-17)
No. 3: What Protection Will There Be for True Christians During the Great Tribulation? (rs p. 315¶3-p.
316¶3)
Bible Reading: Romans 1-4
*** w08 6/15 p. 29 Highlights From the Letter to the Romans ***
ABOUT 56 C.E., while on his third missionary journey, the apostle Paul arrives in
the city of Corinth. He has come to know of differences in viewpoint between Jewish
and Gentile Christians in Rome. Desiring to bring them into complete unity in the
Christ, Paul takes the initiative to write them a letter.
In that letter to the Romans, Paul explains how humans are declared righteous
and how such individuals should live. The letter enriches our mind with the
knowledge of God and his Word, stresses God’s undeserved kindness, and exalts
Christ’s role in our salvation.—Heb. 4:12.
DECLARED RIGHTEOUS—HOW?
(Rom. 1:1–11:36)
“All have sinned and fall short of the glory of God,” writes Paul. “It is as a free gift
that they are being declared righteous by [God’s] undeserved kindness through the
release by the ransom paid by Christ Jesus.” Paul also says: “A man is declared
righteous by faith apart from works of law.” (Rom. 3:23, 24, 28) Through faith in “one
act of justification,” both anointed Christians and members of the “great crowd” of
“other sheep” can be “declared righteous”—the former for life in heaven as joint
heirs with Christ and the latter as God’s friends, with a view to surviving “the great
tribulation.”—Rom. 5:18; Rev. 7:9, 14; John 10:16; Jas. 2:21-24; Matt. 25:46.
“Shall we commit a sin because we are not under law but under undeserved
kindness?” asks Paul. “Never may that happen!” he answers. “You are slaves . . . ,
either of sin with death in view or of obedience with righteousness in view,” Paul
explains. (Rom. 6:15, 16) “If you put the practices of the body to death by the spirit,
you will live,” he says.—Rom. 8:13.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 121
1:24-32—Did the degradation described here apply to the Jews or to the
Gentiles? Although the description could fit either group, Paul was specifically
referring to the apostate Israelites of old. Even though they knew God’s righteous
decree, “they did not approve of holding God in accurate knowledge.” They were
thus reprehensible.
3:24, 25—How could “the ransom paid by Christ Jesus” cover “the sins
that occurred in the past” before it was paid? The first Messianic prophecy,
recorded at Genesis 3:15, found fulfillment in 33 C.E. when Jesus was put to death
on a torture stake. (Gal. 3:13, 16) The moment Jehovah uttered that prophecy,
however, the ransom price was as good as paid from his viewpoint, for nothing can
prevent God from fulfilling what he purposes. So on the basis of the future sacrifice
of Jesus Christ, Jehovah could forgive the sins of descendants of Adam who
exercised faith in that promise. The ransom also makes possible a resurrection of
those of pre-Christian times.—Acts 24:15.
Lessons for Us:
1:14, 15. We have a number of reasons to declare the good news with
eagerness. One of them is that we are debtors to people purchased with the blood
of Jesus and are under obligation to help them spiritually.
1:18-20. People who are ungodly and unrighteous are “inexcusable,” for God’s
invisible qualities are made evident in creation.
2:28; 3:1, 2; 7:6, 7. Paul follows up statements that may appear derogatory to
the Jews with softening remarks. This sets an example for us in handling delicate
subjects with tact and skill.
3:4. When man’s word conflicts with what God says in his Word, we “let God be
found true” by trusting in the message of the Bible and acting in harmony with God’s
will. By having a zealous share in the Kingdom-preaching and disciple-making work,
we can help others find God to be true.
4:9-12. Abraham’s faith was counted to him as righteousness long before he was
circumcised at the age of 99. (Gen. 12:4; 15:6; 16:3; 17:1, 9, 10) In that powerful
way, God showed what makes a righteous standing with him possible.
4:18. Hope is an essential element of faith. Our faith is based on hope.—Heb.
11:1.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 122
*** si p. 206 pars. 5-6 Bible Book Number 45—Romans ***
5
The letter’s authenticity is firmly established. It is, as its introduction says, from
“Paul, a slave of Jesus Christ and called to be an apostle, . . . to all those who are in
Rome as God’s beloved ones, called to be holy ones.” (Rom. 1:1, 7) Its outside
documentation is among the earliest to be found for the Christian Greek Scriptures.
Peter uses so many similar expressions in his first letter, written probably six to eight
years later, that many scholars think he must have already seen a copy of Romans.
Romans was clearly regarded as a part of Paul’s writings and was cited as such by
Clement of Rome, Polycarp of Smyrna, and Ignatius of Antioch, all of whom lived in
the late first and early second centuries C.E.
6
The book of Romans is found, together with eight others of Paul’s letters, in a
codex called Chester Beatty Papyrus No. 2 (P46). Regarding this early codex, Sir
Frederic Kenyon wrote: “Here, then, we have a nearly complete manuscript of the
Pauline Epistles, written apparently about the beginning of the third century.” The
Chester Beatty Greek Biblical papyri are older than the well-known Sinaitic
Manuscript and Vatican Manuscript No. 1209, both of the fourth century C.E. These
too contain the book of Romans.
*** si pp. 208-209 Bible Book Number 45—Romans ***
WHY BENEFICIAL
20
The book of Romans presents a logical basis for belief in God, stating that “his
invisible qualities are clearly seen from the world’s creation onward, because they
are perceived by the things made, even his eternal power and Godship.” But more
than this, it goes on to exalt his righteousness and to make known his great mercy
and undeserved kindness. This is beautifully brought to our attention through the
illustration of the olive tree, in which the wild branches are grafted in when the
natural branches are lopped off. In contemplation of this severity and kindness of
God, Paul exclaims: “O the depth of God’s riches and wisdom and knowledge! How
unsearchable his judgments are and past tracing out his ways are!”—1:20; 11:33.
21
It is in this connection that the book of Romans explains the further
development of God’s sacred secret. In the Christian congregation, there is no
longer a distinction between Jew and Gentile, but persons of all nations may share
in Jehovah’s undeserved kindness through Jesus Christ. “There is no partiality with
God.” “He is a Jew who is one on the inside, and his circumcision is that of the heart
TMS 2013
Top
Page 123
by spirit, and not by a written code.” “There is no distinction between Jew and
Greek, for there is the same Lord over all, who is rich to all those calling upon him.”
For all of these it is faith, and not works, that is counted to them as righteousness.—
2:11, 29; 10:12; 3:28.
22
The practical counsel contained in this letter to the Christians in Rome is
equally beneficial to Christians today, who have to meet similar problems in an alien
world. The Christian is exhorted to “be peaceable with all men,” including those
outside the congregation. Every soul must “be in subjection to the superior
authorities,” for these constitute an arrangement of God and are an object of fear,
not to the law-abiding, but to those who do bad deeds. Christians are to be in lawabiding subjection not only on account of the fear of punishment but on account of
Christian conscience, therefore paying their taxes, rendering their dues, meeting
their obligations, owing no one anything, “except to love one another.” Love fulfills
the Law.—12:17-21; 13:1-10.
23
Paul emphasizes the matter of public testimony. While it is with the heart that
one exercises faith for righteousness, it is with the mouth that one makes public
declaration for salvation. “Everyone who calls on the name of Jehovah will be
saved.” But in order for this to take place, it is necessary for preachers to go forth
and “declare good news of good things.” Happy is our portion if we are among these
preachers whose sound has now gone out “to the extremities of the inhabited earth”!
(10:13, 15, 18) And in preparation for this preaching work, may we try to become as
familiar with the inspired Scriptures as was Paul, for in this one passage (10:11-21)
he makes quotation upon quotation from the Hebrew Scriptures. (Isa. 28:16; Joel
2:32; Isa. 52:7; 53:1; Ps. 19:4; Deut. 32:21; Isa. 65:1, 2) He could well say: “All the
things that were written aforetime were written for our instruction, that through our
endurance and through the comfort from the Scriptures we might have hope.”—
Rom. 15:4.
24
Wonderfully practical advice is given on relations within the Christian
congregation. Whatever their previous national, racial, or social background, all must
make over their minds to render God sacred service according to his “good and
acceptable and perfect will.” (11:17-22; 12:1, 2) What practical reasonableness
breathes through all of Paul’s counsel at Romans 12:3-16! Here indeed is excellent
admonition for building zeal, humility, and tender affection among all in the Christian
congregation. In the closing chapters, Paul gives strong admonition on watching and
avoiding those who cause divisions, but he also speaks of the mutual joy and
refreshment that come from clean associations in the congregation.—16:17-19;
15:7, 32.
25
As Christians, we must continue to watch our relations with one another. “For
TMS 2013
Top
Page 124
the kingdom of God does not mean eating and drinking, but means righteousness
and peace and joy with holy spirit.” (14:17) This righteousness, peace, and joy is
especially the portion of the “joint heirs with Christ,” who are to be “glorified together”
with him in the heavenly Kingdom. Note, too, how Romans points to a further step in
the fulfillment of the Kingdom promise given in Eden, saying: “The God who gives
peace will crush Satan under your feet shortly.” (Rom. 8:17; 16:20; Gen. 3:15)
Believing these great truths, may we continue to be filled with all joy and peace and
abound in hope. Let our determination be to come off victorious with the Kingdom
Seed, for we are convinced that nothing in heaven above or in earth below “nor any
other creation will be able to separate us from God’s love that is in Christ Jesus our
Lord.”—Rom. 8:39; 15:13.
No. 1: Romans 3:21-4:8
No. 2: Why True Christians Consider Themselves to Be “Aliens and Temporary Residents” in the
World (1 Pe 2:11; 1 john 2:15-17)
*** it-1 p. 75 Alien Resident ***
Christians are termed “aliens” and “temporary residents” in the sense that they
are no part of this world. (Joh 15:19; 1Pe 1:1) They are aliens in that they do not
conform to the practices of the world hostile to God. (1Pe 2:11)
*** w02 11/1 p. 12 pars. 12-13 “Maintain Your Conduct Fine Among the
Nations” ***
Dealing With the Secular World
12
To begin with, Peter said: “Beloved, I exhort you as aliens and temporary
residents to keep abstaining from fleshly desires, which are the very ones that carry
on a conflict against the soul.” (1 Peter 2:11) True Christians are, in a spiritual
sense, “aliens and temporary residents” in that the real focus of their lives is the
hope of everlasting life—spirit-anointed ones in heaven and the “other sheep” in a
future earthly paradise. (John 10:16; Philippians 3:20, 21; Hebrews 11:13;
Revelation 7:9, 14-17) What, though, are fleshly desires? These include such things
as the desire to be rich, the desire for prominence, immoral sexual desires, and the
desires described as “envy” and “covetousness.”—Colossians 3:5; 1 Timothy 6:4, 9;
1 John 2:15, 16.
13
Such desires really do “carry on a conflict against [our] soul.” They erode our
relationship with God and thus put our Christian hope (our “soul,” or life) in jeopardy.
For example, if we cultivate an interest in immoral things, how can we present
ourselves “a sacrifice living, holy, acceptable to God”? If we fall into the trap of
TMS 2013
Top
Page 125
materialism, how are we “seeking first the kingdom”? (Romans 12:1, 2; Matthew
6:33; 1 Timothy 6:17-19) The better course is to follow Moses’ example, turn our
back on the enticements of the world, and put Jehovah’s service first in our lives.
(Matthew 6:19, 20; Hebrews 11:24-26) That is an important key to achieving a
balanced relationship with the world.
*** w10 1/15 pp. 14-15 Prove to Be a Real Follower of Christ ***
“Do Not Be Loving . . . the World”
15
“Do not be loving either the world or the things in the world. If anyone loves the
world, the love of the Father is not in him.” (1 John 2:15) The world and its fleshly
spirit stand in opposition to Jehovah and his holy spirit. Hence, Christ’s true
followers do not merely refrain from being a part of the world. They reject it at heart,
knowing that as the disciple James wrote, “friendship with the world is enmity with
God.”—Jas. 4:4.
16
It can be a challenge to heed James’ words in a world that offers countless
temptations. (2 Tim. 4:10) Jesus therefore prayed in behalf of his followers: “I
request you, not to take them out of the world, but to watch over them because of
the wicked one. They are no part of the world, just as I am no part of the world.”
(John 17:15, 16) Ask yourself: ‘Do I strive to be no part of the world? Do others know
my stand on unscriptural celebrations and customs as well as on those that may not
have a pagan origin but clearly reflect the spirit of the world?’—2 Cor. 6:17; 1 Pet.
4:3, 4.
17
To be sure, our Bible-based stand will not win us the world’s favor, but it may
arouse the curiosity of honesthearted ones. Indeed, when such individuals observe
that our faith is firmly rooted in the Scriptures and involves our whole way of life,
they may respond by, in effect, saying to the anointed: “We will go with you people,
for we have heard that God is with you people.”—Zech. 8:23.
No. 3: What Protection Will There Be for True Christians During the Great Tribulation? (rs p. 315¶3-p.
316¶3)
What protection will there be for true Christians during the great
tribulation?
Rom. 10:13, RS: “Every one who calls upon the name of the Lord
[“Jehovah,” NW] will be saved.”
TMS 2013
Top
Page 126
Zeph. 2:3, RS: “Seek the LORD [“Jehovah,” NW, AS, Yg, By], all you
humble of the land, who do his commands; seek righteousness, seek
humility; perhaps you may be hidden on the day of the wrath of the
LORD.” (Also Isaiah 26:20)
TMS 2013
Top
Page 127
August
No. 1: Romans 6:21-7:12
No. 2: Why Are Some Christians taken to heaven to Be With Christ? (rs p. 316¶5-8)
No. 3: Why Putting Material Security Ahead of Spiritual Pursuits Leads to Disaster (Mt 6:33; 1 Ti 6:10)
*** w08 6/15 p. 29 - p. 30 Highlights From the Letter to the Romans ***
6:3-5—What is meant by baptism into Christ Jesus and baptism into his
death? When Jehovah anoints followers of Christ with the holy spirit, they are united
with Jesus and become members of the congregation that is the body of Christ, he
being the Head. (1 Cor. 12:12, 13, 27; Col. 1:18) This is their baptism into Christ
Jesus. Anointed Christians are also “baptized into [Christ’s] death” in that they live a
life of sacrifice and renounce any hope of everlasting life on earth. Their death,
therefore, is a sacrificial one, as was Jesus’ death, though their death does not have
ransoming value. This baptism into Christ’s death is completed when they die and
are resurrected to life in heaven.
7:8-11—How did ‘sin receive inducement through the commandment’? The
Law helped people to realize the full range, or scope, of sin, making them more
conscious of being sinners. Consequently, they saw themselves as sinners in more
ways, and more people were exposed as sinners. It can thus be said that sin
received inducement through the Law.
Lessons for Us:
5:18, 19. By showing logically how Jesus bears a resemblance to Adam, Paul
concisely explains how one man can “give his soul a ransom in exchange for many.”
(Matt. 20:28) Logical reasoning and brevity are excellent teaching methods to
imitate.—1 Cor. 4:17.
7:23. Such body members as our hands, legs, and tongue can ‘lead us captive to
sin’s law,’ so we should guard against misusing them.
8:26, 27. When we are faced with situations so perplexing that we do not know
what to pray for, “the spirit itself pleads for us.” Then Jehovah, the “Hearer of
prayer,” accepts appropriate prayers recorded in his Word as coming from us.—Ps.
65:2.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 128
8:38, 39. Calamities, wicked spirit creatures, and human governments cannot
make Jehovah stop loving us; neither should they make us stop loving him.
No. 1: Romans 6:21-7:12
No. 2: Why Are Some Christians taken to heaven to Be With Christ? (rs p. 316¶5-8)
Why are some Christians taken to heaven to be with Christ?
Rev. 20:6, RS: “They shall be priests of God and of Christ, and they
shall reign with him a thousand years.” (Since they are to reign with
Christ, there must be people over whom they reign. Who are these?
See Matthew 5:5 and Psalm 37:29.)
No. 3: Why Putting Material Security Ahead of Spiritual Pursuits Leads to Disaster (Mt 6:33; 1 Ti 6:10)
*** w02 3/1 pp. 16-17 How Precious Is the Truth to You? ***
Following Divine Direction Brings Happiness
15
Consider the value of Bible understanding and the peace of mind that it brings
to those who serve the God of truth. A 70-year-old woman who had attended the
Church of England all her life agreed to have a personal Bible study with one of
Jehovah’s Witnesses. She soon learned that the name of God is Jehovah and joined
in saying “Amen” to the heartfelt public prayers offered at the local Kingdom Hall.
With great feeling she said: “Rather than portraying God as being so far above us
mere mortals, you seem to bring him right into our midst like a dear friend. It is
something I have never experienced before.” Likely, that dear interested person will
never forget the first impression the truth made on her. May we, likewise, never
forget how precious the truth was to us when we first accepted it.
16
Many believe that if they had more money, they would be happier. However, if
we make the gaining of money our chief goal in life, we might suffer “untold agonies
of mind.” (1 Timothy 6:10, Phillips) Consider how many buy lottery tickets, spend
money in casinos, or speculate recklessly in the stock market, dreaming of making a
fortune. Very, very few see the fortune they hope for. And often even those who do
see it find that their sudden wealth does not bring happiness. Rather, abiding
happiness comes from doing Jehovah’s will, working with the Christian congregation
with the guidance of Jehovah’s holy spirit and the help of his angels. (Psalm 1:1-3;
84:4, 5; 89:15) When we do this, unexpected blessings may come our way. Is the
truth precious enough to you to bring such blessings into your life?
TMS 2013
Top
Page 129
August
No. 1: Romans 9:19-33
No. 2: * If Someone Says, ‘Do You Believe in the Rapture’? (rs p. 316¶9-p. 317¶2)
No. 3: Scriptural Reasons Why We Should Not Fear Men (Lu 12:4-12)
*** w08 6/15 p. 30 pars. 12-14 Highlights From the Letter to the Romans ***
12:20—How do we “heap fiery coals” upon an enemy’s head? In Bible times,
ore was put in a furnace with a layer of coals placed on top as well as underneath.
Increased heat on top helped to melt the metal and separate it from impurities. In
like manner, we put fiery coals upon the head of an enemy by doing kind deeds to
him so that his hardness will melt and good qualities will come to the fore.
12:21—How do we “keep conquering the evil with the good”? One way we
do this is by fearlessly sticking to our God-given work of preaching the good news of
the Kingdom until it is done to Jehovah’s satisfaction.—Mark 13:10.
Lessons for Us:
9:22-28; 11:1, 5, 17-26. Many prophecies concerning Israel’s restoration are
fulfilled by the congregation of anointed Christians, whose members are “called not
only from among Jews but also from among nations.”
10:10, 13, 14. Along with love for God and our fellow man, strong faith in
Jehovah and his promises can motivate us to have a zealous share in the Christian
ministry.
11:16-24, 33. How beautifully balanced are “God’s kindness and severity”! Yes,
“the Rock, perfect is his activity, for all his ways are justice.”—Deut. 32:4.
12:17, 19. To retaliate against evil is to take into our own hands what should be left
up to Jehovah. How presumptuous it would be for us to “return evil for evil”!
No. 1: Romans 9:19-33
No. 2: * If Someone Says, ‘Do You Believe in the Rapture’? (rs p. 316¶9-p. 317¶2
TMS 2013
Top
Page 130
*** rs p. 316 - p. 317 Rapture ***
If Someone Says—
‘Do you believe in the rapture?’
You might reply: ‘I find that not everyone has the same idea as to what the
rapture means. May I ask what your thoughts are about it? . . . On any matter, it is
beneficial to compare our thoughts with what the Bible itself says. (Use the portions
of the material above that are applicable.)’
Or you could say: ‘The rapture has been explained to me as an escape plan for
Christians. Many feel that this is the way they will escape the coming great
tribulation. Is that how you feel?’ Then perhaps add: (1) ‘We certainly want God’s
protection at that time, and I find to be very encouraging some texts that show how
we can benefit from it. (Zeph. 2:3)’ (2) ‘Interestingly, the Bible shows that God will
safeguard some faithful ones right here on earth. (Prov. 2:21, 22) That is in harmony
with God’s purpose when he first created Adam and put him in Paradise, is it not?’
Another possibility: ‘By the rapture you mean that Christians living at the end of
the system of things are to be taken to heaven, is that not right? . . . Have you
wondered what they will do when they get to heaven? . . . Notice what Revelation
20:6 (and 5:9, 10) says. . . . But over whom will they rule? (Ps. 37:10, 11, 29)’
No. 3: Scriptural Reasons Why We Should Not Fear Men (Lu 12:4-12)
*** g73 3/8 p. 26 A Vital Help in Time of Need ***
Sustaining Hope
While no person wants persecution with its pain and threat of death, Jehovah’s
witnesses endure it. They endure because they love God and they trust his
promises that he will reward them for their faithful course. This helps to sustain their
faith.
The Bible promises that God will soon usher in a righteous new order to replace
the present corrupt system of things. In that new order, amid paradisaic conditions,
honest-hearted persons will enjoy perfect life under a righteous administration. (Rev.
21:4) Hence, Jehovah’s witnesses will not jeopardize their experiencing the
fulfillment of that marvelous hope by compromising God’s laws just for the sake of
TMS 2013
Top
Page 131
temporary relief. Jesus did not do that. Neither did his disciples and apostles. Nor do
Jehovah’s witnesses today.
Jesus also said: “Do not fear those who kill the body and after this are not able to
do anything more.” (Luke 12:4) He showed that, not men, but God is the one to be
feared, since our prospect for eternal life depends on him. A person who is killed
because of his faith in God will have his life restored in the resurrection, for the Bible
says: “There is going to be a resurrection.” (Acts 24:15) But at the rapidly
approaching time of the execution of God’s judgments against unrighteous persons,
those killed by God will lose out everlastingly.—Matt. 25:41-46.
Also, while persecution leaves a scar on the mind and body of the one being
persecuted, that is only temporary. In God’s new order, “the former things will not be
called to mind, neither will they come up into the heart.” (Isa. 65:17) The joys then
will so far outweigh any past grief as to push it into the dim memory, if the person
cares to remember it at all.
But what about the persecutors of these people who are sincerely endeavoring to
do the will of God? God’s Word says: “Each of us will render an account for himself
to God.” (Rom. 14:12) When their time of judgment comes, how will they fare?
Where do you stand in this matter? If you are a lover of what is just and right, you
may well feel impelled to speak up on behalf of these persecuted Christians. If so,
you have the opportunity. You can write to the proper authorities to convey your
concern. Following is a list of some of the officials you may write:
*** w64 12/15 pp. 751-753 Why Not to Fear Those Who Kill the Body ***
WHOM TO FEAR
21
The dedicated and baptized followers of Jesus Christ are now commissioned
and sent forth to preach “this good news of the kingdom.” Like the twelve apostles,
they are under command not to fear men with the power to kill; otherwise, they
would not carry out their commission to preach God’s kingdom as the only hope of
mankind.
22
But, as an encouragement to their doing the preaching work regardless of
murderous men, the followers of Jesus Christ are to fear someone else. Jesus
identified this one by what this one was able to do, when he said: “Do not become
fearful of those who kill the body but cannot kill the soul; but rather be in fear of him
that can destroy both soul and body in Gehenna.” (Matt. 10:28) On another
occasion, in a similar statement, Jesus said to his disciples: “I say to you, my
friends, Do not fear those who kill the body and after this are not able to do anything
TMS 2013
Top
Page 132
more. But I will indicate to you whom to fear: Fear him who after killing has authority
to throw into Gehenna. Yes, I tell you, fear this One.” (Luke 12:4, 5) This one is not
Satan the Devil, even though the Devil is the “one having the means to cause death”
at present. (Heb. 2:14) No, but the One to fear is Almighty God, Jehovah.
23
The Roman Catholic priests and the Protestant clergy of Christendom say that
we humans have an immortal soul that is indestructible. If that were so, then God
could not kill the soul any more than men who kill the body can do so. Then, too,
why should we fear God any more than we should fear mortal men? Why should we
do so if God cannot blot us out of existence if we prove unfaithful in carrying out our
preaching commission from God?
24
However, Jesus Christ said that God does have the power to destroy both
body and soul in Gehenna. In Jesus’ day there was a literal Gehenna outside the
western and southern walls of Jerusalem. The word Gehenna is Greek and means
“Valley of Hinnom.” This Hinnom Valley was converted into a public incinerator for
burning the refuse of Jerusalem, including at times the dead bodies of vile criminals.
No living things were tormented with fire in that Hinnom Valley or Gehenna. Things
were destroyed in it by the most powerful means known, fire. So Jesus used Hinnom
Valley or Gehenna as a symbol of complete destruction, a destroying of someone
out of all existence. Does that idea make you shudder?
25
Accordingly, Gehenna is not a name for a place of everlasting torment of
conscious human souls by means of fire and brimstone and under the supervision of
devils. The human soul is not immortal and for that reason could not be tormented
everlastingly. Gehenna is the state of being destroyed absolutely forever.
26
How, then, does God destroy the human soul in Gehenna? He does so by not
granting the mortal human soul a resurrection from the dead under God’s kingdom.
When the body dies, the soul or the conscious intelligent person also dies. The body
decays and disappears, returning to the dust of the ground. (Gen. 3:19) As for the
soul, Jehovah God does not apply to the unworthy dead soul the benefits of the
ransom sacrifice that Jesus Christ offered to God nineteen centuries ago. Hence
God leaves that undeserving dead soul out of existence, never resurrecting it from
the dead.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 133
August
*** w08 6/15 p. 31 par. 4 Highlights From the Letter to the Romans ***
13:1—In what way are the superior authorities “placed in their relative
positions by God”? Secular authorities “stand placed in their relative positions by
God” in that they rule by God’s permission, and in some cases their rulership was
foreseen by God. This is made evident by what the Bible foretold about a number of
rulers.
Lessons for Us:
14:14, 15. We should not grieve our brother or stumble him by the food or drink
that we offer him.
14:17. Having a favorable standing with God does not principally depend on what
one eats or drinks or what one refrains from eating or drinking. Rather, it is related to
righteousness, peace, and joy.
15:7. We should impartially welcome all sincere seekers of truth into the
congregation and proclaim the Kingdom message to all we meet.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 134
September
Sep 2 Bible Reading: 1 Corinthians 1-9
No. 1: 1 Corinthians 4:18-5:13
No. 2: Does a Strange Feeling of Being Familiar with Entirely New Acquaintances and Places Prove
Reincarnation to Be a Fact? (rs p. 317¶3-p. 319¶1)
No. 3: How Christians Maintain Joy in Spite of Illness (Phil 4:6,7)
Bible Reading: 1 Corinthians 1-9
*** w08 7/15 p. 26 Highlights From the Letters to the Corinthians ***
Highlights From the Letters to the Corinthians
THE apostle Paul is deeply concerned about the spiritual welfare of the
congregation in Corinth. He has heard that there are dissensions among the
brothers there. Immorality is being tolerated. The congregation has also written Paul,
inquiring about certain matters. So about 55 C.E., when he is in Ephesus during the
course of his third missionary journey, Paul writes the first of his two letters to the
Corinthians.
*** dx86-11 Corinthians (First Book) ***
*** si pp. 210-211 pars. 5-7 Bible Book Number 46—1 Corinthians ***
5
The authenticity of First Corinthians, and also of Second Corinthians, is
unquestionable. These letters were ascribed to Paul and accepted as canonical by
the early Christians, who included them in their collections. In fact, it is said that First
Corinthians is alluded to and quoted at least six times in a letter from Rome to
Corinth dated about 95 C.E. and called First Clement. With apparent reference to
First Corinthians, the writer urged the recipients of this letter to “take up the epistle of
the blessed Paul the apostle.” First Corinthians is also directly quoted by Justin
Martyr, Athenagoras, Irenaeus, and Tertullian. There is strong evidence that a
corpus, or collection, of Paul’s letters, including First and Second Corinthians, “was
formed and published in the last decade of the first century.”
6
Paul’s first letter to the Corinthians gives us an opportunity to look inside the
Corinthian congregation itself. These Christians had problems to face, and they had
questions to be resolved. There were factions within the congregation, for some
TMS 2013
Top
Page 135
were following men. A shocking case of sexual immorality had arisen. Some were
living in religiously divided households. Should they remain with their unbelieving
mates or separate? And what of eating meat sacrificed to idols? Should they partake
of it? The Corinthians needed advice regarding the conducting of their meetings,
including the celebration of the Lord’s Evening Meal. What should be the position of
women in the congregation? Then, too, there were those in their midst who denied
the resurrection. Problems were many. Particularly, though, was the apostle
interested in bringing about a spiritual restoration of the Corinthians.
7
Because conditions inside the congregation and the environment outside in
ancient Corinth, with its prosperity and licentiousness, have modern parallels, Paul’s
sterling counsel penned under divine inspiration commands our attention. What Paul
said is so full of meaning for our own day that thoughtful consideration of his first
letter to his beloved Corinthian brothers and sisters will prove beneficial indeed.
Recall now the spirit of the time and place. Think searchingly, as the Corinthian
Christians must have done, while we review the penetrating, stirring, inspired words
of Paul to his fellow believers in Corinth of old.
CONTENTS OF FIRST CORINTHIANS
*** si pp. 211-214 pars. 8-26 Bible Book Number 46—1 Corinthians ***
8
Paul exposes sectarianism, exhorts unity (1:1–4:21). Paul has good wishes
for the Corinthians. But what of the factions, the dissensions, among them? “The
Christ exists divided.” (1:13) The apostle is thankful that he has baptized so few of
them, so they cannot say they have been baptized in his name. Paul preaches
Christ impaled. This is a cause of stumbling to the Jews and foolishness to the
nations. But God chose the foolish and weak things of the world to put to shame the
wise and strong. So Paul does not use extravagant speech but lets the brothers see
the spirit and power of God through his words, that their faith may not be in men’s
wisdom but in God’s power. We speak the things revealed by God’s spirit, says
Paul, “for the spirit searches into all things, even the deep things of God.” These
cannot be understood by the physical man but only by the spiritual man.—2:10.
9
They are following men—some Apollos, some Paul. But who are these? Only
ministers through whom the Corinthians became believers. The ones planting and
watering are not anything, for “God kept making it grow,” and they are his “fellow
workers.” The test of fire will prove whose works are durable. Paul tells them, “You
people are God’s temple,” in whom His spirit dwells. “The wisdom of this world is
foolishness with God.” Hence, let no one boast in men, for indeed all things belong
to God.—3:6, 9, 16, 19.
10
Paul and Apollos are humble stewards of God’s sacred secrets, and stewards
should be found faithful. Who are the brothers at Corinth to boast, and what do they
TMS 2013
Top
Page 136
have that they did not receive? Have they become rich, begun ruling as kings, and
become so discreet and strong, while the apostles, who have become a theatrical
spectacle to both angels and to men, are yet foolish and weak, the offscouring of all
things? Paul is sending Timothy to help them remember his methods in connection
with Christ and become his imitators. If Jehovah wills, Paul himself will come shortly
and get to know, not just the speech of those who are puffed up, but their power.
11
On keeping the congregation clean (5:1–6:20). A shocking case of
immorality has been reported among the Corinthians! A man has taken his father’s
wife. He must be handed over to Satan because a little leaven ferments the whole
lump. They must quit mixing in company with anyone called a brother who is wicked.
12
Why, the Corinthians have even been taking one another to court! Would it not
be better to let themselves be defrauded? Since they are going to judge the world
and angels, can they not find someone among them to judge between brothers?
More than that, they should be clean, for fornicators, idolaters, and the like will not
inherit God’s Kingdom. That is what some of them were, but they have been washed
clean and sanctified. “Flee from fornication,” says Paul. “For you were bought with a
price. By all means, glorify God in the body of you people.”—6:18, 20.
13
Counsel on singleness and marriage (7:1-40). Paul answers a question
about marriage. Because of the prevalence of fornication, it may be advisable for a
man or a woman to be married, and those who are married should not be depriving
each other of conjugal dues. It is well for the unmarried and the widows to remain
single, like Paul; but if they do not have self-control, let them marry. Once they
marry, they should remain together. Even if one’s mate is an unbeliever, the believer
should not depart, for in that way the believer may save the unbelieving mate. As to
circumcision and slavery, let each one be content to remain in the state in which he
was called. With regard to the married person, he is divided because he wants to
gain the approval of his mate, whereas the single person is anxious only for the
things of the Lord. Those who marry do not sin, but those who do not marry “do
better.”—7:38.
14
Doing all things for the sake of the good news (8:1–9:27). What about food
offered to idols? An idol is nothing! There are many “gods” and “lords” in the world,
but for the Christian there is only “one God the Father” and “one Lord, Jesus Christ.”
(8:5, 6) Yet someone may be offended if he observes you eating meat sacrificed to
an idol. Under these circumstances, Paul advises, refrain from it so as not to cause
your brother to stumble.
15
Paul denies himself many things for the sake of the ministry. As an apostle, he
has a right “to live by means of the good news,” but he has refrained from doing so.
However, necessity is laid upon him to preach; in fact, he says, “Woe is me if I did
TMS 2013
Top
Page 137
not declare the good news!” So he has made himself a slave to all, becoming “all
things to people of all sorts” that he “might by all means save some,” doing all things
“for the sake of the good news.” To win the contest and the incorruptible crown, he
browbeats his body so that after preaching to others, he himself “should not become
disapproved somehow.”—9:14, 16, 19, 22, 23, 27.
16
Warning against injurious things (10:1–33). What of the “forefathers”?
These were under the cloud and were baptized into Moses. Most of them did not
gain God’s approval but were laid low in the wilderness. Why? They desired
injurious things. Christians should take warning from this and refrain from idolatry
and fornication, from putting Jehovah to the test, and from murmuring. The one who
thinks he is standing should be careful that he does not fall. Temptation will come,
but God will not let his servants be tempted beyond what they can bear; he will
provide a way out so they can endure it. “Therefore,” writes Paul, “flee from idolatry.”
(10:1, 14) We cannot be partakers of the table of Jehovah and the table of demons.
However, should you be eating in a home, do not inquire regarding the source of the
meat. If someone advises you that it has been sacrificed to idols, though, refrain
from eating on account of that one’s conscience. “Do all things for God’s glory,”
writes Paul.—10:31.
17
Headship; the Lord’s Evening Meal (11:1-34). “Become imitators of me,
even as I am of Christ,” Paul declares, and then he proceeds to set out the divine
principle of headship: The head of the woman is the man, the head of the man is
Christ, the head of Christ is God. Therefore, the woman should have “a sign of
authority” upon her head when she prays or prophesies in the congregation. Paul
cannot commend the Corinthians, for divisions exist among them when they meet
together. In this condition, how can they properly partake of the Lord’s Evening
Meal? He reviews what occurred when Jesus instituted the Memorial of his death.
Each must scrutinize himself before partaking, lest he bring judgment against
himself for failure to discern “the body.”—11:1, 10, 29.
18
Spiritual gifts; love and its pursuit (12:1–14:40). There are varieties of
spiritual gifts, yet the same spirit; varieties of ministries and operations, yet the same
Lord and the same God. Likewise there are many members in the one united body
of Christ, each member needing the other, as in the human body. God has set every
member in the body as He pleases, and each has his work to do, so “there should
be no division in the body.” (12:25) Users of spiritual gifts are nothing without love.
Love is long-suffering and kind, not jealous, not puffed up. It rejoices only with the
truth. “Love never fails.” (13:8) Spiritual gifts, such as prophesying and tongues, will
be done away with, but faith, hope, and love remain. Of these, the greatest is love.
19
“Pursue love,” Paul admonishes. Spiritual gifts are to be used in love for the
TMS 2013
Top
Page 138
upbuilding of the congregation. For this reason, prophesying is to be preferred over
speaking in tongues. He would rather speak five words with understanding to teach
others than ten thousand in an unknown language. Tongues are for a sign to
unbelievers, but prophesying is for the believers. They should not be “young
children” in their understanding of these matters. As for women, they should be in
subjection in the congregation. “Let all things take place decently and by
arrangement.”—14:1, 20, 40.
20
The certainty of the resurrection hope (15:1–16:24). The resurrected Christ
appeared to Cephas, to the 12, to upward of 500 brothers at one time, to James, to
all the apostles, and last of all to Paul. ‘If Christ has not been raised up,’ writes Paul,
‘our preaching and faith are in vain.’ (15:14) Each one is raised in his own order,
Christ the firstfruits, then afterward those who belong to him during his presence.
Finally he hands over the Kingdom to his Father after all enemies have been put
under his feet. Even death, the last enemy, is to be brought to nothing. Of what use
is it for Paul to face perils of death continually if there is no resurrection?
21
But how are the dead to be raised? In order for the body of a plant to develop,
the sown grain must die. It is similar with the resurrection of the dead. “It is sown a
physical body, it is raised up a spiritual body. . . . Flesh and blood cannot inherit
God’s kingdom.” (15:44, 50) Paul tells a sacred secret: Not all will fall asleep in
death, but during the last trumpet, they will be changed in the twinkling of an eye.
When this that is mortal puts on immortality, death will be swallowed up forever.
“Death, where is your victory? Death, where is your sting?” From the heart Paul
exclaims: “But thanks to God, for he gives us the victory through our Lord Jesus
Christ!”—15:55, 57.
22
In conclusion Paul counsels on orderliness in collecting the contributions for
sending to Jerusalem to aid needy brothers. He tells of his coming visit via
Macedonia and indicates that Timothy and Apollos may also visit. “Stay awake,”
Paul exhorts. “Stand firm in the faith, carry on as men, grow mighty. Let all your
affairs take place with love.” (16:13, 14) Paul sends greetings from the
congregations in Asia, and then he writes a final greeting in his own hand, conveying
his love.
WHY BENEFICIAL
23
This letter of the apostle Paul is most beneficial in enlarging our understanding
of the Hebrew Scriptures, from which it makes many quotations. In the tenth
chapter, Paul points out that the Israelites under Moses drank from a spiritual rockmass, which meant the Christ. (1 Cor. 10:4; Num. 20:11) Then he goes on to refer to
the disastrous consequences of desiring injurious things, as exemplified by the
Israelites under Moses, and adds: “Now these things went on befalling them as
TMS 2013
Top
Page 139
examples, and they were written for a warning to us upon whom the ends of the
systems of things have arrived.” Never let us become self-reliant, thinking that we
cannot fall! (1 Cor. 10:11, 12; Num. 14:2; 21:5; 25:9) Again, he draws an illustration
from the Law. He refers to the communion sacrifices in Israel to show how partakers
of the Lord’s Evening Meal should partake worthily of the table of Jehovah. Then, to
back up his argument that it is proper to eat everything sold in the meat market, he
quotes from Psalm 24:1, saying, “To Jehovah belong the earth and that which fills
it.”—1 Cor. 10:18, 21, 26; Ex. 32:6; Lev. 7:11-15.
24
In showing the superiority of “the things that God has prepared for those who
love him” and the futility of “the reasonings of the wise men” of this world, Paul again
draws on the Hebrew Scriptures. (1 Cor. 2:9; 3:20; Isa. 64:4; Ps. 94:11) As authority
for his instructions in chapter 5 on disfellowshipping the wrongdoer, he quotes
Jehovah’s law to ‘clear what is bad from your midst.’ (Deut. 17:7) In discussing his
right to live by the ministry, Paul again refers to the Law of Moses, which said that
working animals must not be muzzled to prevent their eating and that the Levites in
temple service were to receive their portion from the altar.—1 Cor. 9:8-14; Deut.
25:4; 18:1.
25
What benefits of inspired instruction we have received from Paul’s first letter to
Corinthian Christians! Meditate upon the counsel given against divisions and
following men. (Chapters 1-4) Recall the case of immorality and how Paul
emphasized the need for virtue and cleanliness within the congregation.
(Chapters 5, 6) Consider his inspired advice relative to singleness, marriage, and
separation. (Chapter 7) Think of the apostle’s discussion of foods offered to idols as
well as of how the necessity of guarding against stumbling others and falling into
idolatry was so forcefully brought to the fore. (Chapters 8-10) Admonition concerning
proper subjection, a consideration of spiritual gifts, that most practical discussion on
the excellence of the enduring, unfailing quality of love—these things too have
passed in review. And how well the apostle accentuated the need for orderliness in
Christian meetings! (Chapters 11-14) What a marvelous defense of the resurrection
he penned under inspiration! (Chapter 15) All of this and more has moved before the
mind’s eye—and it is so valuable to Christians in our day!
26
This letter adds notably to our understanding of the glorious Bible theme of the
Kingdom of God. It gives a stern warning that unrighteous persons will not enter the
Kingdom, and it lists many of the vices that would disqualify a person. (1 Cor.
6:9, 10) But most important, it explains the relation between the resurrection and
God’s Kingdom. It shows that Christ, “the firstfruits” of the resurrection, must “rule as
king until God has put all enemies under his feet.” Then, when he has put down all
enemies, including death, “he hands over the kingdom to his God and Father, . . .
that God may be all things to everyone.” Finally, in fulfillment of the Kingdom
TMS 2013
Top
Page 140
promise made in Eden, the complete bruising of the Serpent’s head is accomplished
by Christ, along with His resurrected spiritual brothers. Grand, indeed, is the
resurrection prospect of those who are to share incorruptibility with Christ Jesus in
the heavenly Kingdom. It is on the basis of the resurrection hope that Paul
admonishes: “Consequently, my beloved brothers, become steadfast, unmovable,
always having plenty to do in the work of the Lord, knowing that your labor is not in
vain in connection with the Lord.”—1 Cor. 15:20-28, 58; Gen. 3:15; Rom. 16:20.
No. 2: Does a Strange Feeling of Being Familiar with Entirely New Acquaintances and Places Prove
Reincarnation to Be a Fact? (rs p. 317¶3-p. 319¶1)
*** rs p. 317 - p. 318 Reincarnation ***
Does a strange feeling of being familiar with entirely new acquaintances and
places prove reincarnation to be a fact?
Have you ever mistaken one man or woman who is alive for another who is also
now living? Many have had that experience. Why? Because some people have
similar mannerisms or may even look almost identical. So the feeling that you know
a person even though you never met him before really does not prove that you were
acquainted with him in a former life, does it?
Why might a house or a town seem familiar to you if you have never been there
before? Is it because you lived there during a former life? Many houses are built
according to similar designs. Furniture used in cities far apart may be produced from
similar patterns. And is it not true that the scenery in some widely separated places
looks very much alike? So, without resorting to reincarnation, your feeling of
familiarity is quite understandable.
No. 3: How Christians Maintain Joy in Spite of Illness (Phil 4:6,7)
*** w11 12/15 pp. 27-30 Do Not Let Illness Rob You of Joy ***
Do Not Let Illness Rob You of Joy
PICTURE yourself waking up wishing that the day would end before it has even
begun. You have to cope with physical or emotional pain yet another day. You may
even feel like Job, who said: “I would prefer death to all my sufferings.” (Job 7:15,
TMS 2013
Top
Page 141
The New English Bible) What if such a condition persists, even for years?
That was the case with Mephibosheth, the son of King David’s friend Jonathan.
When Mephibosheth was five years old, he “had a fall and was lamed.” (2 Sam. 4:4)
Emotional distress must have increased the pain of his disability when he was later
falsely accused of betraying the king and then suffered a material loss. Yet, he
consistently showed himself to be a wonderful example in coping with infirmity,
slander, and disappointments, not letting such rob him of joy.—2 Sam. 9:6-10; 16:14; 19:24-30.
The apostle Paul is another example. He once wrote about “a thorn in the flesh”
with which he had to contend. (2 Cor. 12:7) The thorn he mentioned might have
been a long-term disability, or it could have been the people who challenged his
apostleship. Whatever the case, the problem lingered, and he had to deal with the
physical or emotional pain it brought.—2 Cor. 12:9, 10.
Debilitating chronic illnesses or emotional stresses plague some of God’s
servants today. At the age of 18, Magdalena was diagnosed with systemic lupus
erythematosus, a disease in which the body’s immune defenses seem to attack its
own organs. “I was terrified,” she says. “As time went by, my condition worsened
and was aggravated by digestive disorders, mouth ulcers, and thyroid problems.”
Izabela, on the other hand, has to put up with conditions that are not so obvious.
She explains: “From childhood I have suffered from depression. This has resulted in
panic attacks, breathing problems, and stomach cramps. I am generally left
exhausted.”
Facing Reality
Sickness and infirmity can upset your life. When that happens, it helps to sit
down and honestly appraise your situation. Accepting your limitations may not be
easy. Magdalena says: “My disease is progressive. I often feel too exhausted to get
out of bed. The unpredictable nature of my disease makes planning ahead very
difficult. My greatest frustration is that I can no longer do as much as I used to do in
Jehovah’s service.”
Zbigniew explains: “As the years go by, rheumatoid arthritis saps my energy,
damaging one joint after another. At times, when the inflammation is severe, I am
unable to perform the simplest of tasks. That leaves me feeling dejected.”
Some years ago, Barbara was diagnosed with a progressive brain tumor. “My
body has undergone sudden changes,” she comments. “I feel listless, experience
frequent headaches, and encounter concentration problems. Because of my
newfound limitations, I had to reevaluate everything.”
TMS 2013
Top
Page 142
All these individuals are dedicated servants of Jehovah. For them, doing his will
takes priority. They put their complete trust in God and benefit from his support.—
Prov. 3:5, 6.
Jehovah Helps—How?
We should avoid thinking that a personal affliction is evidence of God’s
displeasure. (Lam. 3:33) Think of what Job had to go through despite being
“blameless and upright.” (Job 1:8) God does not try anyone with evil things. (Jas.
1:13) All illnesses—including the chronic and the emotional—are a dismal legacy
from our first parents, Adam and Eve.—Rom. 5:12.
Jehovah and Jesus, however, will not leave the righteous ones without help. (Ps.
34:15) Especially at difficult moments in our lives, we come to appreciate that God is
‘our refuge and our stronghold.’ (Ps. 91:2) So, then, when coping with conditions
that have no easy solution, what can help you to maintain joy?
Prayer: Following the pattern of God’s faithful servants of old, you can throw your
burden on our heavenly Father in prayer. (Ps. 55:22) In doing so, you can
experience “the peace of God that excels all thought.” That inner peace “will guard
your hearts and your mental powers.” (Phil. 4:6, 7) By relying on God through
prayer, Magdalena copes with her debilitating disease. She says: “Pouring out my
heart to Jehovah brings relief and restores my joy. Now I really understand what it
means to rely on God day by day.”—2 Cor. 1:3, 4.
In response to your prayers, Jehovah can give you strength by means of his holy
spirit, his Word, and the Christian brotherhood. You would not expect God to remove
your infirmity miraculously. Yet, you can count on him to give you the wisdom and
strength needed to cope with each adversity. (Prov. 2:7) He can fortify you, giving
you “the power beyond what is normal.”—2 Cor. 4:7.
Family: A loving and compassionate atmosphere at home can help you to endure
illness. Bear in mind, though, that your loved ones also suffer. They may feel as
helpless as you feel. Still, they are there for you, even in trying times. Praying
together will help you keep a calm heart.—Prov. 14:30.
Barbara says regarding her daughter and other young sisters in the
congregation: “They support me in the ministry. Their zeal warms my heart.”
Zbigniew finds his wife’s support invaluable. “She looks after most of the household
chores. She also helps me get dressed and often carries my bag to the Christian
meetings and in the ministry.”
Fellow believers: When we are in company with our fellow believers, we are
encouraged and consoled. But what if you cannot attend meetings because of your
TMS 2013
Top
Page 143
illness? Magdalena comments: “The congregation has made sure that I benefit from
the meetings by means of audio recordings. My fellow worshippers often call me to
see what else they can do to help. They also send me encouraging letters. The
thought that they remember me and are concerned about my well-being helps me to
endure.”
Izabela, who suffers from depression, relates: “Within the congregation, I have
many ‘fathers’ and ‘mothers,’ those who listen and try to understand me. The
congregation is my family—here is where I experience peace and joy.”
Those who suffer various trials do well to avoid ‘isolating themselves.’ Rather,
they treasure their association with the congregation. (Prov. 18:1) They thus become
a huge source of encouragement to others. You may hesitate at first to let the
brothers and sisters know of your needs. Yet, your fellow believers will appreciate
your frankness. It will afford them an opportunity to extend “unhypocritical brotherly
affection.” (1 Pet. 1:22) Why not let them know that you need a ride to the meeting,
would like to work with them in the ministry, or want to have a heart-to-heart
conversation? Of course, we should not be demanding but be appreciative of their
help.
Be positive: The key to coping with chronic illness without losing joy is often in
your own hands. A gloomy disposition and despondent feelings can lead to negative
thinking. The Bible states: “The spirit of a man can put up with his malady; but as for
a stricken spirit, who can bear it?”—Prov. 18:14.
Magdalena notes: “I work hard to avoid focusing on my problems. I try to enjoy
the days when I do feel better. I find encouragement in reading the life stories of
people who have remained faithful despite chronic illness.” Izabela is strengthened
by the thought that Jehovah loves and values her. She says: “I feel needed, and I
have someone to live for. I also have a wonderful prospect for the future.”
Zbigniew says: “My illness teaches me humility and obedience. It teaches me to
show insight and good judgment as well as to forgive from the heart. I have learned
to enjoy serving Jehovah without feelings of self-pity. In fact, I have been motivated
to keep on making spiritual progress.”
Keep in mind that Jehovah carefully notes your endurance. He feels for you in
your suffering and cares for you. He will not “forget your work and the love you
showed for his name.” (Heb. 6:10) Take to heart the promise he makes to all who
fear him: “I will by no means leave you nor by any means forsake you.”—Heb. 13:5.
If on occasion you do feel down, focus on the wonderful hope of living in the new
world. The time is fast approaching when your own eyes will see on the earth the
blessings of God’s Kingdom!
TMS 2013
Top
Page 144
[Box/Pictures on pages 28, 29]
They Keep Preaching Despite Chronic Illness
“I can no longer walk by myself, so my wife or some other brothers and sisters
accompany me in the ministry. I memorize presentations and Bible scriptures.”—
Jerzy, visually impaired.
“In addition to doing telephone witnessing, I write letters and regularly correspond
with a few interested ones. While in the hospital, I always put the Bible and
publications next to my bed. That has helped me to strike up many good
conversations.”—Magdalena, diagnosed with systemic lupus erythematosus.
“I like the door-to-door ministry, but when I am not feeling up to it, I engage in
telephone witnessing.”—Izabela, suffers from clinical depression.
“I enjoy making return visits and helping out on Bible studies. On my better days, I
like to witness from house to house.”—Barbara, who has a brain tumor.
“I carry only a very light magazine bag. I stay out as long as my aching joints
allow.”—Zbigniew, rheumatoid arthritis patient.
[Picture on page 30]
Young and old can be sources of encouragement
TMS 2013
Top
Page 145
September
No. 2: How Can a Sinful Human ‘Soften the Face of Jehovah’? (2 Ch 33:12,13;Isa 55:6,7)
No. 3: Why Does the Account at John 9:1,2 Not Prove Reincarnation? (rs p. 319¶2-p. 320¶2)
*** w08 7/15 p. 27 pars. 2-12 Highlights From the Letters to the Corinthians ***
11:26—How “often” is Jesus’ death to be commemorated, and “until”
when? Paul was not saying that Jesus’ death would be commemorated often. The
Greek word used for “as often as” means “whenever” or “every time that.” Therefore,
Paul was saying that every time anointed Christians partake of the Memorial
emblems, once a year on Nisan 14, they are “proclaiming the death of the Lord.”
They do this “until he arrives,” that is, until he receives them into the heavens by a
resurrection.—1 Thess. 4:14-17.
13:13—In what way is love greater than faith and hope? When the “things
hoped for” become a reality and “the assured expectation” of them is realized,
aspects of faith and hope come to an end. (Heb. 11:1) Love is greater than faith and
hope in that it remains forever.
15:29—What does it mean to be “baptized for the purpose of being dead
ones”? Paul was not suggesting that living people be baptized on behalf of those
who died in an unbaptized state. Paul is here speaking of the immersion of spiritanointed Christians into a course of life wherein they keep their integrity until their
death and subsequent resurrection to spirit life.
Lessons for Us:
10:8-11. Jehovah was greatly offended when Israel murmured against Moses
and Aaron. We are wise when we guard against developing a pattern of murmuring.
16:2. Our financial giving toward the advancement of Kingdom interests will be
consistent if it is planned in advance and is done systematically.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 146
No. 2: How Can a Sinful Human ‘Soften the Face of Jehovah’? (2 Ch 33:12,13;Isa 55:6,7)
*** w77 11/15 p. 695 Genuine Repentance—How Is It Identified? ***
WHAT IS INVOLVED IN TRUE REPENTANCE
12
Another vital part of repentance is illustrated in the case of King Manasseh of
Judah. Regarding his sin, the Bible tells us: “He did on a large scale what was bad in
Jehovah’s eyes, to offend him.” (2 Ki. 21:6) Finally, as an expression of Jehovah’s
judgment, Manasseh was taken captive to Babylon. There he repented. The
Scriptures report: “He softened the face of Jehovah his God and kept humbling
himself greatly because of the God of his forefathers. And he kept praying to Him, so
that He let himself be entreated by him and He heard his request for favor and
restored him to Jerusalem to his kingship.” (2 Chron. 33:12, 13) Thereafter
Manasseh did what he could to rectify his wrongs, clearing out idolatrous practices
from his realm, sacrificing to Jehovah and encouraging the people to serve the Most
High. (2 Chron. 33:15, 16) This shows that true repentance involves both
abandoning the wrong course and making a determined effort to do what is right.
13
So, then, a person who is truly repentant should be able to point to “fruit that
befits repentance.” (Matt. 3:8) This would include the individual’s putting forth
reasonable efforts to rectify matters to the extent that he finds possible in his present
circumstances. For example, his profession of repentance would have little
substance if he showed no concern as to compensating for something he stole.
Also, if he made no positive resolve to follow a right course, there would be a
serious question about whether his repentance was genuine.
14
But how is the matter to be viewed if an individual’s sin is very shocking and
has given rise to much bad publicity? Again, whether the wrongdoer is expelled from
the congregation or not depends upon his genuine repentance or lack of it.
15
Whenever evidence of sincere repentance is missing, the elders need to be
careful that they do not allow themselves to be governed by sentimentality. They
cannot condone wrongdoing, simply ignoring or viewing as of little consequence the
reproach and trouble an unrepentant person’s lawlessness has brought upon the
congregation. Were they to do so, this could have a damaging effect on the
congregation as a whole. Some members of the congregation might be emboldened
to take liberties and to disregard the inspired counsel: “Be as free people, and yet
holding your freedom, not as a blind for badness, but as slaves of God.” (1 Pet.
2:16) Furthermore, the wrongdoer himself might come to regard sin lightly, exercise
even less restraint in the future and get others involved in lawlessness. Wise King
Solomon observed: “Because sentence against a bad work has not been executed
TMS 2013
Top
Page 147
speedily, that is why the heart of the sons of men has become fully set in them to do
bad.” (Eccl. 8:11) So, when the genuineness of a wrongdoer’s repentance is subject
to serious question and when there is clear evidence that corruption is likely to
result, elders should not hesitate to heed the admonition: “Remove the wicked man
from among yourselves.”—1 Cor. 5:13.
*** w72 7/15 pp. 434-435 par. 17 Abandoning the Course of Independence ***
17
The case of King Manasseh and that of the unnamed Christian in the
Corinthian congregation indicate that wrongdoing does not automatically cancel out
one’s opportunity of regaining a proper standing with Jehovah God. One who has
become guilty of serious transgression can still pray to God and, if he is sincerely
repentant, his prayers for forgiveness will be answered. (Compare Isaiah 1:15-19.)
Certainly if Jehovah can be so forgiving, no one who claims to be his servant would
want to reflect the unmerciful attitude of the older son in Jesus’ illustration.
No. 3: Why Does the Account at John 9:1,2 Not Prove Reincarnation? (rs p. 319¶2-p. 320¶2)
*** rs p. 319 Reincarnation ***
Is reincarnation indicated by the account at John 9:1, 2?
John 9:1, 2: “Now as he [Jesus] was passing along he saw a man blind
from birth. And his disciples asked him: ‘Rabbi, who sinned, this man or
his parents, so that he was born blind?’”
Is it possible that these disciples had been influenced by the belief of
the Jewish Pharisees, who said that “the souls of good men only are
removed into other bodies”? (Wars of the Jews, Josephus, Book II,
chap. VIII, par. 14) It is not likely, since their question does not imply
that they thought he was a ‘good man.’ It is more likely that as Jesus’
disciples they believed the Scriptures and knew that the soul dies. Yet,
since even a baby in the womb has life and was conceived in sin, they
may have wondered whether such an unborn child could have sinned,
resulting in his blindness. In any event, Jesus’ answer did not support
either reincarnation or the idea that a child yet in its mother’s womb
sins before birth. Jesus himself answered: “Neither this man sinned nor
his parents.” (John 9:3) Jesus knew that, because we are offspring of
Adam, there is an inheritance of human defects and imperfections.
Using the situation to magnify God, Jesus healed the blind man.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 148
September
No. 2: How Much of a Difference Is There Between Reincarnation and the Hope Held Out in the Bible?
(rs p. 320¶3-4)
No. 3: What Must One Do to Take refuge in the Name of Jehovah (Zeph 3:12)
authenticity: si 210;
*** si p. 210 par. 5 Bible Book Number 46—1 Corinthians ***
5
The authenticity of First Corinthians, and also of Second Corinthians, is
unquestionable. These letters were ascribed to Paul and accepted as canonical by
the early Christians, who included them in their collections. In fact, it is said that First
Corinthians is alluded to and quoted at least six times in a letter from Rome to
Corinth dated about 95 C.E. and called First Clement. With apparent reference to
First Corinthians, the writer urged the recipients of this letter to “take up the epistle of
the blessed Paul the apostle.” First Corinthians is also directly quoted by Justin
Martyr, Athenagoras, Irenaeus, and Tertullian. There is strong evidence that a
corpus, or collection, of Paul’s letters, including First and Second Corinthians, “was
formed and published in the last decade of the first century.”
*** si pp. 216-217 Bible Book Number 47—2 Corinthians ***
WHY BENEFICIAL
18
How stimulating and encouraging is Paul’s appreciation for the Christian
ministry as expressed in Second Corinthians! Let us view it as he did. The Christian
minister who has been adequately qualified by God is no peddler of the Word but
serves out of sincerity. What recommends him is, not some written document, but
the fruitage he bears in the ministry. However, while the ministry is indeed glorious,
this is no cause for his becoming puffed up. God’s servants as imperfect humans
have this treasure of service in frail earthen vessels, that the power may plainly be
TMS 2013
Top
Page 149
seen to be God’s. So this calls for humility in accepting the glorious privilege of
being God’s ministers, and what an undeserved kindness from God it is to serve as
“ambassadors substituting for Christ”! How appropriate, then, was Paul’s exhortation
“not to accept the undeserved kindness of God and miss its purpose”!—2:14-17;
3:1-5; 4:7; 5:18-20; 6:1.
19
Paul certainly provided a splendid example for Christian ministers to copy. For
one thing, he valued and studied the inspired Hebrew Scriptures, repeatedly quoting
from, alluding to, and applying them. (2 Cor. 6:2, 16-18; 7:1; 8:15; 9:9; 13:1; Isa.
49:8; Lev. 26:12; Isa. 52:11; Ezek. 20:41; 2 Sam. 7:14; Hos. 1:10) Moreover, as an
overseer, he displayed deep concern for the flock, saying: “For my part I will most
gladly spend and be completely spent for your souls.” He gave himself entirely in
behalf of the brothers, as the record clearly shows. (2 Cor. 12:15; 6:3-10) He was
untiring in his labors as he taught, exhorted, and set things straight in the Corinthian
congregation. He warned plainly against fellowship with darkness, telling the
Corinthians: “Do not become unevenly yoked with unbelievers.” Because of his
loving concern for them, he did not want to see their minds become corrupted, “as
the serpent seduced Eve by its cunning,” and so he heartily admonished them:
“Keep testing whether you are in the faith, keep proving what you yourselves are.”
He stirred them to Christian generosity, showing them that “God loves a cheerful
giver,” and he himself expressed the most appreciative thanks to God for His
indescribable free gift. Truly his brothers at Corinth were inscribed in love on the
fleshly tablet of Paul’s heart, and his unstinted service in their interests was
everything that should mark a zealous, wide-awake overseer. What an outstanding
model for us today!—6:14; 11:3; 13:5; 9:7, 15; 3:2.
20
The apostle Paul sets our minds in the right direction in pointing to “the Father
of tender mercies and the God of all comfort” as the real source of strength in time of
trial. He it is that “comforts us in all our tribulation” in order that we may endure for
salvation into his new world. Paul points also to the glorious hope of “a building from
God, a house not made with hands, everlasting in the heavens,” and says:
“Consequently if anyone is in union with Christ, he is a new creation; the old things
passed away, look! new things have come into existence.” Second Corinthians does
indeed contain wonderful words of assurance for those who, like Paul, will inherit the
heavenly Kingdom.—1:3, 4; 5:1, 17.
THE apostle Paul is deeply concerned about the spiritual welfare of the
TMS 2013
Top
Page 150
congregation in Corinth. He has heard that there are dissensions among the
brothers there. Immorality is being tolerated. The congregation has also written Paul,
inquiring about certain matters. So about 55 C.E., when he is in Ephesus during the
course of his third missionary journey, Paul writes the first of his two letters to the
Corinthians.
The second letter, apparently written only a few months after the first, is a followup letter. Since conditions both inside and outside the congregation in first-century
Corinth correspond in many ways to our times, the message of Paul’s letters to the
Corinthians is of great value to us.—Heb. 4:12.
‘CONTINUE TO BE READJUSTED’
(2 Cor. 1:1–13:14)
Paul tells the Corinthians that they should “kindly forgive and comfort” a
repentant wrongdoer who has been rebuked. Although his first letter had saddened
them, Paul expresses joy because they were “saddened into repenting.”—2 Cor.
2:6, 7; 7:8, 9.
‘Just as they are abounding in everything,’ Paul encourages the Corinthians to
‘abound in giving.’ After answering opposers, he gives final advice to all: “Continue
to rejoice, to be readjusted, to be comforted, to think in agreement, to live
peaceably.”—2 Cor. 8:7; 13:11.
2:15, 16—How are we “a sweet odor of Christ”? This is the case because we
adhere to the Bible and share in dispensing its message. While such “fragrance”
might be disgusting to unrighteous individuals, it is sweet-smelling to Jehovah and
honesthearted ones.
5:16—How is it that anointed Christians “know no man according to the
flesh”? They do not look upon people in a fleshly way, that is, showing favoritism on
the basis of wealth, race, or ethnic or national origin. What is important to them is
their spiritual relationship with fellow believers.
No. 2: How Much of a Difference Is There Between Reincarnation and the Hope Held Out in the Bible?
(rs p. 320¶3-4)
TMS 2013
Top
Page 151
*** rs p. 320 - p. 321 Reincarnation ***
How much of a difference is there between reincarnation and the hope held
out in the Bible?
Reincarnation: According to this belief, when a person dies, the soul, the “real
self,” passes on to a better existence if the individual has lived a good and proper
life, but possibly to existence as an animal if his record has been more bad than
good. Each rebirth, it is believed, brings the individual back into this same system of
things, where he will face further suffering and eventual death. The cycles of rebirth
are viewed as virtually endless. Is such a future really what awaits you? Some
believe that the only way of escape is by extinguishing all desire for things pleasing
to the senses. To what do they escape? To what some describe as unconscious life.
Bible: According to the Bible, the soul is the complete person. Even though a
person may have done bad things in the past, if he repents and changes his ways,
Jehovah God will forgive him. (Ps. 103:12, 13) When a person dies, nothing
survives. Death is like a deep, dreamless sleep. There will be a resurrection of the
dead. This is not a reincarnation but a bringing back to life of the same personality.
(Acts 24:15) For most people, the resurrection will be to life on earth. It will take
place after God brings the present wicked system to its end. Sickness, suffering,
even the necessity to die, will become things of the past. (Dan. 2:44; Rev. 21:3, 4)
Does such a hope sound like something about which you would like to learn more,
to examine the reasons for confidence in it?
No. 3: What Must One Do to Take Refuge in the Name of Jehovah (Zeph 3:12)
*** w11 1/15 pp. 5-7 “Take Refuge in the Name of Jehovah” ***
God’s Name Is Not a Talisman
14
Some Israelites viewed the temple as a talisman that would protect them from
enemies. (Jer. 7:1-4) Earlier, Israelites viewed the ark of the covenant as a charm
that would protect them in battle. (1 Sam. 4:3, 10, 11) Constantine the Great painted
the Greek letters khi and rho, the first two letters of the title “Christ” in Greek, on his
soldiers’ shields in hopes of protecting his soldiers in battle. And King Gustav
Adolph II of Sweden, who fought in the Thirty Years’ War, is thought to have worn
the armor shown on page 7. Note that the name Iehova is featured prominently on
the collar.
15
Some of God’s people who have been attacked by demons have found refuge
in Jehovah by calling his name out loud. Still, an object that features God’s name
TMS 2013
Top
Page 152
should not be considered a talisman or used as a charm in everyday life as if it had
some magical power of protection. This is not what it means to take refuge in the
name of Jehovah.
Taking Refuge Today
16
We find refuge today in the spiritual security enjoyed by God’s people as a
whole. (Ps. 91:1) Through “the faithful and discreet slave” and elders in the
congregation, we are alerted to trends in the world that could endanger that security.
(Matt. 24:45-47; Isa. 32:1, 2) Think of how often we have been warned about
materialism, and consider how such warnings have protected us from spiritual
calamity. And what about the danger of developing an easygoing attitude, which
could lead to our becoming inactive in Jehovah’s service? God’s Word says: “The
easygoingness of the stupid is what will destroy them. As for the one listening to me,
he will reside in security and be undisturbed from dread of calamity.” (Prov. 1:32, 33)
Striving to keep morally clean also helps us to maintain our spiritual security.
17
Think, too, of the encouragement from the faithful slave to follow Jesus’
command to preach the good news of the Kingdom in all the inhabited earth. (Matt.
24:14; 28:19, 20) Zephaniah mentioned a change that would help people to take
refuge in God’s name. We read: “Then I shall give to peoples the change to a pure
language, in order for them all to call upon the name of Jehovah, in order to serve
him shoulder to shoulder.”—Zeph. 3:9.
18
What is this pure language? The pure language is the truth about Jehovah
God and his purposes as found in his inspired Word. You are in a sense using that
language when you share with others the correct understanding of God’s Kingdom
and how it will sanctify his name, when you stress the vindication of God’s
sovereignty, and when you happily talk about the everlasting blessings faithful
humans will enjoy. As a result of so many speaking this figurative language, a
growing number are ‘calling upon the name of Jehovah’ and ‘serving him shoulder to
shoulder.’ Yes, millions around the world are now finding refuge in Jehovah.—Ps.
1:1, 3.
19
People in the world have to deal with seemingly insurmountable problems.
Desperate to solve their problems, many look to imperfect men. Or they hope for
solutions from political institutions, even as ancient Israel at times looked to
neighboring nations for support, making alliances with them. Yet, you know that
doing so did not help Israel. And no political state today, nor the United Nations
organization, will fully solve mankind’s problems. So why should one regard political
institutions and alliances as a refuge? The Bible prophetically calls them a “refuge of
a lie.” You can rightly view them as such because all individuals who hope in them
will be sorely disappointed.—Read Isaiah 28:15, 17.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 153
20
Soon the figurative hailstorm of Jehovah’s day will strike the earth. Human
schemes will not be able to provide protection; neither will nuclear shelters nor
wealth. Isaiah 28:17 points out: “The hail must sweep away the refuge of a lie, and
the waters themselves will flood out the very place of concealment.”
21
Both now and during that future development, God’s people will find real
security in their God, Jehovah. Zephaniah’s name, meaning “Jehovah Has
Concealed,” points to this true source of concealment. Fittingly, we have as the
yeartext for 2011 the wise advice: “Take refuge in the name of Jehovah.” (Zeph.
3:12) Even now we can and should take refuge in the name of Jehovah, trusting in
him implicitly. (Ps. 9:10) Let us daily keep in mind this inspired assurance: “The
name of Jehovah is a strong tower. Into it the righteous runs and is given
protection.”—Prov. 18:10.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 154
September
No. 2: * If Someone Says, ‘I Believe in Reincarnation (rs p. 321¶1-3)
‘CONTINUE TO BE READJUSTED’
(2 Cor. 1:1–13:14)
Paul tells the Corinthians that they should “kindly forgive and comfort” a
repentant wrongdoer who has been rebuked. Although his first letter had saddened
them, Paul expresses joy because they were “saddened into repenting.”—2 Cor.
2:6, 7; 7:8, 9.
‘Just as they are abounding in everything,’ Paul encourages the Corinthians to
‘abound in giving.’ After answering opposers, he gives final advice to all: “Continue
to rejoice, to be readjusted, to be comforted, to think in agreement, to live
peaceably.”—2 Cor. 8:7; 13:11.
11:1, 16; 12:11—Was Paul being unreasonable with the Corinthians? No, he
was not. However, he may have appeared to some to be boastful and unreasonable
because of what he was compelled to say in defense of his apostleship.
12:1-4—Who “was caught away into paradise”? Since the Bible does not
speak of any other person who had such a vision and the passage follows Paul’s
defense of his apostleship, he was probably relating his own experience. What the
apostle envisioned was likely the spiritual paradise enjoyed by the Christian
congregation in “the time of the end.”—Dan. 12:4.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 155
Lessons for Us:
10:13. As a general rule, unless some specific arrangements have been made
for us to help where the need is greater, we should work only the territory assigned
to our congregation.
13:5. To ‘test whether we are in the faith,’ we have to measure our conduct in the
light of what we learn from the Bible. To ‘prove what we ourselves are,’ we have to
evaluate the level of our spirituality, including the sharpness of our “perceptive
powers” and the extent of our works of faith. (Heb. 5:14; Jas. 1:22-25) By applying
Paul’s sound advice, we can keep on walking in the way of the truth.
No. 2: * If Someone Says, ‘I Believe in Reincarnation (rs p. 321¶1-3)
* If Someone Says, ‘Do You Believe in the Rapture’? (rs p. 316¶9-p. 317¶2
*** rs p. 321 Reincarnation ***
If Someone Says—
‘I believe in reincarnation’
You might reply: ‘You hope that it will eventually result in a better life, is that
right? . . . Tell me, would you like to live in a world like the one described here at
Revelation 21:1-5?’
Or you could say: ‘I appreciate your telling me that. May I ask, Is this something
that you have always believed? . . . What was it that made you leave behind your
former beliefs?’ (Then perhaps use the ideas under the heading on page 320.)
Another possibility: ‘I have enjoyed conversations with others who share that
belief. May I ask, Why do you feel that reincarnation is needed?’ Then perhaps
add: (1) ‘Do you remember all the details of the earlier lives you believe you had?
. . . But that would be necessary if a person were to correct his former errors and
improve, would it not?’ (2) If the person says that it is a kindness that we forget, you
might ask: ‘But do you view a bad memory as an advantage to a person in everyday
life? Then, by forgetting every 70 years or so everything we have learned, would we
be helped to improve our lot?’ (3) If the person says that only the better people are
born again as humans, you might ask: ‘Why is it, then, that world conditions have
continued to get worse? . . . The Bible shows how real improvement will be made in
our day. (Dan. 2:44)’
TMS 2013
Top
Page 156
*** w10 11/15 pp. 27-28 Jehovah Is Our Sovereign Lord! ***
We Can Maintain Integrity!
16
We can uphold Jehovah’s sovereignty and maintain our integrity, for the
apostle Paul wrote: “No temptation has taken you except what is common to men.
But God is faithful, and he will not let you be tempted beyond what you can bear, but
along with the temptation he will also make the way out in order for you to be able to
endure it.” (1 Cor. 10:13) What is the source of the temptation mentioned by Paul,
and how does God make the way out for us?
17
As illustrated by Israel’s experiences in the wilderness, the “temptation” comes
through circumstances that could induce us to break God’s law. (Read 1 Corinthians
10:6-10.) The Israelites could have resisted temptation, but they desired “injurious
things” when Jehovah miraculously provided a month’s supply of quail for them.
Even though the people had been without meat for some time, God had given them
enough manna to eat. Yet, they gave way to the temptation of yielding to
unrestrained greed when gathering the quail.—Num. 11:19, 20, 31-35.
18
Earlier, while Moses was receiving the Law on Mount Sinai, the Israelites
became idolaters, engaging in calf worship and sensual pleasures. The absence of
their visible leader meant that temptation was unchecked. (Ex. 32:1, 6) Just before
entering the Promised Land, thousands of Israelites were seduced by Moabite
women, with whom they committed sexual immorality. On that occasion, thousands
of Israelites died for their sin. (Num. 25:1, 9) At times, the people of Israel
succumbed to the temptation to complain rebelliously, on one occasion speaking
against Moses as well as against God himself! (Num. 21:5) The people of Israel
even murmured after the destruction of wicked Korah, Dathan, Abiram, and their
associates, wrongly reasoning that the execution of the rebels was unjust. As a
result, 14,700 Israelites perished from a divinely sent scourge.—Num. 16:41, 49.
19
None of the temptations just mentioned were of such a nature that the
Israelites could not have resisted them. The people yielded to temptation because
they lost faith and forgot Jehovah, his loving care for them, and the rightness of his
ways. As in the case of the Israelites, the temptations that we face are common to
human experience. If we put forth needed effort to resist them and rely on God to
sustain us, we can maintain our integrity. We can be confident of this because “God
is faithful” and does not allow us to be “tempted beyond what [we] can bear.”
Jehovah never forsakes us to the point of permitting us to come into situations that
make it humanly impossible to do his will.—Ps. 94:14.
20
By strengthening us to resist temptation, Jehovah makes “the way out.” For
TMS 2013
Top
Page 157
example, persecutors may subject us to physical abuse in an effort to make us
renounce our faith. Such treatment may tempt us to compromise so as to escape
further beatings, torture, or possibly death. On the basis of Paul’s inspired
assurance recorded at 1 Corinthians 10:13, however, we know that the situation
giving rise to temptation is only temporary. Jehovah will not allow it to develop to the
point where we cannot remain faithful to him. God can fortify our faith and give us
the spiritual strength we need in order to maintain integrity.
21
Jehovah sustains us by means of his holy spirit. That spirit also brings back to
our mind Scriptural thoughts that we need in order to resist temptation. (John 14:26)
Consequently, we are not deceived into following a wrong course. For instance, we
understand the related issues of Jehovah’s sovereignty and human integrity. With
that knowledge, many have been sustained by God to remain faithful to death. But it
was not death that made the way out for them; it was Jehovah’s help that made it
possible for them to endure to the end without yielding to temptation. He can do the
same for us. In fact, he also uses his faithful angels in our behalf as public servants
“sent forth to minister to those who are going to inherit salvation.” (Heb. 1:14) As the
next article shows, only integrity keepers can hope to have the joyful privilege of
upholding God’s sovereignty forever. We can be among them if we cling to Jehovah
as our Sovereign Lord.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 158
September
Sep 30 Bible Reading: Galatians 1-6
No. 1: Galatians 1:18-2:10
No. 2: Why Are There So Many Religions? (rs p. 322¶1-p. 323¶2)
No. 3: Why Jehovah Is Worthy to receive Worship (Re 4:11)
Bible Reading: Galatians 1-6
*** si p. 218 par. 5 Bible Book Number 48—Galatians ***
5
What facts argue for the authenticity and canonicity of Galatians? It is referred
to by name in the writings of Irenaeus, Clement of Alexandria, Tertullian, and
Origen. Moreover, it is included in the following important Bible manuscripts of rank:
Sinaitic, Alexandrine, Vatican No. 1209, Codex Ephraemi Syri rescriptus, Codex
Bezae, and Chester Beatty Papyrus No. 2 (P46). Moreover, it is entirely in harmony
with the other Greek Scripture writings and also with the Hebrew Scriptures, to
which it frequently refers.
6
In Paul’s powerful and hard-hitting letter “to the congregations of Galatia,” he
proves (1) that he is a true apostle (a fact that the Judaizers had sought to discredit)
and (2) that justification is by faith in Christ Jesus, not by the works of the Law, and
that therefore circumcision is unnecessary for Christians. Though it was Paul’s
custom to have a secretary write down his epistles, he himself wrote Galatians in
‘large letters with his own hand.’ (6:11) The contents of the book were of the
greatest importance, both to Paul and to the Galatians. The book emphasizes
appreciation for the freedom that true Christians have through Jesus Christ.
CONTENTS OF GALATIANS
7
Paul defends his apostleship (1:1–2:14). After greeting the congregations in
Galatia, Paul marvels that they are being so quickly removed to another sort of good
news, and he firmly declares: “Even if we or an angel out of heaven were to declare
to you as good news something beyond what we declared to you as good news, let
him be accursed.” The good news that he has declared is not something human,
TMS 2013
Top
Page 159
neither was he taught it, “except through revelation by Jesus Christ.” Previously, as
a zealous exponent of Judaism, Paul had persecuted the congregation of God, but
then God called him through His undeserved kindness to declare the good news
about his Son to the nations. It was not until three years after his conversion that he
went up to Jerusalem, and then, of the apostles, he saw only Peter, as well as
James the brother of the Lord. He was unknown in person to the congregations of
Judea, though they used to hear of him and “began glorifying God” because of
him.—1:8, 12, 24.
8
After 14 years Paul went up to Jerusalem again and explained privately the
good news that he was preaching. His companion Titus, though a Greek, was not
even required to be circumcised. When James and Cephas and John saw that Paul
had entrusted to him the good news for those who are uncircumcised, just as Peter
had the good news for those who are circumcised, they gave Paul and Barnabas the
right hand of sharing together to go to the nations, while they themselves went to the
circumcised. When Cephas came to Antioch and failed to walk straight “according to
the truth of the good news” for fear of the circumcised class, Paul rebuked him
before them all.—2:14.
9
Declared righteous by faith, not by law (2:15–3:29). We Jews know, argues
Paul, “that a man is declared righteous, not due to works of law, but only through
faith toward Christ Jesus.” He now lives in union with Christ and is alive by faith to
do the will of God. “If righteousness is through law, Christ actually died for
nothing.”—2:16, 21.
10
Are the Galatians so senseless as to believe that having started by receiving
the spirit due to faith, they can finish serving God by works of Law? It is the hearing
by faith that counts, as with Abraham, who “put faith in Jehovah, and it was counted
to him as righteousness.” Now, according to God’s promise, “those who adhere to
faith are being blessed together with faithful Abraham.” They have been released
from the curse of the Law by Christ’s death on the stake. Christ is the Seed of
Abraham, and the Law made 430 years later does not abolish the promise
concerning that Seed. What, then, was the purpose of the Law? It was “our tutor
leading to Christ, that we might be declared righteous due to faith.” Now we are no
longer under the tutor, nor is there now any distinction between Jew and Greek, for
all are one in union with Christ Jesus and “are really Abraham’s seed, heirs with
reference to a promise.”—3:6, 9, 24, 29.
11
Stand fast in Christian freedom (4:1–6:18). God sent forth his Son to release
those under Law, that they “might receive the adoption as sons.” (4:5) So why turn
back to the slavery of the weak and beggarly elementary things? Since the
Galatians are now observing days and months and seasons and years, Paul is
TMS 2013
Top
Page 160
afraid his work in their behalf has been wasted. On his first visit to them, they
received Paul like an angel of God. Has he now become their enemy because he
tells them the truth? Let those who want to be under Law hear what the Law says:
Abraham acquired two sons by two women. The one woman, the servant girl,
Hagar, corresponds to the nation of fleshly Israel, bound to Jehovah by the Mosaic
Law covenant, which covenant brings forth children for slavery. The free woman,
though, Sarah, corresponds to the Jerusalem above, who, Paul says, “is free, and
she is our mother.” “What,” asks Paul, “does the Scripture say?” This: “By no means
shall the son of the servant girl be an heir with the son of the free woman.” And we
are children, not of a servant girl, “but of the free woman.”—4:30, 31.
12
Circumcision or lack of it means nothing, explains Paul, but it is faith operating
through love that counts. The entire Law is fulfilled in the saying: “You must love
your neighbor as yourself.” Keep walking by the spirit, for “if you are being led by
spirit, you are not under law.” As to the works of the flesh, Paul forewarns “that those
who practice such things will not inherit God’s kingdom.” In glowing contrast, he
describes the fruitage of the spirit, against which there is no law, and adds: “If we
are living by spirit, let us go on walking orderly also by spirit” and put away egotism
and envy.—5:14, 18, 21, 25.
13
If a man takes some false step before he is aware of it, those spiritually
qualified must try to restore him “in a spirit of mildness.” Christians fulfill the law of
the Christ by carrying the burdens of one another, but each one should carry his
own load in proving what his own work is. A person will reap according to what he
sows, either corruption from the flesh or everlasting life from the spirit. Those who
want the Galatians to be circumcised are only out to please men and avoid
persecution. The thing of vital concern is, not circumcision or uncircumcision, but a
new creation. Peace and mercy will be upon those who walk orderly according to
this rule of conduct, even upon “the Israel of God.”—6:1, 16.
WHY BENEFICIAL
14
The letter to the Galatians reveals Paul as the devastating persecutor who
became the alert apostle to the nations, always ready to contend in behalf of the
interests of his brothers. (1:13-16, 23; 5:7-12) Paul showed by example that an
overseer should move quickly to handle problems, quashing false reasonings by
logic and Scripture.—1:6-9; 3:1-6.
15
The letter was beneficial to the congregations in Galatia in clearly establishing
their freedom in Christ and discrediting the perverters of the good news. It made
plain that it is by faith that one is declared righteous and that circumcision is no
longer necessary in order for one to gain salvation. (2:16; 3:8; 5:6) By setting aside
such fleshly distinctions, it served to unify Jew and Gentile in the one congregation.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 161
The freedom from the Law was not to serve as an inducement for the desires of the
flesh, for the principle still held: “You must love your neighbor as yourself.” It
continues to hold as a guidepost to Christians today.—5:14.
16
Paul’s letter helped the Galatians on many points of doctrine, drawing on the
Hebrew Scriptures for powerful illustrations. It gave the inspired interpretation of
Isaiah 54:1-6, identifying Jehovah’s woman as “the Jerusalem above.” It explained
the “symbolic drama” of Hagar and Sarah, showing that the heirs of God’s promises
are those made free by Christ and not those remaining in bondage to the Law. (Gal.
4:21-26; Gen. 16:1-4, 15; 21:1-3, 8-13) It clearly explained that the Law covenant did
not negate the Abrahamic covenant but was added to it. It also pointed out that the
time interval between the making of the two covenants was 430 years, which is
important in Bible chronology. (Gal. 3:17, 18, 23, 24) The record of these things has
been preserved for building up Christian faith today.
17
Most important, Galatians unmistakably identifies the Kingdom Seed, to which
all the prophets looked forward. “Now the promises were spoken to Abraham and to
his seed . . . who is Christ.” Those who become sons of God through faith in Christ
Jesus are shown to be adopted into this seed. “If you belong to Christ, you are really
Abraham’s seed, heirs with reference to a promise.” (3:16, 29) The fine admonition
given in Galatians should be heeded by these Kingdom heirs and those who labor
with them: ‘Stand fast in the freedom for which Christ has set you free!’ ‘Do not give
up in doing what is fine, for in due season we shall reap if we do not tire out.’ ‘Work
what is good, especially toward those related to us in the faith.’—5:1; 6:9, 10.
18
Finally, there is the powerful warning that those who practice the works of the
flesh “will not inherit God’s kingdom.” Let all, then, turn completely from worldly filth
and strife and set their hearts entirely upon bringing forth the fruitage of the spirit,
which is “love, joy, peace, long-suffering, kindness, goodness, faith, mildness, selfcontrol.”—5:19-23.
*** w08 8/15 p. 26 - p. 27 Highlights From the Letters to the Galatians, the
3:16-18, 28, 29—Is the Abrahamic covenant still valid? Yes, it is. The Law
covenant was an addition to and not a replacement of God’s covenant with
Abraham. Therefore, the Abrahamic covenant remained in effect after the Law was
“abolished.” (Eph. 2:15) Its promises are passed on to Abraham’s true “seed”—
Christ Jesus, who is the primary one, and those who “belong to Christ.”
6:2—What is “the law of the Christ”? This law consists of all that Jesus taught
and commanded. It especially includes the commandment to “love one another.”—
TMS 2013
Top
Page 162
John 13:34.
6:8—How do we ‘sow with a view to the spirit’? We do this by living in a way
that allows God’s spirit to operate freely on us. Sowing with a view to the spirit
involves wholeheartedly participating in activities that promote the flow of the spirit.
Lessons for Us:
1:6-9. Christian elders need to act without delay when problems arise in the
congregation. Using sound reasoning along with the Scriptures, they can quickly
refute false reasoning.
2:20. The ransom is a personal gift from God to us. We should learn to view it
that way.—John 3:16.
5:7-9. Bad associations can ‘hinder us from keeping on obeying the truth.’ We
are wise to shun them.
6:1, 2, 5. Those with “spiritual qualifications” may help us to carry a burden, such
as something troublesome or heavy resulting from our unknowingly taking a false
step. When it comes to carrying the load of our spiritual responsibilities, though, we
must do it ourselves.
No. 1: Galatians 1:18-2:10
No. 2: Why Are There So Many Religions? (rs p. 322¶1-p. 323¶2)
*** rs p. 322 Religion ***
Why are there so many religions?
A recent tabulation concluded that there are 10 main religions and some 10,000
sects. Of these, some 6,000 exist in Africa, 1,200 in the United States, and hundreds
in other lands.
Many factors have contributed to the development of new religious groups. Some
have said that the various religions all represent different ways of presenting
religious truth. But a comparison of their teachings and practices with the Bible
indicates, rather, that the diversity of religions is because people have become
followers of men instead of listening to God. It is noteworthy that, to a large extent,
teachings they hold in common, but that differ from the Bible, originated in ancient
Babylon. (See pages 50, 51, under the heading “Babylon the Great.”)
Who is the instigator of such religious confusion? The Bible identifies Satan the
Devil as “the god of this system of things.” (2 Cor. 4:4) It warns us that “the things
which the nations sacrifice they sacrifice to demons, and not to God.” (1 Cor. 10:20)
TMS 2013
Top
Page 163
How vitally important, then, to make sure that we really are worshiping the true God,
the Creator of heaven and earth, and that our worship is pleasing to him!
Are all religions acceptable to God?
Judg. 10:6, 7: “The sons of Israel again proceeded to do what was bad in the
eyes of Jehovah, and they began to serve the Baals and the Ashtoreth images and
the gods of Syria and the gods of Sidon and the gods of Moab and the gods of the
sons of Ammon and the gods of the Philistines. So they left Jehovah and did not
serve him. At this Jehovah’s anger blazed against Israel.” (If a person worships any
thing or any person other than the true God, the Creator of heaven and earth, it is
evident that his form of worship is not acceptable to Jehovah.)
Mark 7:6, 7: “He [Jesus] said to them [the Jewish Pharisees and scribes]: ‘Isaiah
aptly prophesied about you hypocrites, as it is written, “This people honor me with
their lips, but their hearts are far removed from me. It is in vain that they keep
worshiping me, because they teach as doctrines commands of men.”’” (Regardless
of whom a group profess to worship, if they hold to doctrines of men instead of the
inspired Word of God, their worship is in vain.)
Rom. 10:2, 3: “I bear them witness that they have a zeal for God; but not
according to accurate knowledge; for, because of not knowing the righteousness of
God but seeking to establish their own, they did not subject themselves to the
righteousness of God.” (People may have God’s written Word but lack accurate
knowledge of what it contains, because they have not been taught properly. They
may feel that they are zealous for God, but they may not be doing what he requires.
Their worship is not going to please God, is it?)
No. 3: Why Jehovah Is Worthy to Receive Worship (Re 4:11)
*** w08 12/1 p. 31 A Creator Worthy of Our Praise ***
A Creator Worthy of Our Praise
Revelation 4:11
HAVE you ever wondered, ‘What is the meaning of life?’ Those who believe that
life is the result of mindless evolution grope in vain for the answer. Not so those who
accept the well-established truth that Jehovah God is the Source of life. (Psalm
36:9) They know that he had a purpose in creating us. That purpose is stated at
Revelation 4:11. Let us see how those words, penned by the apostle John, explain
why we are here.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 164
John presents a heavenly chorus extolling God: “You are worthy, Jehovah, even
our God, to receive the glory and the honor and the power, because you created all
things, and because of your will they existed and were created.” Jehovah alone is
worthy, or deserving, of such homage. Why? Because he “created all things.” What,
then, should his intelligent creatures be moved to do?
Jehovah is said to be worthy to “receive” glory, honor, and power. Without
question, he is the most glorious, honorable, and powerful Personage in the
universe. The majority of humankind, however, do not really recognize his
Creatorship. Even so, there are those who clearly see God’s “invisible qualities”
through the things he has made. (Romans 1:20) With appreciative hearts, they are
moved to give Jehovah glory and honor. They proclaim to all who will hear the
impressive evidence that Jehovah is the one who made all things wonderfully and
that he is therefore deserving of our reverential respect.—Psalm 19:1, 2; 139:14.
How, though, does Jehovah receive power from his worshippers? Of course, no
creature can confer power on the almighty Creator. (Isaiah 40:25, 26) Yet, being
created in God’s image, we are endowed with a measure of God’s attributes, one of
which is power. (Genesis 1:27) If we truly appreciate what our Creator has done for
us, we will be moved to use our power and energy to honor and glorify him. Instead
of expending our energy solely on advancing our own interests, we feel that
Jehovah God is worthy of receiving all our power as we serve him.—Mark 12:30.
Why, then, are we here? The last part of Revelation 4:11 answers: “Because of
your will they [all created things] existed and were created.” We did not will
ourselves into existence. We exist because of God’s will. For this reason, life lived
solely for self-interest is empty and meaningless. To find inner peace, joy,
satisfaction, and fulfillment, we need to learn what God’s will is and then bring our
life into harmony with it. Only then will we find the purpose of our creation and
existence.—Psalm 40:8.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 165
October
Oct 7 Bible Reading: Ephesians 1-6
No. 2: What It Means to Seek First God’s Righteousness (Mt 6:33)
No. 3: Is It True That There Is Good in All Religions (rs p. 323¶3-5)
Bible Reading: Ephesians 1-6
*** si pp. 220-221 pars. 2-4 Bible Book Number 49—Ephesians ***
2
Paul identifies himself as the writer in the very first word and four times refers or
alludes to himself as “the prisoner in the Lord.” (Eph. 1:1; 3:1, 13; 4:1; 6:20)
Arguments against Paul’s writership have come to nothing. The Chester Beatty
Papyrus No. 2 (P46), believed to be from about 200 C.E., has 86 leaves out of a
codex containing Paul’s epistles. Among them is the epistle to the Ephesians, thus
showing that it was grouped among his letters at that time.
3
Early ecclesiastical writers confirm that Paul wrote the letter and that it was “To
the Ephesians.” For example, Irenaeus, of the second century C.E., quoted
Ephesians 5:30 as follows: “As the blessed Paul says in the epistle to the
Ephesians, that we are members of his body.” Clement of Alexandria, of the same
period, quoted Ephesians 5:21 in reporting: “Wherefore, also, in the epistle to the
Ephesians he writes, Be subject one to another in the fear of God.” Origen, writing in
the first half of the third century C.E., quoted Ephesians 1:4 in saying: “But also the
apostle in the epistle to the Ephesians, uses the same language when he says, Who
chose us before the foundation of the world.” Eusebius, another authority on early
Christian history (c. 260-342 C.E.), includes Ephesians in the Bible canon, and most
other early ecclesiastical writers make references to Ephesians as part of the
inspired Scriptures.
4
The Chester Beatty Papyrus, the Vatican Manuscript No. 1209, and the Sinaitic
Manuscript omit the words “in Ephesus” in chapter 1, verse 1, and thus do not
indicate the destination of the letter. This fact, together with the absence of greetings
to individuals in Ephesus (though Paul had labored there for three years), has led
some to surmise that the letter may have been addressed elsewhere or at least that
TMS 2013
Top
Page 166
it may have been a circular letter to the congregations in Asia Minor, including
Ephesus. However, most other manuscripts include the words “in Ephesus,” and as
we have noted above, the early ecclesiastical writers accepted it as a letter to the
Ephesians.
WHY BENEFICIAL
16
The epistle to the Ephesians touches almost every aspect of the Christian’s
life. In view of the present-day upsurge of distressing problems and delinquency in
the world, Paul’s sound, practical advice is of real benefit to those who desire to live
godly lives. How should children conduct themselves toward parents, and parents
toward children? What are the responsibilities of a husband toward his wife, and of a
wife toward her husband? What must the individuals in the congregation do in order
to maintain unity in love and Christian purity in the midst of a wicked world? Paul’s
counsel covers all these questions, and he goes on to show what is involved in
putting on the new Christian personality. Through the study of Ephesians, all will be
able to gain real appreciation for the kind of personality that is pleasing to God and
that is “created according to God’s will in true righteousness and loyalty.”—4:24-32;
6:1-4; 5:3-5, 15-20, 22-33.
17
The letter also shows the purpose of appointments and assignments in the
congregation. This is “with a view to the readjustment of the holy ones, for ministerial
work, for the building up of the body of the Christ,” with maturity in view. By
cooperating fully in these congregational arrangements, the Christian can “by love
grow up in all things into him who is the head, Christ.”—4:12, 15.
18
The letter to the Ephesians greatly benefited the early congregation in
sharpening their understanding of “the sacred secret of the Christ.” Here it was
made plain that along with believing Jews, “people of the nations” were being called
to be “joint heirs and fellow members of the body and partakers . . . of the promise in
union with Christ Jesus through the good news.” The wall of partition, “the Law of
commandments,” that had fenced off Gentile from Jew had been abolished, and now
by the blood of the Christ, all had become fellow citizens of the holy ones and
members of the household of God. In striking contrast to the pagan temple of
Artemis, these were being built up together in union with Christ Jesus into a place
for God to inhabit by spirit—“a holy temple for Jehovah.”—3:4, 6; 2:15, 21.
19
With regard to “the sacred secret,” Paul also spoke of “an administration . . . to
gather all things together again in the Christ, the things in the heavens [those
chosen to be in the heavenly Kingdom] and the things on the earth [those who would
live on earth in the realm of the Kingdom].” Thus God’s grand purpose to restore
peace and unity is brought to the fore. In this connection Paul prayed in behalf of the
TMS 2013
Top
Page 167
Ephesians, the eyes of whose hearts had been enlightened, that they might fully
grasp the hope to which God had called them and see “what the glorious riches are
which he holds as an inheritance for the holy ones.” These words must have greatly
encouraged them in their hope. And the inspired letter to the Ephesians continues to
be upbuilding to the congregation in this day, that ‘in everything we may be filled
with all the fullness that God gives.’—1:9-11, 18; 3:19.
*** w08 8/15 p. 27 Highlights From the Letters to the Galatians, the Ephesians,
the Philippians, and the Colossians ***
‘GATHERING OF ALL THINGS IN THE CHRIST’
(Eph. 1:1–6:24)
Highlighting the theme of Christian unity in his letter to the Ephesians, Paul
speaks of “an administration at the full limit of the appointed times . . . to gather all
things together again in the Christ, the things in the heavens and the things on the
earth.” Christ has given “gifts in men” to help all to “attain to the oneness in the
faith.”—Eph. 1:10; 4:8, 13.
To honor God and promote unity, Christians should “put on the new personality”
and “be in subjection to one another in fear of Christ.” They also need “to stand firm
against the machinations of the Devil” by putting on the complete suit of spiritual
armor.—Eph. 4:24; 5:21; 6:11.
1:4-7—How were anointed Christians foreordained long before they were
born? They were foreordained as a group, or a class, not as individuals. This took
place before the sinful world of mankind came into existence. The prophecy
recorded at Genesis 3:15, declared before any sinful human was conceived,
includes God’s purpose to have certain followers of Christ rule with him in heaven.—
Gal. 3:16, 29.
2:2—How is the spirit of the world like the air, and where does its authority
lie? “The spirit of the world”—the spirit of independence and disobedience—is as
pervasive as the air we breathe. (1 Cor. 2:12) Its authority, or power, lies in its
persuasiveness, persistence, and relentlessness.
2:6—How can anointed Christians be “in the heavenly places” while still on
earth? The expression “heavenly places” here does not refer to their promised
heavenly inheritance. Rather, it denotes their exalted spiritual position resulting from
their being “sealed with the promised holy spirit.”—Eph. 1:13, 14.
Lessons for Us:
4:8, 11-15. Jesus Christ “carried away captives,” that is, took men away from
TMS 2013
Top
Page 168
Satan’s control to use them as gifts for the building up of the Christian congregation.
We can “by love grow up in all things into . . . Christ” by being obedient and
submissive to those taking the lead among us and by cooperating with congregation
arrangements.—Heb. 13:7, 17.
5:22-24, 33. Besides being in subjection to her husband, a wife is to respect him.
She does this by manifesting a “quiet and mild spirit” and by endeavoring to bring
him honor as she speaks well of him and works to make his decisions succeed.—
1 Pet. 3:3, 4; Titus 2:3-5.
5:25, 28, 29. Just as he “feeds” himself, a husband ought to be a good provider
for his wife—physically, emotionally, and spiritually. He should also cherish her by
spending adequate time with her and by treating her tenderly in speech and action.
6:10-13. To resist demonic forces, we need to be wholehearted in putting on the
suit of spiritual armor from God.
No. 2: What It Means to Seek First God’s Righteousness (Mt 6:33)
*** w11 2/15 pp. 24-25 Love Righteousness With All Your Heart ***
Seek God’s Righteousness
4
Read Matthew 6:33. Seeking God’s righteousness involves more than our
spending time preaching the good news of the Kingdom. For our sacred service to
be acceptable to Jehovah, our everyday conduct must harmonize with his high
standards. What has to be done by all who are seeking Jehovah’s righteousness?
They must “put on the new personality which was created according to God’s will in
true righteousness and loyalty.”—Eph. 4:24.
5
As we strive to live up to God’s righteous standards, we may sometimes
become discouraged because of our shortcomings. What can help us to overcome
debilitating discouragement and learn to love and practice righteousness? (Prov.
24:10) We must regularly approach Jehovah in prayer “with true hearts in the full
assurance of faith.” (Heb. 10:19-22) Whether we are anointed Christians or we have
an earthly hope, we exercise faith in the ransom sacrifice of Jesus Christ and in his
services as our great High Priest. (Rom. 5:8; Heb. 4:14-16) The effectiveness of
Jesus’ shed blood was illustrated in the very first issue of this magazine. (1 John
1:6, 7) The article stated: “It is a singular fact, that [when] a scarlet or crimson object
[is] viewed through a red glass in the light, the object appears white; so, though our
sins be as scarlet or crimson, when we come where God will view them through the
blood of Christ, they are accounted as white.” (July 1879, p. 6) What a marvelous
TMS 2013
Top
Page 169
provision Jehovah has made for us through the ransom sacrifice of his dear Son!—
Isa. 1:18.
*** w11 9/15 pp. 12-14 Are You Letting Jehovah Be Your Share? ***
Seeking First God’s Kingdom
6
Jesus taught his followers to seek first the Kingdom and God’s righteousness.
People of the world tend to seek personal interests first as “men of this system of
things, whose share is in this life.” (Read Psalm 17:1, 13-15.) With no regard for
their Creator, many devote themselves to making a comfortable living, raising a
family, and leaving behind an inheritance. Their share is in this life only. David, on
the other hand, was interested in making “a good name” with Jehovah, as his son
later recommended that all do. (Eccl. 7:1, ftn.) Just like Asaph, David saw that
having Jehovah as his Friend was far better than putting his own interests foremost
in life. He rejoiced in walking with God. In our time, many Christians have put
spiritual activities ahead of their secular employment.
7
Consider Jean-Claude, in the Central African Republic. He is a married elder
with three children. In that land, finding work is hard, and most people will do almost
anything to keep their job. One day, the production manager told Jean-Claude to
begin working nights—starting at 6:30 p.m., seven days a week. Jean-Claude
explained that in addition to supporting his family materially, he needed to care for
their spiritual welfare. He also stated that he had a responsibility to help the
congregation. The manager’s response? “If you are fortunate enough to have a job,
you must forget all other things, including your wife, your children, and your
problems. You must devote your life to your work—nothing but your work. Make
your choice: your religion or your work.” What would you have done? Well, JeanClaude realized that if he lost his job, God would look after him. He would still have
plenty to do in God’s service, and Jehovah would help care for his family’s material
needs. Thus, he attended the next midweek meeting. After that, he got ready to go
to work, not sure if he would even have a job. Just then, he got a phone call. The
manager had been fired, but our brother still had his job.
8
Some who have been in a situation where their job seemed at risk may have
wondered, ‘How will I fulfill my responsibility to provide for my family?’ (1 Tim. 5:8)
Whether you have faced a similar challenge or not, from your own experience you
are likely sure that you will never be disappointed if God is your share and you
highly treasure the privilege of serving him. When Jesus told his disciples to keep on
seeking first the kingdom, he assured them: “All these other things”—such as what
to eat, drink, or put on—“will be added to you.”—Matt. 6:33.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 170
9
Think of the Levites, who did not receive a land inheritance. Since pure worship
was their primary concern, for sustenance they had to rely on Jehovah, who told
them: “I am your share.” (Num. 18:20) Although we are not serving at a literal temple
as the priests and Levites did, we can imitate their spirit, having confidence that
Jehovah will provide for us. Our trust in God’s power to provide becomes more and
more important as we move deeper into the last days.—Rev. 13:17.
Seeking First God’s Righteousness
10
Jesus also urged his disciples to ‘keep on seeking first God’s righteousness.’
(Matt. 6:33) This means putting Jehovah’s standard of what is right and what is
wrong ahead of human norms. (Read Isaiah 55:8, 9.) You may recall that in the
past, a number of people were involved in growing tobacco or selling tobacco
products, training others in warfare, or producing and selling weapons of war. After
coming to a knowledge of the truth, most chose to change their employment and
qualify for baptism.—Isa. 2:4; 2 Cor. 7:1; Gal. 5:14.
11
Andrew is an example. When he and his wife learned about Jehovah, they
resolved to serve him. Andrew took much pride in his job but left it. Why? Because
he was working for a nonneutral organization and was determined to put first God’s
righteousness. When Andrew left that job, he had two children, no income, and
enough money to last just a few months. From a human standpoint, it may have
seemed that he had no ‘inheritance.’ He searched for a job, trusting in God. Looking
back, he and his family can confirm that Jehovah’s hand is not short. (Isa. 59:1) By
keeping their life simple, Andrew and his wife have even had the privilege of being in
full-time service. “There have been times when finances, housing, health, and just
growing older have made us anxious,” he says. “But Jehovah has always stood by
us. . . . We can say without a hint of doubt that serving Jehovah is, without question,
the most noble and rewarding human endeavor.”—Eccl. 12:13.
12
Jesus told his disciples: “If you have faith the size of a mustard grain, you will
say to this mountain, ‘Transfer from here to there,’ and it will transfer, and nothing
will be impossible for you.” (Matt. 17:20) Would you be able to put God’s standards
foremost if that would result in difficulties? If you are uncertain whether you could do
so, speak with other members of the congregation. You will no doubt find it
spiritually refreshing to hear their experiences.
No. 3: Is It True That There Is Good in All Religions (rs p. 323¶3-5)
*** rs p. 323 - p. 324 Religion ***
Is it true that there is good in all religions?
TMS 2013
Top
Page 171
Most religions do teach that a person should not lie or steal, and so
forth. But is that sufficient? Would you be happy to drink a glass of
poisoned water because someone assured you that most of what you
were getting was water?
2 Cor. 11:14, 15: “Satan himself keeps transforming himself into an
angel of light. It is therefore nothing great if his ministers also keep
transforming themselves into ministers of righteousness.” (Here we are
cautioned that not everything that originates with Satan may appear
hideous. One of his chief methods of deceiving mankind has been false
religion of all kinds, to some of which he gives a righteous
appearance.)
2 Tim. 3:2, 5: “Men will be . . . having a form of godly devotion but
proving false to its power; and from these turn away.” (Regardless of
their outward professions of love for God, if those with whom you
worship do not sincerely apply his Word in their own lives, the Bible
urges you to break off such association.)
TMS 2013
Top
Page 172
October
Oct 14 Bible Reading: Philippians 1-Colossians 4
No. 1: Philippians 3:17-4:9
No. 2: Is It Proper to Leave the Religion of One’s Parents? (rs p. 324¶1-3)
No. 3: How Can Prayer Help Us to Fight Temptation? (Lu 11;9-13; Jas 1:5)
Bible Reading: Philippians 1-Colossians 4
*** si p. 224 par. 4 Bible Book Number 50—Philippians ***
4
That Paul did write the letter, as stated in its first verse, is generally accepted by
Bible commentators, and with good reason. Polycarp (69?-155? C.E.) in his own
letter to the Philippians mentions that Paul had written to them. The letter is quoted
as from Paul by such early Bible commentators as Ignatius, Irenaeus, Tertullian, and
Clement of Alexandria. It is cited in the Muratorian Fragment of the second
century C.E. and in all other early canons, and it appears side by side with eight
other letters of Paul in the Chester Beatty Papyrus No. 2 (P46), believed to be from
about 200 C.E.
*** it-2 p. 631 Philippians, Letter to the ***
The letter breathes love. Paul never withheld commendation where due, nor did
he shrink back from giving necessary reproof, but in this case encouragement was
the thing needed. The congregation had their opponents, “workers of injury,” who
wanted to boast in fleshly connections and in circumcision of the flesh, but it appears
that the brothers were not seriously affected or upset. (Php 3:2) So Paul did not
have to present strong argument and reproof as, for example, in his letters to the
congregations in Galatia and Corinth. The only hint of correction was his exhortation
to unity on the part of Euodia and Syntyche. Throughout the letter he encourages
the Philippian congregation to continue in their fine course—seeking greater
discernment and getting a sure grip on the Word of life, a stronger faith, and hope in
the prize to come.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 173
*** si pp. 225-226 Bible Book Number 50—Philippians ***
WHY BENEFICIAL
12
How beneficial the book of Philippians is for us! We certainly desire Jehovah’s
approval and the same kind of commendation from our Christian overseers that the
congregation at Philippi received from Paul. This can be ours if we follow the fine
example of the Philippians and the loving counsel of Paul. Like the Philippians, we
should manifest generosity, be concerned to aid our brothers when they are in
difficulty, and share in the defending and legally establishing of the good news. (1:37) We should continue “standing firm in one spirit, with one soul striving side by side
for the faith of the good news,” shining as “illuminators” in among a crooked and
twisted generation. As we do these things and continue considering the things of
serious concern, we may become a joy to our brothers in the same way that the
Philippians became a crowning joy to the apostle Paul.—1:27; 2:15; 4:1, 8.
13
“Unitedly become imitators of me,” says Paul. Imitate him in what way? One
way is to be self-sufficient under all circumstances. Whether Paul had an abundance
or was in want, he learned to adjust himself uncomplainingly to the circumstances,
so as to continue zealously and with rejoicing in God’s ministry. All should be like
Paul, too, in showing tender affection for faithful brothers. With what affectionate joy
he spoke of the ministry of Timothy and Epaphroditus! And how close he felt to his
Philippian brothers, whom he addressed as “beloved and longed for, my joy and
crown”!—3:17; 4:1, 11, 12; 2:19-30.
14
How else may Paul be imitated? By “pursuing down toward the goal”! All who
have set their minds on the ‘things of serious concern’ are vitally interested in
Jehovah’s marvelous arrangement in heaven and earth, wherein ‘every tongue will
openly acknowledge that Jesus Christ is Lord to the glory of God the Father.’ The
fine counsel in Philippians encourages all who hope for eternal life in connection
with God’s Kingdom to pursue that goal. The letter to the Philippians, however, is
addressed primarily to those whose “citizenship exists in the heavens” and who
eagerly await being “conformed to [Christ’s] glorious body.” “Forgetting the things
behind and stretching forward to the things ahead,” let all of these imitate the apostle
Paul in “pursuing down toward the goal for the prize of the upward call,” their
glorious inheritance in the Kingdom of the heavens!—4:8; 2:10, 11; 3:13, 14, 20, 21.
*** w08 8/15 p. 27 - p. 28 Highlights From the Letters to the Galatians, the
“GO ON WALKING ORDERLY”
(Phil. 1:1–4:23)
TMS 2013
Top
Page 174
Paul’s letter to the Philippians breathes love. “This is what I continue praying,” he
says, “that your love may abound yet more and more with accurate knowledge and
full discernment.” Helping them to avoid the snare of overconfidence, he exhorts:
“Keep working out your own salvation with fear and trembling.”—Phil. 1:9; 2:12.
Paul encourages those who are mature to pursue “down toward the goal for the
prize of the upward call of God.” He states: “To what extent we have made progress,
let us go on walking orderly in this same routine.”—Phil. 3:14-16.
1:23 and footnote—From what “two things” was Paul under pressure, and
what “releasing” did he desire? Because of the circumstances he was in, Paul
was under pressure from the two possibilities open to him: life or death. (Phil. 1:21)
While not stating what he would choose, he makes known what he desired—“the
releasing and the being with Christ.” (Phil. 3:20, 21; 1 Thess. 4:16) This “releasing”
during Christ’s presence would result in Paul’s receiving the reward that Jehovah
had prepared for him.—Matt. 24:3.
2:12, 13—In what way does God cause us “to will and to act”? Jehovah’s
holy spirit can work in our heart and mind to increase our desire to do our very best
in his service. Hence, we are not without help as we ‘keep working out our own
salvation.’
Lessons for Us:
1:3-5. Though they were materially poor, the Philippians set a fine example for us
in displaying generosity.—2 Cor. 8:1-6.
2:5-11. As Jesus’ example shows, humility is not a sign of weakness but of moral
strength. Moreover, Jehovah exalts humble ones.—Prov. 22:4.
3:13. “The things behind” may be such things as a lucrative career, the security
of belonging to a wealthy family, or even serious past sins of which we have
repented and “been washed clean.” (1 Cor. 6:11) We should forget these things, that
is, cease to be concerned about them, and ‘stretch forward to the things ahead.’
*** si p. 226 Bible Book Number 51—Colossians ***
Bible Book Number 51—Colossians
Writer: Paul
Place Written: Rome
Writing Completed: c. 60–61 C.E.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 175
4
There are no grounds for doubting the authenticity of the letter to the Colossians.
Its presence with other Pauline epistles in the Chester Beatty Papyrus No. 2 (P46) of
about 200 C.E. shows that it was accepted by the early Christians as one of Paul’s
letters. Its genuineness is testified to by the same early authorities who testify to the
authenticity of Paul’s other letters.
*** si p. 228 Bible Book Number 51—Colossians ***
WHY BENEFICIAL
12
We can imagine how quickly the news of the arrival of the two brothers from
Rome circulated among the brothers at Colossae. With keen anticipation they would
assemble, possibly at Philemon’s house, to hear the reading of Paul’s letter.
(Philem. 2) What refreshing truths it provided on the exact position of Christ and the
need for accurate knowledge! How clearly were philosophies of men and Jewish
traditions put in their place, and the peace and the word of the Christ exalted! Here
was nourishment for mind and heart for all in the congregation—overseers,
husbands, wives, fathers, children, masters, slaves. Certainly there was good advice
for Philemon and Onesimus as they entered once again into the relation of master
and slave. What a fine lead was given to the overseers in restoring the flock to right
doctrine! How Paul’s words sharpened the Colossians’ appreciation for their
privilege of working whole-souled as to Jehovah! And the upbuilding counsel to the
Colossians on getting free from the enslaving thoughts and practices of the world
remains as a living message for the congregation today.—Col. 1:9-11, 17, 18; 2:8;
3:15, 16, 18-25; 4:1.
13
Excellent advice for the Christian minister is set out at Colossians 4:6: “Let
your utterance be always with graciousness, seasoned with salt, so as to know how
you ought to give an answer to each one.” Gracious words of truth will prove
appetizing to honesthearted persons and will work to their permanent benefit. Also,
the wide-awake prayer of the Christian, expressed from an appreciative heart, will
bring rich blessings from Jehovah: “Be persevering in prayer, remaining awake in it
with thanksgiving.” And what joy and upbuilding refreshment is to be found in
Christian association! “Keep on teaching and admonishing one another,” says Paul,
“singing in your hearts to Jehovah.” (4:2; 3:16) You will find many other gems of
sound, practical instruction as you search through the letter to the Colossians.
14
Concerning the observances of the Law, the letter says: “Those things are a
shadow of the things to come, but the reality belongs to the Christ.” (2:17) It is this
reality of the Christ that is highlighted in Colossians. The letter refers frequently to
TMS 2013
Top
Page 176
the glorious hope reserved in the heavens for those in union with Christ. (1:5, 27;
3:4) Such ones can be most thankful that the Father has already delivered them
from the authority of the darkness and transplanted them “into the kingdom of the
Son of his love.” Thus they have become subject to the One who is “the image of the
invisible God, the firstborn of all creation; because by means of him all other things
were created in the heavens and upon the earth, the things visible and the things
invisible, no matter whether they are thrones or lordships or governments or
authorities.” This One is eminently qualified to rule in righteousness in the Kingdom
of God. Thus, it is that Paul admonishes the anointed Christians: “If, however, you
were raised up with the Christ, go on seeking the things above, where the Christ is
seated at the right hand of God.”—1:12-16; 3:1.
*** w08 8/15 p. 28 Highlights From the Letters to the Galatians, the Ephesians,
the Philippians, and the Colossians ***
“BEING STABILIZED IN THE FAITH”
(Col. 1:1–4:18)
In his letter to the Colossians, Paul counteracts the wrong views of false
teachers. Salvation depends, he reasons, not on the requirements of the Law, but
on ‘continuing in the faith.’ Paul encourages the Colossians to “go on walking in
union with [Christ], rooted and being built up in him and being stabilized in the faith.”
How should such stabilization affect them?—Col. 1:23; 2:6, 7.
“Besides all these things,” writes Paul, “clothe yourselves with love, for it is a
perfect bond of union. Also, let the peace of the Christ control in your hearts.” The
apostle tells them: “Whatever you are doing, work at it whole-souled as to Jehovah,
and not to men.” Regarding those outside the congregation, he says: “Go on walking
in wisdom toward” them.—Col. 3:14, 15, 23; 4:5.
2:8—What are “the elementary things of the world” against which Paul
warned? These are the elements of Satan’s world—basic things or principles that
make up, guide, or motivate it. (1 John 2:16) Included among these are the
philosophy, materialism, and false religions of this world.
4:16—Why is the letter to the Laodiceans not part of the Bible? This could
be because the letter did not contain information necessary for today. Or it may be
that it repeated points from other canonical letters.
Lessons for Us:
1:2, 20. The ransom, a provision of God’s undeserved kindness, can clear our
TMS 2013
Top
Page 177
conscience of guilt and give us inner peace.
2:18, 23. “Mock humility”—a pretense of humility to impress others perhaps by
renouncing material things or by treating the body with severity—is an indication of
one’s being ‘puffed up by one’s fleshly frame of mind.’
No. 1: Philippians 3:17-4:9
No. 2: Is It Proper to Leave the Religion of One’s Parents? (rs p. 324¶1-3)
*** rs p. 324 - p. 325 Religion ***
Is it proper to leave the religion of one’s parents?
If what our parents taught us is really from the Bible, we should hold on to it.
Even if we learn that their religious practices and beliefs are out of harmony with
God’s Word, our parents deserve our respect. But what if you learned that a certain
habit of your parents was harmful to health and could shorten a person’s life? Would
you imitate them and encourage your children to do so, or would you respectfully
share with them what you learned? Similarly, knowledge of Bible truth brings
responsibility. If possible, we should share with family members what we learn. We
must make a decision: Do we really love God? Do we really want to obey God’s
Son? Our doing so may require that we leave the religion of our parents to take up
true worship. It certainly would not be fitting to allow our devotion to our parents to
be greater than our love for God and Christ, would it? Jesus said: “He that has
greater affection for father or mother than for me is not worthy of me; and he that
has greater affection for son or daughter than for me is not worthy of me.”—Matt.
10:37.
Josh. 24:14: “Now fear Jehovah and serve him in faultlessness and in truth, and
remove the gods that your forefathers served on the other side of the River and in
Egypt, and serve Jehovah.” (That meant a change from the religion of their
forefathers, did it not? To serve Jehovah acceptably, they had to get rid of any
images used in such religion and cleanse their hearts of any desire for those things.)
1 Pet. 1:18, 19: “You know that it was not with corruptible things, with silver or
gold, that you were delivered from your fruitless form of conduct received by tradition
from your forefathers. But it was with precious blood, like that of an unblemished and
spotless lamb, even Christ’s.” (So, early Christians turned away from those traditions
of their forefathers, which traditions could never give them eternal life. Gratitude for
the sacrifice of Christ made them eager to get rid of anything that caused their lives
to be fruitless, lacking real meaning because they did not honor God. Should not we
have the same attitude?)
TMS 2013
Top
Page 178
No. 3: How Can Prayer Help Us to Fight Temptation? (Lu 11;9-13; Jas 1:5)
*** w09 2/1 p. 17 About Prayers That God Hears ***
Why should we persevere in prayer?
Jesus dedicated time to prayer and encouraged his followers “always to pray and
not to give up.” (Luke 18:1) Jehovah invites us to express our confidence in him by
speaking to him repeatedly about things that concern us. “Keep on asking, and it will
be given you,” said Jesus. But this does not mean that Jehovah is reluctant to
respond to those who love and respect him as a Father. Rather, Jesus said: “If you,
although being wicked, know how to give good gifts to your children, how much
more so will the Father in heaven give holy spirit to those asking him!”—Luke 11:513.
*** w04 12/15 pp. 19-20 Do You Accept Jehovah’s Help? ***
The Help of the Holy Spirit
11
Jesus promised: “I will request the Father and he will give you another helper
to be with you forever, the spirit of the truth, which the world cannot receive.” (John
14:16, 17) This “spirit of the truth,” or holy spirit, is not a person but a force—
Jehovah’s own active force. It is powerful beyond measure. It is the force that
Jehovah used in creating the universe, in performing spectacular miracles, and in
providing visionary revelations of his will. Since Jehovah is not using his spirit in
those specific ways today, does that mean that we do not need it?
12
On the contrary! In these “critical times hard to deal with,” we need Jehovah’s
spirit more than ever. (2 Timothy 3:1) It strengthens us to bear up under trials. It
helps us to cultivate beautiful qualities that draw us closer to Jehovah and to our
spiritual brothers and sisters. (Galatians 5:22, 23) How, then, can we benefit from
this marvelous help from Jehovah?
13
First, we need to pray for holy spirit. Jesus said: “If you, although being wicked,
know how to give good gifts to your children, how much more so will the Father in
heaven give holy spirit to those asking him!” (Luke 11:13) Yes, Jehovah is the best
Father imaginable. If in faith we sincerely ask him for holy spirit, it is inconceivable
that he would deny us this gift. The question, then, is, Do we ask for it? We have
good reason to make that request in our prayers every day.
14
Second, we accept that gift by working in harmony with it. To illustrate:
Suppose a Christian is struggling with a tendency to view pornography. He has
prayed for holy spirit to help him resist this filthy habit. He has sought counsel from
TMS 2013
Top
Page 179
Christian elders, and they have advised him to take decisive action, refraining from
even going near such debasing material. (Matthew 5:29) What if he ignores their
counsel and exposes himself to further temptation? Is he working in harmony with
his prayer for the holy spirit to help him? Or is he, rather, running the risk of grieving
God’s spirit and losing out on this gift? (Ephesians 4:30) Really, all of us need to do
everything we can to make sure that we continue to receive this wonderful help from
Jehovah.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 180
October
Oct 21 Bible Reading: 1 Thessalonians-2 Thessalonians 3
No. 2: What Can We Learn From the Good and the Bad Things That Solomon Did? (Ro 15:4)
No. 3: What Is the Bible’s View as to Interfaith? (rs p. 325¶1-p. 326¶1)
Bible Reading: 1 Thessalonians-2 Thessalonians 3
THESSALONIANS (First Book)
2
The evidence supporting the authenticity and integrity of the letter is overwhelming.
Paul identifies himself by name as the writer, and the book is internally harmonious
with the rest of the inspired Word. (1 Thess. 1:1; 2:18) The epistle is mentioned by
name in many of the earliest catalogs of the inspired Scriptures, including the
Muratorian Fragment. First Thessalonians is either quoted or alluded to by many of
the early ecclesiastical writers, including Irenaeus (second century C.E.), who
mentions it by name. The Chester Beatty Papyrus No. 2 (P46), of about 200 C.E.,
contains First Thessalonians, and another papyrus of the third century (P30), now in
Ghent, Belgium, contains fragments of both First and Second Thessalonians.
prayer emphasized: it-2 1090
*** it-2 p. 1090 Thessalonians, Letters to the ***
Noteworthy, too, is the emphasis placed on prayer in these letters. Paul, along
with his fellow workers, always remembered the Thessalonians in prayer (1Th 1:2;
2:13; 2Th 1:3, 11; 2:13), and the apostle encouraged them: “Pray incessantly. In
connection with everything give thanks.” (1Th 5:17, 18) “Brothers, continue in prayer
for us.”—1Th 5:25; 2Th 3:1.
why beneficial: w95 5/15 14; si 231
*** w95 5/15 p. 14 par. 18 Flashes of Light in Apostolic Times ***
TMS 2013
Top
Page 181
18
In his letter to Christians in Thessalonica, Paul was used to throw light on the
future. Jehovah’s day would come as a thief in the night. Paul also explained:
“Whenever it is that they are saying: ‘Peace and security!’ then sudden destruction is
to be instantly upon them just as the pang of distress upon a pregnant woman; and
they will by no means escape.”—1 Thessalonians 5:2, 3.
*** si p. 231 Bible Book Number 52—1 Thessalonians ***
WHY BENEFICIAL
13
In this letter Paul demonstrated a spirit of loving concern for his brothers. He
and his fellow ministers had set a noble example of tender affection, imparting not
only the good news of God but even their own souls in behalf of their beloved
brothers in Thessalonica. Let all overseers endeavor to forge such ties of love with
their congregations! Such expression of love will incite all to show love for one
another, even as Paul said: “Moreover, may the Lord cause you to increase, yes,
make you abound, in love to one another and to all, even as we also do to you.” This
love expressed willingly among all of God’s people is most upbuilding. It makes
hearts “firm, unblamable in holiness before our God and Father at the presence of
our Lord Jesus with all his holy ones.” It sets Christians apart from a corrupt and
immoral world so they can walk in holiness and sanctification and thus please
God.—3:12, 13; 2:8; 4:1-8.
14
This letter provides an excellent model of tactful, loving counsel in the Christian
congregation. Though the Thessalonian brothers were zealous and faithful, there
were points of correction to be made. In each case, however, Paul commends the
brothers on their good qualities. For example, in warning against moral uncleanness,
he first commends them on walking so as to please God and then urges them to do
it “more fully,” each one keeping his vessel in sanctification and honor. Then, after
commending them on their brotherly love, he exhorts them to continue in this way “in
fuller measure,” minding their own business and living decent lives before those on
the outside. Tactfully Paul directs his brothers to “pursue what is good toward one
another and to all others.”—4:1-7, 9-12; 5:15.
15
On four occasions Paul makes mention of the “presence” of Jesus Christ.
Apparently the newly converted Christians at Thessalonica were very much
interested in this teaching. While in their city, Paul had no doubt preached boldly
concerning God’s Kingdom in the hands of Christ, as is indicated by the accusation
brought against him and his companions: “All these men act in opposition to the
decrees of Caesar, saying there is another king, Jesus.” (Acts 17:7; 1 Thess. 2:19;
3:13; 4:15; 5:23) The Thessalonian brothers had set their hope on the Kingdom and,
having faith toward God, were waiting “for his Son from the heavens, whom he
raised up from the dead, namely, Jesus,” to deliver them from the wrath to come.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 182
Likewise, all who hope in God’s Kingdom today need to heed the fine counsel of
First Thessalonians to abound in love, with hearts firm and unblamable, so that they
may ‘go on walking worthily of God who is calling them to his kingdom and glory.’—
1 Thess. 1:8, 10; 3:12, 13; 2:12.
*** w08 9/15 p. 29 - p. 30 Highlights From the Letters to the Thessalonians and
to Timothy ***
“STAY AWAKE”
(1 Thess. 1:1–5:28)
Paul commends the Thessalonians for ‘their faithful work, their loving labor, and
their endurance.’ He tells them that they are his ‘hope and joy and crown of
exultation.’—1 Thess. 1:3; 2:19.
After encouraging the Christians in Thessalonica to comfort one another with the
resurrection hope, Paul states: “Jehovah’s day is coming exactly as a thief in the
night.” He counsels them to “stay awake” and keep their senses.—1 Thess. 4:16-18;
5:2, 6.
4:15-17—Who are “caught away in clouds to meet the Lord in the air,” and
how does this happen? These are anointed Christians who are alive during
Christ’s presence in Kingdom power. They “meet the Lord” Jesus in the invisible
heavenly realm. To experience this, though, they first need to die and be resurrected
as spirit creatures. (Rom. 6:3-5; 1 Cor. 15:35, 44) Christ’s presence has already
begun, so anointed Christians who die today do not remain dead. They are “caught
away,” or raised instantly.—1 Cor. 15:51, 52.
5:23—What did Paul mean when he prayed that “the spirit and soul and
body of [the] brothers be preserved”? Paul was referring to the spirit, soul, and
body of the composite Christian congregation, which included spirit-anointed
Christians in Thessalonica. Instead of simply praying that the congregation be
preserved, he prayed for the preservation of its “spirit,” or mental disposition. He
also prayed for its “soul,” its life, or existence, and for its “body”—the composite
body of anointed Christians. (1 Cor. 12:12, 13) The prayer thus highlights Paul’s
intense concern for the congregation.
Lessons for Us:
1:3, 7; 2:13; 4:1-12; 5:15. An effective way to give counsel is to mix due
commendation with encouragement to do better.
4:1, 9, 10. Jehovah’s worshippers should continue to make spiritual progress.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 183
5:1-3, 8, 20, 21. As Jehovah’s day approaches, we should “keep our senses and
have on the breastplate of faith and love and as a helmet the hope of salvation.”
Moreover, we should pay serious attention to God’s prophetic Word, the Bible.
THESSALONIANS (Second Book)
2
The letter’s authenticity is just as well attested as the authenticity of First
Thessalonians. It also is quoted by Irenaeus (second century C.E.) as well as by
other early writers, including Justin Martyr (also of the second century), who
apparently refers to 2 Thessalonians 2:3 when writing of “the man of lawlessness
[sin].” It appears in the same early catalogs as First Thessalonians. Though it is now
missing from the Chester Beatty Papyrus No. 2 (P46), it was almost certainly
contained in the first two of seven leaves that are missing after First Thessalonians.
Paul’s conclusion: it-2 1091
Possibly even a letter wrongly attributed to Paul was interpreted as indicating that
“the day of Jehovah is here.” (2Th 2:1, 2) This may have been why the apostle made
a point of the genuineness of his second letter, saying: “Here is my greeting, Paul’s,
in my own hand, which is a sign in every letter; this is the way I write.” (3:17) Not
wanting the brothers to be seduced into accepting erroneous teaching, Paul showed
that other events had to precede the coming of Jehovah’s day. He wrote: “It will not
come unless the apostasy comes first and the man of lawlessness gets revealed.”—
2:3.
*** si p. 233 Bible Book Number 53—2 Thessalonians ***
WHY BENEFICIAL
10
This short inspired letter to the Thessalonians touches on a vast array of
Christian truth, all of which is beneficial for consideration. Consider the following
basic teachings and principles that are covered: Jehovah is the God of salvation,
and he sanctifies by spirit and faith in the truth (2:13); the Christian must endure
suffering to be counted worthy of the Kingdom of God (1:4, 5); Christians are to be
gathered together to the Lord Jesus Christ at his presence (2:1); Jehovah will bring
righteous judgment on those who disobey the good news (1:5-8); those called will be
glorified in union with Christ Jesus, in accordance with God’s undeserved kindness
(1:12); they are called through the preaching of the good news (2:14); faith is a vital
requirement (1:3, 4, 10, 11; 2:13; 3:2); it is proper to work in order to provide for
oneself in the ministry; if a person does not work, he may become lazy and start to
meddle in things that do not concern him (3:8-12); the love of God is associated with
TMS 2013
Top
Page 184
endurance (3:5). What a treasure of upbuilding information can be found in one
short inspired letter!
11
In this letter Paul showed deep concern for the spiritual welfare of his brothers
in Thessalonica and for the unity and prosperity of the congregation. He set them
right on the timing of the day of Jehovah, showing that “the man of lawlessness”
must first appear, to sit down in “the temple of The God, publicly showing himself to
be a god.” However, those “counted worthy of the kingdom of God” may have
absolute assurance that the Lord Jesus will in due course be revealed from heaven,
taking vengeance in flaming fire “at the time he comes to be glorified in connection
with his holy ones and to be regarded in that day with wonder in connection with all
those who exercised faith.”—2:3, 4; 1:5, 10.
*** w08 9/15 p. 30 Highlights From the Letters to the Thessalonians and to
Timothy ***
“STAND FIRM”
(2 Thess. 1:1–3:18)
Twisting what Paul said in his first letter, some in the congregation apparently
contend that “the presence of [the] Lord” is at hand. To correct that viewpoint, Paul
relates what has to ‘come first.’—2 Thess. 2:1-3.
Paul exhorts: “Stand firm and maintain your hold on the traditions that you were
taught.” He gives them orders “to withdraw from every brother walking disorderly.”—
2 Thess. 2:15; 3:6.
2:3, 8—Who is “the man of lawlessness,” and how will he be done away
with? This composite “man” is the clergy class of Christendom. The one authorized
to declare God’s judgments against the wicked and to give orders to execute them is
“the Word”—God’s Chief Spokesman, Jesus Christ. (John 1:1) Hence, it can be said
that Jesus will do away with the man of lawlessness “by the spirit [activating force] of
his mouth.”
2:13, 14—How have the anointed Christians been ‘selected from the
beginning for salvation’? The anointed as a class were foreordained when
Jehovah purposed for the seed of the woman to bruise Satan in the head. (Gen.
3:15) Jehovah also prescribed the requirements they must meet, the work they
would do, and the testing they would undergo. He thus called them for ‘this destiny.’
Lessons for Us:
TMS 2013
Top
Page 185
1:6-9. Jehovah’s judgments are executed selectively.
3:8-12. The nearness of Jehovah’s day should not be used as an excuse for not
working to provide for our needs and to support ourselves in the ministry. Idleness
can make us lazy and induce us to become “a busybody in other people’s
matters.”—1 Pet. 4:15.
No. 2: What Can We Learn From the Good and the Bad Things That Solomon Did? (Ro 15:4)
*** w11 12/15 pp. 8-12 pars. 2-21 Is He a Good Example for You or a Warning?
***
We will first note two ways in which he was a good example.
“The Wisdom of Solomon”
3
The Greater Solomon, Jesus Christ, spoke favorably of King Solomon, setting
him before us as a good example. Jesus told some doubting Jews: “The queen of
the south will be raised up in the judgment with this generation and will condemn it;
because she came from the ends of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon, but,
look! something more than Solomon is here.” (Matt. 12:42) Yes, Solomon was
famous for his wisdom, and he urged us to acquire it.
4
At the start of Solomon’s kingship, God appeared to him in a dream and invited
him to make a request. Aware of his limited experience, Solomon requested
wisdom. (Read 1 Kings 3:5-9.) Pleased that the king asked for wisdom rather than
for riches and glory, God gave Solomon “a wise and understanding heart”—as well
as prosperity. (1 Ki. 3:10-14) As Jesus mentioned, Solomon’s wisdom was so
outstanding that the queen of Sheba heard of it and made a long trip to experience it
for herself.—1 Ki. 10:1, 4-9.
5
We personally do not expect to receive wisdom miraculously. Solomon said that
“Jehovah himself gives wisdom,” but he wrote that we should strive to gain that
godly quality: “Pay attention to wisdom with your ear, that you may incline your heart
to discernment.” Related to that, he used expressions such as “call out for,” “keep
seeking for,” and “keep searching for” wisdom. (Prov. 2:1-6) Clearly, we can gain
wisdom.
6
It would be good to ask, ‘Am I taking to heart Solomon’s example of treasuring
divine wisdom?’ Economic uncertainties have moved many to concentrate on their
job and finances or have influenced decisions about the type and amount of
education to seek. What about you and your family? Do your choices indicate that
TMS 2013
Top
Page 186
you are treasuring and seeking divine wisdom? Would adjusting your focus or goals
allow you to acquire more wisdom? Really, gaining and applying wisdom is for your
lasting good. Solomon wrote: “In that case you will understand righteousness and
judgment and uprightness, the entire course of what is good.”—Prov. 2:9.
Elevating True Worship Brought Peace
7
Early in his reign, Solomon took steps to replace the tabernacle, in use since
Moses’ day, with a magnificent temple. (1 Ki. 6:1) We may call it Solomon’s temple,
but it was not his idea or his way to make a name for himself as an architect or a
wealthy benefactor. In fact, it was David who first proposed building a temple,
whereupon God gave David detailed plans for the temple and its furnishings. And
David made a great contribution to finance the work. (2 Sam. 7:2, 12, 13; 1 Chron.
22:14-16) Still, it fell on Solomon to carry out this building project that went on for
seven and a half years.—1 Ki. 6:37, 38; 7:51.
8
Thus Solomon set a good example for us of persevering in good works, and he
kept the right focus. When the temple was finished and the ark of the covenant was
placed in it, Solomon offered a public prayer. In part, he prayed to Jehovah: “[May
your] eyes . . . prove to be opened toward this house night and day, toward the
place of which you said, ‘My name will prove to be there,’ to listen to the prayer with
which your servant prays toward this place.” (1 Ki. 8:6, 29) Israelites and foreigners
could pray toward this structure on which God’s name was called.—1 Ki. 8:30, 4143, 60.
9
What resulted from Solomon’s elevating of true worship? After celebrating the
temple’s inauguration, the people were “rejoicing and feeling merry of heart over all
the goodness that Jehovah had performed for David his servant and for Israel.”
(1 Ki. 8:65, 66) In fact, remarkable peace and prosperity marked Solomon’s 40-year
reign. (Read 1 Kings 4:20, 21, 25.) Psalm 72 reflects that and gives us insight into
the blessings we will enjoy under the rule of the Greater Solomon, Jesus Christ.—
Ps. 72:6-8, 16.
Solomon’s Warning Example
10
Why, though, can we say that Solomon’s life course is also a warning
example? You may think first of his foreign wives and concubines. We read: “It came
about in the time of Solomon’s growing old that his wives themselves had inclined
his heart to follow other gods; and his heart did not prove to be complete with
Jehovah.” (1 Ki. 11:1-6) Undoubtedly, you are determined never to imitate his foolish
course. But is that the only warning we find in Solomon’s life? Consider some details
of his life that are easily overlooked, and see what warning you find.
11
Solomon reigned for 40 years. (2 Chron. 9:30) Hence, what can you conclude
TMS 2013
Top
Page 187
from 1 Kings 14:21? (Read.) According to that verse, upon Solomon’s death his son
Rehoboam became king at age 41, his mother being “Naamah the Ammonitess.”
This means that before Solomon became king, he married a foreigner from an
enemy nation that served idol gods. (Judg. 10:6; 2 Sam. 10:6) Did she worship
them? Even if she did at one time, she may have turned away from idols and may
have become a true worshipper, as did Rahab and Ruth. (Ruth 1:16; 4:13-17; Matt.
1:5, 6) Still, Solomon likely came to have Ammonite in-laws and relatives who did
not serve Jehovah.
12
And things definitely took a bad turn after he became king. Solomon formed “a
marriage alliance with Pharaoh the king of Egypt and [took] Pharaoh’s daughter and
[brought] her to the City of David.” (1 Ki. 3:1) Did this Egyptian woman imitate Ruth
by taking up true worship? Nothing indicates that she did so. Rather, in time
Solomon built a house for her (and perhaps her Egyptian maids) outside the City of
David. Why? The Scriptures say that he did so because it was not fitting for a false
worshipper to dwell near the ark of the covenant.—2 Chron. 8:11.
13
Solomon may have seen political advantages in marrying an Egyptian
princess, yet could he justify it? Long before, God had forbidden the marrying of
pagan Canaanites, even listing certain peoples. (Ex. 34:11-16) Did Solomon reason
that Egypt was not one of those listed nations? Even if he reasoned that way, would
such rationalizing be valid? Actually, his course ignored the clear risk that Jehovah
had mentioned—that of turning an Israelite from true worship to false.—Read
Deuteronomy 7:1-4.
14
Will we let Solomon’s course be a warning example for us? A sister might
attempt to rationalize forming a romantic link that ignores God’s directive to marry
“only in the Lord.” (1 Cor. 7:39) With similar rationalizing, one might share in
extracurricular sports or clubs at school, underreport taxable income, or tell untruths
when asked to reveal actions that could be embarrassing. The point is, Solomon
must have used imperfect reasoning to get around what God commanded, and that
same danger exists for us.
15
It is interesting that after mentioning Solomon’s marriage to that foreign
princess, the Bible relates that God granted his request for wisdom, and He also
added riches. (1 Ki. 3:10-13) Solomon had ignored God’s instructions, yet there is
no indication that Jehovah quickly rejected him as king or strongly disciplined him.
That accords with the fact that God realizes that we are imperfect humans, made
from dust. (Ps. 103:10, 13, 14) Remember though: Our actions can have
consequences now or perhaps down the line.
So Many Wives!
TMS 2013
Top
Page 188
16
In the Song of Solomon, the king said admiringly of a certain virgin that she
was more beautiful than 60 queens and 80 concubines. (Song of Sol. 6:1, 8-10) If
that refers to Solomon’s situation, he had acquired that many women at that point in
his reign. Even if most or all of them were true worshippers, God’s direction through
Moses was that a king of Israel should “not multiply wives for himself, that his heart
may not turn aside.” (Deut. 17:17) Again, though, Jehovah did not simply turn away
from Solomon. In fact, God still blessed Solomon, using him to compose the Bible
book Song of Solomon.
17
Does this suggest that Solomon could ignore God’s direction with impunity or
that we can do so? No. Rather, it shows that God’s forbearance can go on for some
time. Yet, that one of God’s people can ignore his direction with no immediate
negative consequence does not mean that there will be no sad outcome eventually.
Recall what Solomon wrote: “Because sentence against a bad work has not been
executed speedily, that is why the heart of the sons of men has become fully set in
them to do bad.” He added: “I am also aware that it will turn out well with those
fearing the true God, because they were in fear of him.”—Eccl. 8:11, 12.
18
If only Solomon had kept heeding that divine truth! Yes, he had done much
good and had long enjoyed divine blessings. But over time, he took one false step
after another. A bad pattern developed. How true what the apostle Paul was later
inspired to write: “Do not be misled: God is not one to be mocked. For whatever a
man is sowing, this he will also reap”! (Gal. 6:7) In time, Solomon reaped sad
fruitage from ignoring God’s direction. We read: “King Solomon himself loved many
foreign wives along with the daughter of Pharaoh, Moabite, Ammonite, Edomite,
Sidonian and Hittite women.” (1 Ki. 11:1) Many of those likely remained attached to
false gods, and Solomon was not immune. He went astray and lost the favor of our
patient God.—Read 1 Kings 11:4-8.
Learn From His Example—Good and Bad
19
Jehovah kindly inspired Paul to write: “All the things that were written aforetime
were written for our instruction, that through our endurance and through the comfort
from the Scriptures we might have hope.” (Rom. 15:4) Those written things include
many good examples, men and women of outstanding faith. Paul could say: “What
more shall I say? For the time will fail me if I go on to relate about Gideon, Barak,
Samson, Jephthah, David as well as Samuel and the other prophets, who through
faith defeated kingdoms in conflict, effected righteousness, obtained promises, . . .
from a weak state were made powerful.” (Heb. 11:32-34) We can and should benefit
from the good examples found in the Scriptures, following or imitating what is
presented in those fine Biblical accounts.
20
Certain Bible accounts, however, include warning examples. We can find some
TMS 2013
Top
Page 189
of those in the lives of men and women whom Jehovah at one point accepted and
used as his servants. As we read the Bible, we can note where and how some of
God’s people went astray and thus became warning examples. We can discern that
some gradually developed wrong attitudes or tendencies, which eventually produced
sad consequences. How can we draw lessons from such accounts? We may want to
ask ourselves such questions as: ‘How did that develop? Might such a trend develop
in my case? What can I do to avoid that and instead to benefit from this warning
example?’
21
We certainly should consider these examples seriously, for Paul was inspired
to write: “These things went on befalling them as examples, and they were written
for a warning to us upon whom the ends of the systems of things have arrived.”—
1 Cor. 10:11.
No. 3: What Is the Bible’s View as to Interfaith? (rs p. 325¶1-p. 326¶1)
*** rs p. 325 - p. 326 Religion ***
What is the Bible’s viewpoint as to interfaith?
How did Jesus view religious leaders who pretended to be righteous but
disrespected God? “Jesus said to them: ‘If God were your Father, you would love
me, for from God I came forth and am here. Neither have I come of my own initiative
at all, but that One sent me forth. . . . You are from your father the Devil, and you
wish to do the desires of your father. That one was a manslayer when he began,
and he did not stand fast in the truth, because truth is not in him. When he speaks
the lie, he speaks according to his own disposition, because he is a liar and the
father of the lie. Because I, on the other hand, tell the truth, you do not believe me.
. . . This is why you do not listen, because you are not from God.’”—John 8:42-47.
Would it demonstrate loyalty to God and to his righteous standards if his servants
were to embrace in religious brotherhood those who themselves practice what God
condemns or who condone such practices? “Quit mixing in company with anyone
called a brother that is a fornicator or a greedy person or an idolater or a reviler or a
drunkard or an extortioner, not even eating with such a man. . . . Neither fornicators,
nor idolaters, nor adulterers, nor men kept for unnatural purposes, nor men who lie
with men, nor thieves, nor greedy persons, nor drunkards, nor revilers, nor
extortioners will inherit God’s kingdom.” (1 Cor. 5:11; 6:9, 10) “Whoever . . . wants to
be a friend of the world is constituting himself an enemy of God.” (Jas. 4:4) “O you
lovers of Jehovah, hate what is bad. He is guarding the souls of his loyal ones.”—
Ps. 97:10.
2 Cor. 6:14-17: “Do not become unevenly yoked with unbelievers. For what
TMS 2013
Top
Page 190
fellowship do righteousness and lawlessness have? Or what sharing does light have
with darkness? Further, what harmony is there between Christ and Belial? Or what
portion does a faithful person have with an unbeliever? And what agreement does
God’s temple have with idols? . . . ‘“Therefore get out from among them, and
separate yourselves,” says Jehovah, “and quit touching the unclean thing”’; ‘“and I
will take you in.”’”
Rev. 18:4, 5: “I heard another voice out of heaven say: ‘Get out of her, my
people, if you do not want to share with her in her sins, and if you do not want to
receive part of her plagues. For her sins have massed together clear up to heaven,
and God has called her acts of injustice to mind.’” (For details, see the main heading
“Babylon the Great.”)
TMS 2013
Top
Page 191
October
Oct 28 Bible Reading: 1 Timothy-2 Timothy 4
Bible Reading: 1 Timothy-2 Timothy 4
5
The two letters to Timothy have been accepted from the earliest times as written
by Paul and as being part of the inspired Scriptures. The early Christian writers,
including Polycarp, Ignatius, and Clement of Rome, all agree on this, and the letters
are included in the catalogs of the first few centuries as Paul’s writings. One
authority writes: “There are few N[ew] T[estament] writings which have stronger
attestation . . . Objections to authenticity must therefore be regarded as modern
innovations contrary to the strong evidence from the early church.”
*** si pp. 236-237 Bible Book Number 54—1 Timothy ***
WHY BENEFICIAL
15
This letter provides a stern warning for those who dabble in vain speculations
and philosophical arguments. “Debates about words” are allied to pride and are to
be avoided, for Paul tells us that they obstruct Christian growth, furnishing only
“questions for research rather than a dispensing of anything by God in connection
with faith.” (6:3-6; 1:4) Along with the works of the flesh, these disputings are “in
opposition to the healthful teaching according to the glorious good news of the
happy God.”—1:10, 11.
16
The Christians in money-greedy Ephesus apparently needed counsel on
fighting materialism and its distractions. Paul gave that counsel. The world has freely
quoted him in saying, ‘The love of money is the root of all evil,’ but how few pay
heed to his words! On the contrary, true Christians need to heed this advice all the
time. It means life to them. They need to flee from the hurtful snare of materialism,
resting their hope, “not on uncertain riches, but on God, who furnishes us all things
richly for our enjoyment.”—6:6-12, 17-19.
17
Paul’s letter shows that Timothy himself was a fine example of what a young
TMS 2013
Top
Page 192
Christian should be. Though relatively young in years, he was mature in spiritual
growth. He had reached out to qualify as an overseer and was richly blessed in the
privileges he enjoyed. But like all zealous young ministers today, he needed to keep
pondering over these things and to be absorbed in them so as to make continued
advancement. Timely is Paul’s advice to all who seek continued joy in making
Christian progress: “Pay constant attention to yourself and to your teaching. Stay by
these things, for by doing this you will save both yourself and those who listen to
you.”—4:15, 16.
18
This inspired letter instills appreciation for God’s orderly arrangements. It
shows how both men and women may do their part in maintaining theocratic
harmony in the congregation. (2:8-15) Then it goes on to discuss the qualifications
for overseers and ministerial servants. Thus holy spirit indicates the requirements to
be met by those who serve in special capacities. The letter also encourages all
dedicated ministers to meet these standards, saying: “If any man is reaching out for
an office of overseer, he is desirous of a fine work.” (3:1-13) The overseer’s proper
attitude toward the age-groups and sexes in the congregation is appropriately
discussed as is the handling of accusations before witnesses. In emphasizing that
the older men who work hard in speaking and teaching are worthy of double honor,
Paul calls twice on the Hebrew Scriptures as an authority: “For the scripture says:
‘You must not muzzle a bull when it threshes out the grain’; also: ‘The workman is
worthy of his wages.’”—1 Tim. 5:1-3, 9, 10, 19-21, 17, 18; Deut. 25:4; Lev. 19:13.
19
After giving all this fine counsel, Paul adds that the commandment should be
observed in a spotless and irreprehensible way ‘until the manifestation of the Lord
Jesus Christ as the King of those who rule as kings and Lord of those who rule as
lords.’ On the basis of this Kingdom hope, the letter closes with a powerful
exhortation for Christians “to work at good, to be rich in fine works, to be liberal,
ready to share, safely treasuring up for themselves a fine foundation for the future, in
order that they may get a firm hold on the real life.” (1 Tim. 6:14, 15, 18, 19)
Beneficial indeed is all the fine instruction of First Timothy!
*** w08 9/15 p. 30 - p. 31 Highlights From the Letters to the Thessalonians and
to Timothy ***
“GUARD WHAT IS LAID UP IN TRUST WITH YOU”
(1 Tim. 1:1–6:21)
Paul instructs Timothy to “go on waging the fine warfare; holding faith and a good
conscience.” The apostle outlines qualifications for appointed men in the
congregation. Paul also instructs Timothy to “turn down the false stories which
violate what is holy.”—1 Tim. 1:18, 19; 3:1-10, 12, 13; 4:7.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 193
“Do not severely criticize an older man,” Paul writes. He urges Timothy: “Guard
what is laid up in trust with you, turning away from the empty speeches that violate
what is holy and from the contradictions of the falsely called ‘knowledge.’”—1 Tim.
5:1; 6:20.
1:18; 4:14—What “predictions” were voiced concerning Timothy? They may
have been certain prophecies concerning Timothy’s future role in the Christian
congregation, uttered under inspiration when Paul visited Lystra during his second
missionary journey. (Acts 16:1, 2) Based on these “predictions,” the older men of the
congregation “laid their hands” upon young Timothy, setting him apart for a specific
service.
2:15—How is a woman “kept safe through childbearing”? Childbearing,
caring for her children, and managing a household can keep a woman “safe” from
becoming an unoccupied ‘gossiper and meddler in other people’s affairs.’—1 Tim.
5:11-15.
3:16—What is the sacred secret of godly devotion? Whether perfect
obedience to Jehovah’s sovereignty is possible for humans or not was a secret for
ages. Jesus provided the answer by maintaining perfect integrity to God until his
death.
6:15, 16—Do these words apply to Jehovah God or to Jesus Christ? These
words apply to the one whose manifestation they describe, namely, Jesus Christ.
(1 Tim. 6:14) In comparison with humans who rule as kings and as lords, Jesus is
the “only Potentate,” and he alone has immortality. (Dan. 7:14; Rom. 6:9) Since his
ascension to the invisible heavens, no man on earth “can see” him with literal eyes.
Lessons for Us:
4:15. Regardless of whether we have embraced Christianity recently or long ago,
we should strive to be progressive and continue to make spiritual advancement.
6:2. If we are employed by a fellow believer, rather than take advantage of him in
any way, we should serve him even more readily than we would someone outside
the congregation.
“PREACH THE WORD, BE AT IT URGENTLY”
(2 Tim. 1:1–4:22)
To prepare Timothy for the difficult times ahead, Paul writes: “God gave us not a
spirit of cowardice, but that of power and of love and of soundness of mind.” Timothy
is advised: “A slave of the Lord does not need to fight, but needs to be gentle toward
TMS 2013
Top
Page 194
all, qualified to teach.”—2 Tim. 1:7; 2:24.
“Continue in the things that you learned and were persuaded to believe,” Paul
exhorts Timothy. Apostate teachings were spreading, so the apostle counsels the
younger overseer: “Preach the word, be at it urgently . . . , reprove, reprimand,
exhort.”—2 Tim. 3:14; 4:2.
1:13—What is “the pattern of healthful words”? The “healthful words” are
“those of our Lord Jesus Christ”—true Christian teachings. (1 Tim. 6:3) What Jesus
taught and did was in harmony with God’s Word, thus the expression “healthful
words” can also by extension refer to all Bible teachings. These teachings can help
us to see what Jehovah requires of us. We keep holding to this pattern by practicing
what we have learned from the Bible.
4:13—What were “the parchments”? The designation “parchments” refers to a
writing material of prepared leather. It is possible that Paul was asking for portions of
the Hebrew Scriptures so that he could study them during his imprisonment in
Rome. Some of the scrolls could have been of papyrus but others of parchment.
Lessons for Us:
1:5; 3:15. The fundamental reason why Timothy had faith in Christ Jesus, that is,
faith that influenced everything Timothy did, was the early Scriptural education he
received at home. How vital it is that family members think seriously about how they
are fulfilling this responsibility toward God and their children!
1:16-18. When our fellow believers undergo trials, face persecution, or are
imprisoned, let us pray for them and do all we can to help them.—Prov. 3:27;
1 Thess. 5:25.
2:22. Christians, especially youths, should not be so preoccupied with
bodybuilding, sports, music, entertainment, hobbies, travel, aimless conversations,
and the like, that they have little time for spiritual pursuits.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 195
November
Nov 4 Bible Reading: Titus 1-Philemon
No. 1: Titus 2:1-15
No. 2: Is Belonging to an Organized Religion Necessary? (rs p. 326¶2-p. 327¶2)
No. 3: Why Should We Not ”Pay Attention to False Stories”? (1 Ti 1:3,4;2 Ti 4:3,4)
Bible Reading: Titus 1-Philemon
TITUS (Book)
*** si p. 240 par. 4 Bible Book Number 56—Titus ***
The weight of evidence for the authenticity of the letter to Titus is the same as for
the contemporary letters to Timothy, the three Bible books often being termed Paul’s
“pastoral letters.” The style of writing is similar. Irenaeus and Origen both quote from
Titus, and many other ancient authorities also testify to the book’s canonicity. It is
found in the Sinaitic and Alexandrine Manuscripts. In the John Rylands Library there
is a papyrus fragment, P32, which is a codex leaf of about the third century C.E.
containing Titus 1:11-15 and 2:3-8. There is no question that the book is an
authentic part of the inspired Scriptures.
*** si p. 241 Bible Book Number 56—Titus ***
WHY BENEFICIAL
8
The Cretan Christians lived in an environment of lying, corruption, and greed.
Should they just go along with the crowd? Or should they take definite steps to
separate themselves completely to serve as a people sanctified to Jehovah God? In
making known through Titus that the Cretans should “keep their minds on
maintaining fine works,” Paul said: “These things are fine and beneficial to men.” It is
“fine and beneficial” today also, in a world that has sunk into a mire of untruthfulness
and dishonest practices, that real Christians “learn to maintain fine works,” being
fruitful in God’s service. (3:8, 14) All of Paul’s condemnation of the immorality and
wickedness that threatened the congregations in Crete stands as a warning to us
TMS 2013
Top
Page 196
now when ‘the undeserved kindness of God instructs us to repudiate ungodliness
and worldly desires and to live with soundness of mind and righteousness and godly
devotion amid this system of things.’ Christians should also be “ready for every good
work” in showing obedience to governments, maintaining a good conscience.—
2:11, 12; 3:1.
9
Titus 1:5-9 supplements 1 Timothy 3:2-7 in showing what holy spirit requires of
overseers. This lays emphasis on the overseer’s “holding firmly to the faithful word”
and being a teacher in the congregation. How necessary this is in bringing all along
to maturity! In fact, this need for right teaching is emphasized several times in the
letter to Titus. Paul admonishes Titus to “keep on speaking what things are fitting for
healthful teaching.” The aged women are to be “teachers of what is good,” and
slaves are ‘to adorn the teaching of their Savior, God, in all things.’ (Titus 1:9; 2:1,
3, 10) Stressing the need for Titus as an overseer to be firm and fearless in his
teaching, Paul says: “Keep on speaking these things and exhorting and reproving
with full authority to command.” And in the case of those who disobey, he says:
“Keep on reproving them with severity, that they may be healthy in the faith.” Thus,
Paul’s letter to Titus is especially “beneficial for teaching, for reproving, for setting
things straight, for disciplining in righteousness.”—Titus 2:15; 1:13; 2 Tim. 3:16.
10
The letter to Titus stimulates our appreciation for the undeserved kindness of
God and encourages us to turn from the ungodliness of the world ‘while we wait for
the happy hope and glorious manifestation of the great God and of our Savior, Christ
Jesus.’ So doing, those who have been declared righteous through Christ Jesus
may become “heirs according to a hope of everlasting life” in the Kingdom of God.—
Titus 2:13; 3:7.
*** w08 10/15 p. 30 Highlights From the Letters to Titus, to Philemon, and to
the Hebrews ***
REMAIN SPIRITUALLY HEALTHY
(Titus 1:1–3:15)
After providing guidance for the making of “appointments of older men in city
after city,” Paul counsels Titus to “keep on reproving [the unruly] with severity, that
they may be healthy in the faith.” He admonishes all in the congregations in Crete
“to repudiate ungodliness . . . and to live with soundness of mind.”—Titus 1:5, 10-13;
2:12.
Paul gives further counsel to help the brothers in Crete to remain spiritually
healthy. He instructs Titus to “shun foolish questionings . . . and fights over the
Law.”—Titus 3:9.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 197
1:15—How can “all things” be “clean to clean persons,” but unclean “to
persons defiled and faithless”? The answer lies in understanding what Paul
meant by “all things.” He was speaking, not of things directly condemned in God’s
written Word, but of matters in which the Scriptures allow varying responses from
believers. To a person whose thinking is in harmony with God’s standards, such
things are clean. It is the opposite with someone whose thinking is distorted and
whose conscience is defiled.
3:5—How are anointed Christians ‘saved through a bath’ and ‘made new by
holy spirit’? They are ‘saved through a bath’ in that God has bathed, or cleansed,
them with the blood of Jesus on the merit of the ransom sacrifice. They are ‘made
new by holy spirit’ because they have become “a new creation” as spirit-begotten
sons of God.—2 Cor. 5:17.
Lessons for Us:
1:10-13; 2:15. Christian overseers must display courage in correcting what is
defective in the congregation.
2:3-5. As in the first century, mature Christian sisters today need to “be reverent
in behavior, not slanderous, neither enslaved to a lot of wine, teachers of what is
good.” In that way, they can be effective in privately instructing “the young women”
in the congregation.
3:8, 14. Keeping our “minds on maintaining fine works” is “fine and beneficial”
because it helps us to be fruitful in God’s service and keeps us separate from the
wicked world.
*** w08 10/15 p. 31 Highlights From the Letters to Titus, to Philemon, and to
the Hebrews ***
EXHORT “ON THE BASIS OF LOVE”
(Philem. 1-25)
Philemon is commended for being an example in “love and faith.” His being a
source of refreshment to fellow Christians has given Paul “much joy and comfort.”—
Philem. 4, 5, 7.
Setting an example for all overseers, Paul handles the sensitive matter about
Onesimus by giving, not an order, but exhortation “on the basis of love.” He tells
Philemon: “Trusting in your compliance, I am writing you, knowing you will even do
more than the things I say.”—Philem. 8, 9, 21.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 198
10, 11, 18—How did formerly “useless” Onesimus become “useful”?
Onesimus was an unwilling slave who escaped from the household of Philemon in
Colossae and fled to Rome. Likely, Onesimus also stole from his master to finance
this 900-mile [1,400 km] journey. Indeed, he was useless to Philemon. In Rome,
though, Onesimus was helped by Paul to become a Christian. Now a spiritual
brother, this formerly “useless” slave became “useful.”
15, 16—Why did Paul not ask Philemon to grant freedom to Onesimus?
Paul desired to stick strictly to his commission to ‘preach the kingdom of God and
teach the things concerning the Lord Jesus Christ.’ Therefore, he chose to stay
away from involvement in social issues, such as those concerning slavery.—Acts
28:31.
Lessons for Us:
2. Philemon made his home available for Christian meetings. It is a privilege to
have a meeting for field service in our home.—Rom. 16:5; Col. 4:15.
4-7. We should take the initiative to commend fellow believers who are
exemplary in faith and love.
15, 16. Unfavorable developments in life should not be allowed to cause us
undue anxiety. The results can turn out to be beneficial, as in the case of Onesimus.
21. Paul expected Philemon to forgive Onesimus. We are likewise expected to
be forgiving toward a brother who may have offended us.—Matt. 6:14.
No. 1: Titus 2:1-15
No. 2: Is Belonging to an Organized Religion Necessary? (rs p. 326¶2-p. 327¶2)
*** rs p. 326 - p. 327 Religion ***
Is belonging to an organized religion necessary?
Most religious organizations have produced bad fruitage. It is not the fact that
groups are organized that is bad. But many have promoted forms of worship that are
based on false teachings and are largely ritualistic instead of providing genuine
spiritual guidance; they have been misused to control the lives of people for selfish
objectives; they have been overly concerned with money collections and ornate
houses of worship instead of spiritual values; their members are often hypocritical.
Obviously no one who loves righteousness would want to belong to such an
TMS 2013
Top
Page 199
organization. But true religion is a refreshing contrast to all of that. Nevertheless, to
fulfill the Bible’s requirements, it must be organized.
Heb. 10:24, 25: “Let us consider one another to incite to love and fine works, not
forsaking the gathering of ourselves together, as some have the custom, but
encouraging one another, and all the more so as you behold the day drawing near.”
(To carry out this Scriptural command, there must be Christian meetings that we can
attend on a consistent basis. Such an arrangement encourages us to express love
toward others, not only concern about self.)
1 Cor. 1:10: “Now I exhort you, brothers, through the name of our Lord Jesus
Christ that you should all speak in agreement, and that there should not be divisions
among you, but that you may be fitly united in the same mind and in the same line of
thought.” (Such unity would never be achieved if the individuals did not meet
together, benefit from the same spiritual feeding program, and respect the agency
through which such instruction was provided. See also John 17:20, 21.)
1 Pet. 2:17: “Have love for the whole association of brothers.” (Does that include
only those who may meet together for worship in a particular private home? Not at
all; it is an international brotherhood, as shown by Galatians 2:8, 9 and 1 Corinthians
16:19.)
Matt. 24:14: “This good news of the kingdom will be preached in all the inhabited
earth for a witness to all the nations; and then the end will come.” (For all nations to
be given the opportunity to hear that good news, the preaching must be carried out
in an orderly way, with suitable oversight. Love for God and for one’s fellowman has
caused people around the earth to unite their efforts to do this work.)
No. 3: Why Should We Not ”Pay Attention to False Stories”? (1 Ti 1:3,4;2 Ti 4:3,4)
*** w11 7/15 pp. 17-19 Will You Heed Jehovah’s Clear Warnings? ***
Do Not Follow “False Stories”
9
At times, it may be easy to discern that a road sign has been tampered with and
is pointing the wrong way. At other times, it may be difficult to detect the deception.
It is similar with Satan’s negative influences; some are more obvious than others.
The apostle Paul warns us about one of Satan’s insidious strategies—“false stories.”
(Read 1 Timothy 1:3, 4.) Lest we become sidetracked from the road leading to life,
we need to know, What are false stories, and how can we avoid paying attention to
them?
10
Paul’s warning about false stories is part of his first letter to Timothy, a
TMS 2013
Top
Page 200
Christian overseer who was charged with preserving the purity of the congregation
and helping fellow believers to remain faithful. (1 Tim. 1:18, 19) Paul uses a Greek
word that can refer to fiction, myth, or falsehood. According to The International
Standard Bible Encyclopaedia, this word refers to “a (religious) story that has no
connection with reality.” Perhaps Paul had in mind religious lies promoted by
sensational tales or fanciful legends. Such stories only “furnish questions for
research”—that is, raise frivolous questions that lead to pointless research. False
stories are a ploy of the archdeceiver, Satan, who uses religious lies and godless
myths to sidetrack unsuspecting ones. Paul’s counsel is clear: Do not pay attention
to false stories!
11
What are some false stories that could lead astray the unwary? In principle, the
expression “false stories” can apply to any religious lie or myth that could turn us
“away from the truth.” (2 Tim. 4:3, 4) Satan, who pretends to be “an angel of light,”
has made clever use of false religion in misleading people. (2 Cor. 11:14) Under the
guise of Christianity, Christendom teaches doctrines—including the Trinity, hellfire,
and immortality of the soul—that are awash in myths and falsehoods. Christendom
also promotes holidays, such as Christmas and Easter, whose seemingly innocent
customs are actually rooted in mythology and paganism. By heeding God’s warning
to separate ourselves and “quit touching the unclean thing,” we will not be misled by
false stories.—2 Cor. 6:14-17.
12
Satan has promoted other lies that could mislead us if we are not careful.
Consider some examples. Anything goes—right or wrong. It is determined by how
you feel. This idea is promoted in the media and in entertainment. Such a distorted
view of God’s standards exerts pressure on us to cast aside all moral restraint. The
truth is that we have a desperate need for moral guidance that only God can fill.
(Jer. 10:23) God will not intervene in earth’s affairs. Being influenced by such a livefor-today spirit could cause us to become “inactive or unfruitful.” (2 Pet. 1:8) The
truth is that Jehovah’s day is fast approaching, and we must keep in expectation of
it. (Matt. 24:44) God does not care about you as an individual. Believing this satanic
lie could cause us to give up, feeling that we could never be worthy of God’s love.
The truth is that Jehovah loves and values his worshippers as individuals.—Matt.
10:29-31.
13
We must keep up our guard, for the thinking and attitudes of Satan’s world
may seem plausible on the surface. Remember, though, that Satan is a master of
deception. Only by heeding the counsel and reminders of God’s Word can we avoid
being misled by Satan’s “artfully contrived false stories [“cleverly concocted myths,”
The New American Bible].”—2 Pet. 1:16.
Do Not “Follow Satan”
TMS 2013
Top
Page 201
14
Imagine a road sign that says “This Way to Follow Satan.” Who of us would
heed such a sign? Yet, Paul warns us about several ways in which dedicated
Christians might be “turned aside to follow Satan.” (Read 1 Timothy 5:11-15.)
Paul’s words are directed to certain “younger widows,” but the principles he
mentions apply to all of us. Those first-century Christian women may not have
thought that they were following Satan, but their actions amounted to just that. How
can we guard against even unwittingly following Satan? Let us examine Paul’s
warning regarding harmful gossip.
15
Satan’s aim is to silence the voice of our faith—to get us to stop preaching the
good news. (Rev. 12:17) To that end, he tries to get us to pursue activities that
waste time or that cause division among us. Notice how Paul identifies Satan’s
tactics. “Unoccupied, gadding about.” In this age of technology, it is easy to waste
our time and that of others by, for example, forwarding nonessential or even
fallacious e-mails. “Gossipers.” Harmful gossip may lead to slander, which often
causes contention. (Prov. 26:20) Whether they realize it or not, malicious slanderers
imitate Satan the Devil. “Meddlers in other people’s affairs.” It is not our right to tell
others how to run their personal affairs. All such idle and troublesome behavior can
distract us from the God-assigned work of Kingdom preaching. If we stop actively
supporting Jehovah’s work, then we start following Satan. There is no middle
ground.—Matt. 12:30.
16
Heeding the Bible’s advice can help us to avoid being “turned aside to follow
Satan.” Consider some of Paul’s wise counsel. Have “plenty to do in the work of the
Lord.” (1 Cor. 15:58) Keeping busy in Kingdom activities will protect us from the
dangers of idleness and time-wasting pursuits. (Matt. 6:33) Speak what is “good for
building up.” (Eph. 4:29) Be determined not to listen to harmful gossip and not to
spread it. Cultivate trust in and respect for fellow believers. We will thus be inclined
to speak words that build up rather than tear down. “Make it your aim . . . to mind
your own business.” (1 Thess. 4:11) Show personal interest in others, but do so in
ways that respect their privacy and that do not take away their dignity. Remember,
too, that we should not impose our own views on others regarding matters that they
need to decide for themselves.—Gal. 6:5.
17
How grateful we are that Jehovah clearly tells us what not to follow! Never
forget, though, that Jehovah’s warnings discussed in this and the preceding article
are motivated by his great love for us. He wants to spare us the misery and pain that
result from following Satan’s misleading ‘road signs.’ The path that Jehovah wants
us to take may be cramped, but it leads to the best possible destination—everlasting
life. (Matt. 7:14) May we never waver in our determination to heed Jehovah’s
admonition: “This is the way. Walk in it.”—Isa. 30:21.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 202
November
Nov 11 Bible Reading: Hebrews 1-8
No. 2: How Can We Show That We Have “The Wisdom from Above”? (Jas 3:17,18)
No. 3: Is Loving One’s Fellowman What Really Counts? (rs p. 327¶4)
Bible Reading: Hebrews 1-8
4
The discovery in about 1930 of the Chester Beatty Papyrus No. 2 (P46) has
provided further evidence of Paul’s writership. Commenting on this papyrus codex,
which was written only about a century and a half after Paul’s death, the eminent
British textual critic Sir Frederic Kenyon said: “It is noticeable that Hebrews is placed
immediately after Romans (an almost unprecedented position), which shows that at
the early date when this manuscript was written no doubt was felt as to its Pauline
authorship.” On this same question, McClintock and Strong’s Cyclopedia states
pointedly: “There is no substantial evidence, external or internal, in favor of any
claimant to the authorship of this epistle except Paul.”
5
Apart from the book’s acceptance by the early Christians, the contents of
Hebrews prove that it is “inspired of God.” It continually points the reader toward the
Hebrew Scripture prophecies, making numerous references to the early writings,
and shows how these were all fulfilled in Christ Jesus. In the first chapter alone, no
less than seven quotations from the Hebrew Scriptures are used as the point is
developed that the Son is now superior to the angels. It constantly magnifies
Jehovah’s Word and his name, pointing to Jesus as the Chief Agent of life and to
God’s Kingdom by Christ as mankind’s only hope.
WHY BENEFICIAL
23
As a legal argument in support of Christ, the letter to the Hebrews is an
unchallengeable masterpiece, perfectly constructed and freely documented with
proof from the Hebrew Scriptures. It takes the various features of the Mosaic Law—
TMS 2013
Top
Page 203
the covenant, the blood, the mediator, the tent of worship, the priesthood, the
offerings—and shows them to have been nothing more than a pattern made by God
pointing forward to far greater things to come, all culminating in Christ Jesus and his
sacrifice, the fulfillment of the Law. The Law “which is made obsolete and growing
old is near to vanishing away,” said Paul. But “Jesus Christ is the same yesterday
and today, and forever.” (8:13; 13:8; 10:1) How joyful those Hebrews must have felt
on reading their letter!
24
But of what value is this to us today, in our different circumstances? Since we
are not under the Law, can we find anything beneficial in Paul’s argument? Most
certainly, yes. Here is outlined for us the great new covenant arrangement based on
the promise to Abraham that through his Seed all families of the earth would bless
themselves. This is our hope for life, our only hope, the fulfillment of Jehovah’s
ancient promise of blessing through Abraham’s Seed, Jesus Christ. Although not
under the Law, we are born in sin as Adam’s offspring, and we need a merciful high
priest, one with a valid sin offering, one who can enter right into Jehovah’s presence
in heaven and there intercede for us. Here we find him, the High Priest who can lead
us to life in Jehovah’s new world, who can sympathize with our weaknesses, having
“been tested in all respects like ourselves,” and who invites us to “approach with
freeness of speech to the throne of undeserved kindness, that we may obtain mercy
and find undeserved kindness for help at the right time.”—4:15, 16.
25
Furthermore, in Paul’s letter to the Hebrews, we find heart-stirring evidence
that prophecies recorded long ago in the Hebrew Scriptures were later fulfilled in a
marvelous way. All of this is for our instruction and comfort today. For example, in
Hebrews, Paul five times applies the words of the Kingdom prophecy at Psalm 110:1
to Jesus Christ as the Kingdom Seed, who “has sat down at the right hand of the
throne of God” to wait “until his enemies should be placed as a stool for his feet.”
(Heb. 12:2; 10:12, 13; 1:3, 13; 8:1) Further, Paul quotes Psalm 110:4 in explaining
the important office filled by the Son of God as “a priest forever according to the
manner of Melchizedek.” Like Melchizedek of old, who in the Bible record is
“fatherless, motherless, without genealogy, having neither a beginning of days nor
an end of life,” Jesus is both King and “a priest perpetually” to administer the
everlasting benefits of his ransom sacrifice to all who obediently place themselves
under his rule. (Heb. 5:6, 10; 6:20; 7:1-21) It is to this same King-Priest that Paul
refers in quoting Psalm 45:6, 7: “God is your throne forever and ever, and the
scepter of your kingdom is the scepter of uprightness. You loved righteousness, and
you hated lawlessness. That is why God, your God, anointed you with the oil of
exultation more than your partners.” (Heb. 1:8, 9) As Paul quotes from the Hebrew
Scriptures and shows their fulfillment in Christ Jesus, we see the pieces of the divine
pattern falling into place for our enlightenment.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 204
26
As the letter to the Hebrews clearly shows, Abraham looked forward to the
Kingdom, “the city having real foundations, the builder and maker of which city is
God”—the city “belonging to heaven.” “By faith” he reached out for the Kingdom, and
he made great sacrifices that he might attain its blessings by “a better resurrection.”
What a striking example we find in Abraham and in all those other men and women
of faith—the “so great a cloud of witnesses” that Paul portrays in chapter 11 of
Hebrews! As we read this record, our hearts exult and leap for joy, in appreciation of
the privilege and hope we have along with such faithful integrity keepers. Thus we
are encouraged to “run with endurance the race that is set before us.”—11:8, 10,
16, 35; 12:1.
27
Quoting from Haggai’s prophecy, Paul calls attention to God’s promise: “Yet
once more I will set in commotion not only the earth but also the heaven.” (Heb.
12:26; Hag. 2:6) However, God’s Kingdom by Christ Jesus, the Seed, will remain
forever. “Wherefore, seeing that we are to receive a kingdom that cannot be shaken,
let us continue to have undeserved kindness, through which we may acceptably
render God sacred service with godly fear and awe.” This stirring record assures us
that Christ appears a second time “apart from sin and to those earnestly looking for
him for their salvation.” Through him, then, “let us always offer to God a sacrifice of
praise, that is, the fruit of lips which make public declaration to his name.” May the
great name of Jehovah God be forever sanctified through his King-Priest, Jesus
Christ!—Heb. 12:28; 9:28; 13:15.
*** w08 10/15 p. 31 - p. 32 Highlights From the Letters to Titus, to Philemon,
and to the Hebrews ***
“PRESS ON TO MATURITY”
(Heb. 1:1–13:25)
To prove that faith in Jesus’ sacrifice is superior to works of Law, Paul highlights
the excellency of Christianity’s Founder, his priesthood, his sacrifice, and the new
covenant. (Heb. 3:1-3; 7:1-3, 22; 8:6; 9:11-14, 25, 26) This knowledge certainly must
have helped Hebrew Christians to deal with the persecution that they suffered at the
hands of the Jews. Paul urges his Hebrew fellow believers to “press on to
maturity.”—Heb. 6:1.
How important is faith under the Christian arrangement? “Without faith it is
impossible to please [God] well,” writes Paul. He encourages the Hebrews: “Let us
run with endurance the race that is set before us,” doing so in faith.—Heb. 11:6;
12:1.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 205
2:14, 15—Does Satan’s “having the means to cause death” indicate that he
can cause the premature death of anyone he chooses? No, it does not.
However, from the start of Satan’s course of wickedness in Eden, his lies have
caused death because Adam sinned and passed sin and death on to the human
family. (Rom. 5:12) Furthermore, Satan’s earthly agents have persecuted servants
of God to the point of death, even as they did Jesus. But that does not mean that
Satan has limitless power to kill anyone he wants. If that were so, he would no doubt
have wiped out Jehovah’s worshippers long ago. Jehovah protects his people as a
group and does not allow Satan to exterminate them. Even if God permits some of
us to die under Satan’s attacks, we can be confident that God will undo whatever
harm is brought upon us.
4:9-11—How do we “enter into [God’s] rest”? At the end of the six days of
creation, God rested from his creative works, confident that his purpose regarding
the earth and mankind would be fulfilled. (Gen. 1:28; 2:2, 3) We “enter into that rest”
by desisting from doing works of self-justification and by accepting God’s provision
for our salvation. When we exercise faith in Jehovah and obediently follow his Son
rather than pursue selfish interests, we enjoy refreshing and restful blessings every
day.—Matt. 11:28-30.
Lessons for Us:
5:14. We should be diligent students of God’s Word, the Bible, and apply what
we learn from it. There is no other way to have our “perceptive powers trained to
distinguish both right and wrong.”—1 Cor. 2:10.
6:17-19. Having our hope solidly based on God’s promise and his oath will help
us not to deviate from walking in the way of the truth.
No. 2: How Can We Show That We Have “The Wisdom from Above”? (Jas 3:17,18)
*** w08 3/15 pp. 24-25 “Who Is Wise and Understanding Among You?” ***
Qualities That the Wise Seek to Display
17
Read James 3:17. We can benefit by considering some of the qualities that
come from displaying “the wisdom from above.” Being chaste involves being pure
and undefiled in our actions and motives. We need to reject evil things immediately.
Doing so should be an automatic reaction. Perhaps you have had a doctor use a
reflex hammer to tap the tendon just below your kneecap. Your leg reflexively
straightens with a kick. It is automatic; you do not have to think about it. It should be
TMS 2013
Top
Page 206
similar when we are tempted to do evil. Our chasteness and Bible-trained
conscience should reflexively move us to reject what is bad. (Rom. 12:9) The Bible
provides examples of those who reacted in this way, such as Joseph and Jesus.—
Gen. 39:7-9; Matt. 4:8-10.
18
Divine wisdom requires that we also be peaceable. This involves our avoiding
aggressiveness, a belligerent attitude, or actions that would disrupt peace. James
expands on this point when he says: “The fruit of righteousness has its seed sown
under peaceful conditions for those who are making peace.” (Jas. 3:18) Notice the
expression “making peace.” In the congregation, are we known as peacemakers or
as peacebreakers? Do we frequently have differences or disagreements with others,
being easily offended or offending others? Do we insist that others accept us as we
are, or do we humbly work to eliminate personality traits that others rightly find
offensive? Are we known to go out of our way to promote peace, being quick to
forgive and putting errors behind us? Honest self-examination can help us to see if
we need to improve in displaying divine wisdom in this regard.
19
James included being reasonable in the description of what reflects the
wisdom from above. Are we known for being inclined to give in to others when no
Scriptural principle is involved, not being quick to insist that our own personal
standards be followed? Do we have a reputation for being gentle and easy to talk
to? These are indications that we have learned to be reasonable.
20
What delightful conditions can exist in a congregation as brothers and sisters
work at displaying ever more the godly qualities about which James wrote! (Ps.
133:1-3) Being mild, peaceable, and reasonable with one another will surely result in
improved relationships and will make it evident that we have “the wisdom from
above.” We will next look at how learning to view others as Jehovah does can help
us in this regard.
No. 3: Is Loving One’s Fellowman What Really Counts? (rs p. 327¶4)
Is loving one’s fellowman what really counts?
There is no doubt about it, such love is important. (Rom. 13:8-10) But
being a Christian involves more than simply being kind to our neighbor.
Jesus said that his true disciples would be outstandingly identified by
their love for one another, for fellow believers. (John 13:35) The
importance of that is emphasized repeatedly in the Bible. (Gal. 6:10;
1 Pet. 4:8; 1 John 3:14, 16, 17) However, Jesus showed that even
TMS 2013
Top
Page 207
more important is our love for God himself, which is shown by our
obedience to his commandments. (Matt. 22:35-38; 1 John 5:3) To
demonstrate such love, we need to study and apply God’s Word and
assemble with fellow servants of God for worship.
November
Nov 18 Bible Reading: Hebrews 9-13
No. 1: Hebrews 10:19-39
No. 2: Is Having a Personal Relationship With God the Really Important Thing? (rs p. 327¶5-p. 328¶1)
No. 3: Ways in Which We can Comfort Others (Ro 15:4; 2 Co 1:3,4)
Bible Reading: Hebrews 9-13
*** w08 10/15 p. 32 pars. 2-5 Highlights From the Letters to Titus, to Philemon,
and to the Hebrews ***
9:16—Who is “the human covenanter” of the new covenant? Jehovah is the
Maker of the new covenant, while Jesus is “the human covenanter.” Jesus is the
Mediator of that covenant, and by his death, he provided the sacrifice needed to
validate it.—Luke 22:20; Heb. 9:15.
11:10, 13-16—What “city” was Abraham awaiting? This was not a literal city
but a symbolic one. Abraham was awaiting “heavenly Jerusalem,” composed of
Christ Jesus and his 144,000 corulers. These corulers in their heavenly glory are
also spoken of as “the holy city, New Jerusalem.” (Heb. 12:22; Rev. 14:1; 21:2)
Abraham was looking forward to life under the rule of God’s Kingdom.
12:2—What was “the joy that was set before [Jesus]” for which “he
endured a torture stake”? It was the joy of seeing what his ministry would
accomplish—including the sanctification of Jehovah’s name, the vindication of God’s
sovereignty, and the ransoming of the human family from death. Jesus also looked
ahead to the reward of ruling as King and serving as High Priest to the benefit of
mankind.
13:20—Why is the new covenant spoken of as being “everlasting”? For
three reasons: (1) It will never be replaced, (2) its results are permanent, and (3) the
“other sheep” will continue to benefit from the new covenant arrangement after
Armageddon.—John 10:16.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 208
Lessons for Us:
12:3, 4. Rather than ‘getting tired and giving out in our souls’ because of minor
trials or opposition that we may encounter, we should make progress toward
maturity and improve our ability to endure trials. We should be determined to resist
“as far as blood,” that is, to the point of dying.—Heb. 10:36-39.
12:13-15. We should not allow a “poisonous root,” or any in the congregation
who find fault with the way things are done, to prevent us from ‘making straight
paths for our feet.’
12:26-28. The “things that have been made” by hands other than God’s—the
entire present system of things, even the wicked “heaven”—are to be shaken out of
existence. When that happens, only “the things not being shaken,” that is, the
Kingdom and its supporters, will remain. How vital that we zealously proclaim the
Kingdom and live by its principles!
13:7, 17. Keeping in focus this admonition to be obedient and submissive to the
overseers in the congregations will help us to manifest a cooperative spirit.
No. 1: Hebrews 10:19-39
No. 2: Is Having a Personal Relationship With God the Really Important Thing? (rs p. 327¶5-p. 328¶1)
*** rs p. 327 - p. 328 Religion ***
Is having a personal relationship with God the really important
thing?
It certainly is important. Merely attending religious services in a
formalistic way cannot take the place of it. But we need to be careful.
Why? In the first century, there were people who thought they had a
good relationship with God but whom Jesus showed to be badly
mistaken. (John 8:41-44) The apostle Paul wrote about some who
evidently were zealous about their faith and obviously thought they had
a good relationship with God but who did not understand what was
really required in order to have God’s approval.—Rom. 10:2-4.
Could we have a good personal relationship with God if we treated as
of little importance his commandments? One of these is that we
regularly assemble with fellow believers.—Heb. 10:24, 25.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 209
No. 3: Ways in Which We can Comfort Others (Ro 15:4; 2 Co 1:3,4)
*** w11 10/15 pp. 29-31 “Comfort All the Mourning Ones” ***
Comforting Fellow Worshippers
7
In this world full of wickedness and suffering, we are sure to encounter some
situations that cause distress. We cannot expect God to remove all sources of
unhappiness or grief until he destroys this system of things. Meanwhile, as we face
foretold persecution, our integrity to Jehovah is at stake as supporters of his
universal sovereignty. (2 Tim. 3:12) Helped and comforted by our heavenly Father,
however, we can be like anointed Christians of ancient Thessalonica, who bore
persecutions and tribulations with endurance and faith.—Read 2 Thessalonians
1:3-5.
8
There is no doubt that Jehovah provides needed comfort for his servants. For
instance, when the prophet Elijah’s life was threatened by wicked Queen Jezebel,
that prophet lost courage and fled, even saying that he wanted to die. But instead of
rebuking Elijah, Jehovah comforted him and gave him the courage to carry out his
work as a prophet. (1 Ki. 19:1-21) That Jehovah comforts his people can also be
seen in the experience of the first-century Christian congregation. For instance, we
read of a period when “the congregation throughout the whole of Judea and Galilee
and Samaria entered into a period of peace, being built up.” Moreover, “as it walked
in the fear of Jehovah and in the comfort of the holy spirit it kept on multiplying.”
(Acts 9:31) How grateful we are that we too have “the comfort of the holy spirit”!
9
As Christians, we have been comforted by learning about Jesus Christ and by
walking in his footsteps. Jesus said: “Come to me, all you who are toiling and loaded
down, and I will refresh you. Take my yoke upon you and learn from me, for I am
mild-tempered and lowly in heart, and you will find refreshment for your souls. For
my yoke is kindly and my load is light.” (Matt. 11:28-30) Learning about Jesus’
upbuilding way of treating people and then following his positive example is in itself
a great help in relieving the stress that we may experience.
10
We can also be comforted by fellow Christians. For example, consider how the
elders in the congregation help those facing distressing situations. The disciple
James wrote: “Is there anyone [spiritually] sick among you? Let him call the older
men of the congregation to him, and let them pray over him.” With what result? “The
prayer of faith will make the indisposed one well, and Jehovah will raise him up.
Also, if he has committed sins, it will be forgiven him.” (Jas. 5:14, 15) Other
members of the congregation can provide comfort as well.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 210
11
Women often find it easier to talk to other women about various problems.
Especially can older, more experienced sisters give much fine advice to younger
sisters. These older, mature Christian women may already have gone through
similar situations in their lives. Their sympathy and feminine qualities can be of much
help. (Read Titus 2:3-5.) Of course, elders and others can and should “speak
consolingly to the depressed souls” among us. (1 Thess. 5:14, 15) And it is good to
bear in mind that God “comforts us in all our tribulation, that we may be able to
comfort those in any sort of tribulation.”—2 Cor. 1:4.
12
A very important means of being comforted is to be present at Christian
meetings, where Bible discussions encourage us. We read that Judas and Silas
“encouraged the brothers with many a discourse and strengthened them.” (Acts
15:32) Before and after our meetings, there is upbuilding conversation between
members of the congregation. So even if we are suffering because of some
distressing situation, let us not isolate ourselves, for doing so will not improve
matters. (Prov. 18:1) Instead, we do well to follow the apostle Paul’s inspired
counsel: “Let us consider one another to incite to love and fine works, not forsaking
the gathering of ourselves together, as some have the custom, but encouraging one
another, and all the more so as you behold the day drawing near.”—Heb. 10:24, 25.
Draw Comfort From God’s Word
13
Whether we are baptized Christians or are individuals just beginning to learn
about God and his purposes, we can find great comfort in the written Word of God.
Paul wrote: “All the things that were written aforetime were written for our instruction,
that through our endurance and through the comfort from the Scriptures we might
have hope.” (Rom. 15:4) The Holy Scriptures can comfort us and make us “fully
competent, completely equipped for every good work.” (2 Tim. 3:16, 17) Knowing
the truth about God’s purposes and having a genuine hope for the future will
certainly provide great comfort. Let us, therefore, make full use of God’s Word and
Bible-based publications that can comfort us and benefit us in many ways.
14
Jesus set us a fine example by using the Scriptures to instruct and comfort
others. During one of his postresurrection appearances, for instance, he ‘fully
opened up the Scriptures’ to two of his disciples. As he spoke to them, their hearts
were deeply touched. (Luke 24:32) In keeping with Jesus’ excellent example, the
apostle Paul ‘reasoned from the Scriptures.’ In Beroea, his listeners “received the
word with the greatest eagerness of mind, carefully examining the Scriptures daily.”
(Acts 17:2, 10, 11) How appropriate it is that we read the Bible daily, benefiting from
it and from Christian publications designed to bring us comfort and hope in these
troublesome times!
Additional Ways to Comfort Others
TMS 2013
Top
Page 211
15
We can help and thus comfort fellow Christians in various practical ways. For
instance, we might do some grocery shopping for elderly or sick fellow believers. We
might help others with their chores, thus showing personal interest in them. (Phil.
2:4) Perhaps we can compliment fellow worshippers on their good qualities, such as
their love, resourcefulness, courage, and faith.
16
In an effort to comfort the elderly, we can visit them and listen carefully to what
they tell us about their past experiences and obvious blessings in Jehovah’s service.
Why, this may actually encourage and comfort us! We might read the Bible or our
Bible-based publications with those we visit. Perhaps we could consider the current
article for the weekly Watchtower Study or the material that will be covered during
the Congregation Bible Study for the week. We might join them in watching a DVD
on a Scriptural theme. Then, too, we might read or relate some encouraging
experiences found in our publications.
17
If we notice that a fellow worshipper of Jehovah is in need of comfort, we can
mention him or her in our private prayers. (Rom. 15:30; Col. 4:12) As we personally
cope with life’s problems and diligently seek to comfort others, we can have the
same faith and conviction as did the psalmist who sang: “Throw your burden upon
Jehovah himself, and he himself will sustain you. Never will he allow the righteous
one to totter.” (Ps. 55:22) Indeed, Jehovah will always be there to comfort and
support us as his loyal servants.
18
God told his worshippers of ancient times: “I—I myself am the One that is
comforting you people.” (Isa. 51:12) Jehovah will do the same for us and will bless
our good deeds and words as we comfort mourning ones. Whether our hope is
heavenly or earthly, each of us can be comforted by Paul’s words to his spiritanointed fellow Christians: “May our Lord Jesus Christ himself and God our Father,
who loved us and gave everlasting comfort and good hope by means of undeserved
kindness, comfort your hearts and make you firm in every good deed and word.”—
2 Thess. 2:16, 17.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 212
November
Nov 25 Bible Reading: James 1-5
No. 1: James 1:22-2:13
No. 3: Why Just Reading the Bible Is Not Sufficient (rs p. 328¶2-3)
Bible Reading: James 1-5
5
As to the authenticity of James, it is contained in the Vatican No. 1209, the Sinaitic,
and the Alexandrine manuscripts. It is included in at least ten ancient catalogs prior
to the Council of Carthage 397 C.E. It was widely quoted by early ecclesiastical
writers. A deep inner harmony with the rest of the inspired Scriptures is very evident
in James’ writings.
to whom written: w95 7/1 12
*** w95 7/1 p. 12 par. 14 Christian Witnesses With Heavenly Citizenship ***
14
In harmony with this, when writing to anointed Christians of the first century,
the disciple James addressed his letter to “the twelve tribes that are scattered
about.” (James 1:1; Revelation 7:3-8) Of course, citizens of the new Israel were not
assigned to specific tribes. There was no division into 12 distinct tribes in spiritual
Israel as there had been in fleshly Israel. Nevertheless, James’ inspired expression
indicates that in Jehovah’s sight the Israel of God had completely replaced the 12
tribes of natural Israel. If a natural-born Israelite became part of the new nation, his
fleshly descent—even if he was of the tribe of Judah or Levi—had no significance.—
Galatians 3:28; Philippians 3:5, 6.
*** w97 11/15 p. 24 Faith Makes Us Patient and Prayerful ***
Something for All of Us
22
Clearly, the letter of James contains something beneficial for all of us. It shows
us how to meet trials, counsels us against favoritism, and urges us to engage in
TMS 2013
Top
Page 213
upright works. James urges us to control the tongue, to resist worldly influence, and
to promote peace. His words should also make us patient and prayerful.
23
True, the letter of James was originally sent to anointed early Christians. Yet,
all of us should let its counsel help us cling to our faith. James’ words can bolster
faith that moves us to decisive action in God’s service. And this divinely inspired
letter builds an enduring faith that makes us patient, prayerful Witnesses of Jehovah
today, during “the presence of the Lord” Jesus Christ.
*** si pp. 250-251 Bible Book Number 59—James ***
WHY BENEFICIAL
15
Though James only twice mentions the name Jesus (1:1; 2:1), he makes much
practical application of the teachings of the Master, as a careful comparison of
James’ letter and the Sermon on the Mount reveals. At the same time, Jehovah’s
name appears 13 times (New World Translation), and his promises are emphasized
as rewards for faith-keeping Christians. (4:10; 5:11) James draws repeatedly on the
Hebrew Scriptures for illustrations and apt quotations in order to develop his
practical counsel. He identifies the source by his expressions: “according to the
scripture,” “the scripture was fulfilled,” and “the scripture says”; and he goes on to
apply these scriptures to Christian living. (2:8, 23; 4:5) In making plain points of
counsel and building faith in God’s Word as a harmonious whole, James makes
appropriate references to Abraham’s works of faith, to Rahab’s demonstration of
faith by works, to Job’s faithful endurance, and to Elijah’s reliance on prayer.—Jas.
2:21-25; 5:11, 17, 18; Gen. 22:9-12; Josh. 2:1-21; Job 1:20-22; 42:10; 1 Ki. 17:1;
18:41-45.
16
Invaluable is James’ counsel to be doers of the word and not just hearers, to
keep proving faith by works of righteousness, to find joy in enduring various trials, to
keep on asking God for wisdom, always to draw close to him in prayer, and to
practice the kingly law, “You must love your neighbor as yourself.” (Jas. 1:22; 2:24;
1:2, 5; 4:8; 5:13-18; 2:8) Strong are his warnings against teaching error, injuriously
using the tongue, making class distinctions in the congregation, craving sensual
pleasure, and trusting in corruptible riches. (3:1, 8; 2:4; 4:3; 5:1, 5) James makes it
very plain that friendship with the world amounts to spiritual adultery and enmity with
God, and he gives the definition of the practical form of worship that is clean in
God’s sight: “to look after orphans and widows in their tribulation, and to keep
oneself without spot from the world.” (4:4; 1:27) All this counsel, so practical and
easy to understand, is just what could be expected from this ‘pillar’ of the early
Christian congregation. (Gal. 2:9) Its kindly message continues as a guidepost for
Christians in our turbulent times, for it is “wisdom from above,” which produces “the
TMS 2013
Top
Page 214
fruit of righteousness.”—3:17, 18.
17
James was anxious to help his brothers reach their goal of life in God’s
Kingdom. So he urges them: “You too exercise patience; make your hearts firm,
because the presence of the Lord has drawn close.” They are happy if they go on
enduring trial because God’s approval means receiving “the crown of life, which
Jehovah promised to those who continue loving him.” (5:8; 1:12) Thus God’s
promise of the crown of life—either immortal life in the heavens or eternal life on
earth—is emphasized as strong reason for enduring in faithful works. Surely this
wonderful letter will encourage all to reach out for the goal of everlasting life either in
heaven or in Jehovah’s new world ruled by the Kingdom Seed, our Lord Jesus
Christ.—2:5.
*** w08 11/15 p. 20 - p. 21 Highlights From the Letters of James and of Peter ***
GOD GIVES WISDOM TO THOSE “ASKING IN FAITH”
(Jas. 1:1–5:20)
“Happy is the man that keeps on enduring trial,” writes James, “because on
becoming approved he will receive the crown of life.” To those who “keep on asking
in faith,” Jehovah grants wisdom needed to endure trials.—Jas. 1:5-8, 12.
Faith and wisdom are also needed by those who “become teachers” in the
congregation. After identifying the tongue as “a little member” capable of ‘spotting up
the whole body,’ James warns of worldly tendencies that can damage one’s
relationship with God. He also outlines the steps anyone spiritually sick should take
in order to recover.—Jas. 3:1, 5, 6; 5:14, 15.
2:13—In what way does ‘mercy exult triumphantly over judgment’? When it
comes to rendering an account for ourselves to God, he takes into consideration the
mercy we have shown toward others and forgives us on the basis of the ransom
sacrifice of his Son. (Rom. 14:12) Is this not one reason to make mercy a dominant
quality in our lives?
4:5—What scripture is James quoting here? James is not quoting any specific
verse. However, these divinely inspired words are possibly based on the general
thought behind such scriptures as Genesis 6:5; 8:21; Proverbs 21:10; and Galatians
5:17.
5:20—“He who turns a sinner back from the error of his way” will save
whose soul from death? A Christian who turns a wrongdoer back from a sinful
course saves the soul of the repentant person from spiritual death and perhaps from
TMS 2013
Top
Page 215
everlasting destruction. The individual helping the sinner in this way will also “cover
a multitude of [that one’s] sins.”
Lessons for Us:
1:14, 15. Sin has its beginning in improper desire. Therefore, we should not
nurture wrong desires by dwelling on them. Rather, we need to “continue
considering” upbuilding things and filling our minds and hearts with them.—Phil. 4:8.
2:8, 9. “Showing favoritism” is contrary to “the kingly law” of love. Hence, true
Christians do not show favoritism.
2:14-26. We are “saved through faith,” “not owing to works” of the Mosaic Law or
of those performed as Christians. Our faith should be more than mere professed
faith. (Eph. 2:8, 9; John 3:16) It should move us to godly action.
3:13-17. “The wisdom from above” surely is superior to “the earthly, animal,
demonic” wisdom! We should ‘keep searching for godly wisdom as for hid
treasures.’—Prov. 2:1-5.
3:18, footnotes. The seed of the Kingdom good news is to be “sown with peace
by those who are making peace.” It is important that we be peacemakers and not
arrogant, quarrelsome, or riotous.
No. 1: James 1:22-2:13
*** w04 10/1 p. 29 Questions From Readers ***
Questions From Readers
When the apostle John wrote that “perfect love throws fear outside,” what did
he mean by “perfect love,” and what “fear” is thus thrown outside?
“There is no fear in love,” wrote the apostle John, “but perfect love throws fear
outside, because fear exercises a restraint. Indeed, he that is under fear has not
been made perfect in love.”—1 John 4:18.
The context shows that John was discussing freeness of speech—specifically the
relationship between love of God and freeness of speech toward Him. This can be
seen from what we read in verse 17: “This is how love has been made perfect with
us, that we may have freeness of speech in the day of judgment.” The degree to
which a Christian loves God and senses God’s love for him has a direct effect on his
freeness of speech—or the lack of it—when he approaches God in prayer.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 216
The expression “perfect love” is significant. As used in the Bible, the word
“perfect” does not always mean perfection in the absolute sense, that is, to the
infinite degree, but often in a relative sense. For example, in his Sermon on the
Mount, Jesus said: “You must accordingly be perfect, as your heavenly Father is
perfect.” Jesus was telling his followers that if they loved only those loving them,
their love would be incomplete, deficient, defective. They should perfect, or bring to
full measure, their love by including even their enemies. Similarly, then, when John
wrote about “perfect love,” he was speaking about love of God that is wholehearted,
fully developed, and embracing all aspects of one’s life.—Matthew 5:46-48;
19:20, 21.
When approaching God in prayer, a Christian is well aware that he is sinful and
imperfect. However, if his love for God and his feeling of God’s love for him are fully
developed, he is not hampered by fear of condemnation or rejection. Rather, he
enjoys freeness of speech in expressing what is in his heart and in asking for
forgiveness on the basis of the ransom sacrifice, which God has lovingly provided
through Jesus Christ. He feels assured that his petitions are favorably heard by God.
How can one be “made perfect in love” and thus ‘throw outside’ fear of
condemnation or rejection? “Whoever does observe his [God’s] word, truthfully in
this person the love of God has been made perfect,” said the apostle John. (1 John
2:5) Consider: If God loved us when we were yet sinners, would he not love us all
the more if we are truly repentant and diligently “observe his word”? (Romans 5:8;
1 John 4:10) Indeed, as long as we remain faithful, we can have the same
assurance that the apostle Paul had when he said about God: “He who did not even
spare his own Son but delivered him up for us all, why will he not also with him
kindly give us all other things?”—Romans 8:32.
No. 3: Why Just Reading the Bible Is Not Sufficient (rs p. 328¶2-3)
If we personally read the Bible, is that sufficient?
It is true that many people can learn a great deal by reading the Bible
personally. If their motive is to learn the truth about God and his
purposes, what they are doing is highly commendable. (Acts 17:11)
But, being honest with ourselves, are we truly going to grasp the full
significance of it all without help? The Bible tells about a man who held
a prominent position but who was humble enough to acknowledge his
need for help in understanding Bible prophecy. That help was provided
by a member of the Christian congregation.—Acts 8:26-38; compare
other references to Philip in Acts 6:1-6; 8:5-17.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 217
Of course, if a person reads the Bible but does not apply it in his life, it
does him little good. If he believes it and acts on it, he will associate
with God’s servants in regular congregation meetings. (Heb. 10:24, 25)
He will also join with them in sharing the “good news” with other
people.—1 Cor. 9:16; Mark 13:10; Matt. 28:19, 20.
December
Dec 2 Bible Reading: 1 Peter 1-2 Peter 3
No. 1: 1 Peter 2:18-3:7
No. 2: The Right Religion Is Bible-Based and Makes Known God’s Name (rs p. 328¶4-5)
No. 3: Why Are We Sure That Jesus Is the Messiah? (Lu 24:44;Gal 4:4)
Bible Reading: 1 Peter 1-2 Peter 3
*** w08 11/15 p. 21 - p. 22 Highlights From the Letters of James and of Peter ***
‘STAND SOLID IN THE FAITH’
(1 Pet. 1:1–5:14)
Peter reminds his fellow believers of their “living hope” of an inheritance in
heaven. “You are ‘a chosen race, a royal priesthood, a holy nation,’” Peter tells
them. After giving specific counsel on subjection, he exhorts all to be “like-minded,
showing fellow feeling, having brotherly affection, tenderly compassionate, humble
in mind.”—1 Pet. 1:3, 4; 2:9; 3:8.
Since “the end of [the Jewish system of] things has drawn close,” Peter counsels
the brothers to ‘be sound in mind and vigilant with a view to prayers.’ He tells them:
“Keep your senses, be watchful. . . . Take your stand against [Satan], solid in the
faith.”—1 Pet. 4:7; 5:8, 9.
3:20-22—How does baptism save us? Baptism is a requirement for those
seeking salvation. However, baptism itself does not save us. Salvation is actually
“through the resurrection of Jesus Christ.” The baptismal candidate must have faith
that salvation is possible only because Jesus died a sacrificial death, was
resurrected, and “is at God’s right hand,” having authority over the living and the
dead. Baptism founded on such faith is what corresponds to ‘eight souls being safely
carried through the water.’
4:6—Who were “the dead” to whom “the good news was declared”? These
were ones who were ‘dead in their trespasses and sins,’ or who were spiritually
dead, before they heard the good news. (Eph. 2:1) After putting faith in the good
TMS 2013
Top
Page 218
news, though, they began to “live” spiritually.
Lessons for Us:
1:7. For our faith to have excelling value, it must be of proved, or tested, quality.
Such strong faith does indeed ‘preserve alive the soul.’ (Heb. 10:39) We must not
shrink back from tests of our faith.
1:10-12. Angels desired to peer into and understand the deep spiritual truths that
God’s prophets of old times wrote concerning the anointed Christian congregation.
However, these things became clear only when Jehovah began dealing with the
congregation. (Eph. 3:10) Should we not follow the example of the angels and strive
to search into “the deep things of God”?—1 Cor. 2:10.
2:21. In imitation of our Exemplar, Jesus Christ, we should be willing to suffer
even to the point of death in order to uphold Jehovah’s sovereignty.
5:6, 7. When we throw our anxiety upon Jehovah, he helps us to keep giving true
worship priority in our life instead of being unduly concerned about what the next
day may bring.—Matt. 6:33, 34.
“JEHOVAH’S DAY WILL COME”
(2 Pet. 1:1–3:18)
“Prophecy was at no time brought by man’s will,” writes Peter, “but men spoke
from God as they were borne along by holy spirit.” Paying attention to the prophetic
word can protect us from “false teachers” and other corrupting individuals.—2 Pet.
1:21; 2:1-3.
“In the last days there will come ridiculers with their ridicule,” warns Peter. But
“Jehovah’s day will come as a thief.” Peter closes his letter with sound advice to
those ‘awaiting and keeping close in mind the presence of that day.’—2 Pet. 3:3, 1012.
1:19—Who is the “daystar,” when does he rise, and how do we come to
know that this has happened? The “daystar” is Jesus Christ in Kingdom power.
(Rev. 22:16) In 1914, Jesus rose before all creation as the Messianic King, heralding
the dawn of a new day. The transfiguration provided a visionary foreview of Jesus’
glory and Kingdom power, underscoring the dependability of God’s prophetic word.
Paying attention to that word illuminates our hearts, and we are thus made aware
that the Daystar has risen.
2:4—What is “Tartarus,” and when were the rebellious angels thrown into
it? Tartarus is a prisonlike condition to which only spirit creatures—not humans—are
TMS 2013
Top
Page 219
consigned. It is a state of dense mental darkness regarding God’s bright purposes.
Those in Tartarus have no hope for the future. God threw the disobedient angels
into Tartarus in Noah’s day, and they will remain in that abased condition until they
are destroyed.
3:17—What did Peter mean by “advance knowledge”? Peter was referring to
advance knowledge, or foreknowledge, of future events, given to him and other
Bible writers by inspiration. Since this was not an infinite knowledge, having it did not
result in the early Christians’ knowing all the details about future events. They came
to know only the general outline of what could be expected.
Lessons for Us:
1:2, 5-7. In addition to helping us increase in “accurate knowledge of God and of
Jesus,” our putting forth earnest effort to cultivate such qualities as faith, endurance,
and godly devotion can “cause [us] to be neither inactive nor unfruitful” regarding
that knowledge.—2 Pet. 1:8, ftn.
1:12-15. To remain “firmly set in the truth,” we need constant reminders, such as
those we receive through our congregation meetings, personal study, and Bible
reading.
2:2. We should be careful that our conduct does not bring reproach on Jehovah
and his organization.—Rom. 2:24.
2:4-9. In view of what he has done in the past, we can be certain that “Jehovah
knows how to deliver people of godly devotion out of trial, but to reserve unrighteous
people for the day of judgment to be cut off.”
2:10-13. While “glorious ones,” that is, Christian elders, have faults and may err
at times, we must not speak abusively of them.—Heb. 13:7, 17.
3:2-4, 12. Paying close attention to “the sayings previously spoken by the holy
prophets and the commandment of the Lord and Savior” will help us to keep in focus
the nearness of Jehovah’s day.
3:11-14. As those “awaiting and keeping close in mind the presence of the day of
Jehovah,” we must (1) ‘be holy in conduct,’ maintaining physical, mental, moral, and
spiritual cleanness; (2) abound with deeds that reflect “godly devotion,” such as
those in connection with the Kingdom-preaching and disciple-making work; (3) keep
our conduct and personality “spotless,” untainted by the world; (4) be “unblemished,”
doing all things with a pure motive; and (5) be “in peace”—at peace with God, with
our Christian brothers, and with fellow humans.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 220
No. 1: 1 Peter 2:18-3:7
No. 2: The Right Religion Is Bible-Based and Makes Known God’s Name (rs p. 328¶4-5)
*** rs p. 328 pars. 4-5 Religion ***
(1) On what are its teachings based? Are they from God, or are they largely
from men? (2 Tim. 3:16; Mark 7:7) Ask, for example: Where does the Bible teach
that God is a Trinity? Where does it say that the human soul is immortal?
(2) Consider whether it is making known the name of God. Jesus said in
prayer to God: “I have made your name manifest to the men you gave me out of the
world.” (John 17:6) He declared: “It is Jehovah your God you must worship, and it is
to him alone you must render sacred service.” (Matt. 4:10) Has your religion taught
you that ‘it is Jehovah you must worship’? Have you come to know the Person
identified by that name—his purposes, his activities, his qualities—so that you feel
you can confidently draw close to him?
No. 3: Why Are We Sure That Jesus Is the Messiah? (Lu 24:44;Gal 4:4)
*** si pp. 102-103 par. 11 Bible Book Number 19—Psalms ***
11
Coming to the strongest proof of authenticity, we quote Jesus, the risen Lord,
saying to the disciples: “These are my words which I spoke to you . . . that all the
things written in the law of Moses and in the Prophets and Psalms about me must
be fulfilled.” Jesus was there grouping the entire Hebrew Scriptures in the way
adopted by the Jews and well known to them. His mention of the Psalms included
the whole of the third group of Scriptures, called the Hagiographa (or Holy Writings),
of which Psalms was the first book. This is confirmed by what he said a few hours
earlier to the two on their way to Emmaus, when “he interpreted to them things
pertaining to himself in all the Scriptures.”—Luke 24:27, 44.
*** si p. 192 par. 31 Bible Book Number 42—Luke ***
Finally, after his resurrection, Jesus forcefully brought home to the disciples the
importance of the entire Hebrew Scriptures. “He now said to them: ‘These are my
words which I spoke to you while I was yet with you, that all the things written in the
law of Moses and in the Prophets and Psalms about me must be fulfilled.’ Then he
opened up their minds fully to grasp the meaning of the Scriptures.” (Luke 24:44, 45)
Like those first disciples of Jesus Christ, we too can be enlightened and gain strong
TMS 2013
Top
Page 221
faith by paying attention to the fulfillments of the Hebrew Scriptures, so accurately
explained by Luke and the other writers of the Christian Greek Scriptures.
*** w98 9/15 pp. 13-14 Times and Seasons in Jehovah’s Hands ***
‘When the Time Arrived’
14
Jehovah had set a fixed time for his only-begotten Son to come to the earth as
the Messiah. Paul wrote: “When the full limit of the time arrived, God sent forth his
Son, who came to be out of a woman and who came to be under law.” (Galatians
4:4) This was in fulfillment of God’s promise to send a Seed—‘Shiloh, to whom the
obedience of the peoples would belong.’—Genesis 3:15; 49:10.
15
God’s prophets—even angels—kept on the watch for the “season” when the
Messiah would appear on earth and salvation would be made possible for sinful
mankind. “Concerning this very salvation,” said Peter, “a diligent inquiry and a
careful search were made by the prophets who prophesied about the undeserved
kindness meant for you. They kept on investigating what particular season or what
sort of season the spirit in them was indicating concerning Christ when it was
bearing witness beforehand about the sufferings for Christ and about the glories to
follow these. . . . Into these very things angels are desiring to peer.”—1 Peter 1:1-5,
10-12.
16
By means of his prophet Daniel—a man of unwavering faith—Jehovah had
given a prophecy involving “seventy weeks.” That prophecy would enable firstcentury Jews to know that the appearance of the promised Messiah was
approaching. In part, the prophecy stated: “From the going forth of the word to
restore and to rebuild Jerusalem until Messiah the Leader, there will be seven
weeks, also sixty-two weeks.” (Daniel 9:24, 25) Jewish, Catholic, and Protestant
scholars generally agree that the “weeks” mentioned here mean weeks of years.
The 69 “weeks” (483 years) of Daniel 9:25 began in 455 B.C.E., when Persian King
Artaxerxes authorized Nehemiah “to restore and to rebuild Jerusalem.” (Nehemiah
2:1-8) They ended 483 years later—in 29 C.E., when Jesus was baptized and
anointed with holy spirit, thus becoming the Messiah, or Christ.—Matthew 3:13-17.
17
Whether first-century Jews knew precisely when the 483 years began is open
to question. But when John the Baptizer began his ministry, “the people were in
expectation and all were reasoning in their hearts about John: ‘May he perhaps be
the Christ?’” (Luke 3:15) Some Bible scholars link this expectation to Daniel’s
prophecy. In commenting on this verse, Matthew Henry wrote: “We are here told . . .
how the people took occasion, from the ministry and baptism of John, to think of the
Messiah, and to think of him as at the door. . . . Daniel’s seventy weeks were now
TMS 2013
Top
Page 222
expiring.” The French Manuel Biblique, by Vigouroux, Bacuez, and Brassac states:
“People knew that the seventy weeks of years fixed by Daniel were drawing to a
close; nobody was surprised to hear John the Baptist announce that the kingdom of
God had drawn near.” Jewish scholar Abba Hillel Silver wrote that according to “the
popular chronology” of the day, “the Messiah was expected around the second
quarter of the first century C.E.”
December
Dec 9 Bible Reading: 1 John 1-Jude
No. 1: 1 John 5:1-21
No. 2: How Should Jesus Christ Be Remembered? (Lu 1:32,33;John 17:3)
No. 3: The Right Religion Demonstrates True Faith in Jesus Christ (rs p. 329¶1)
Bible Reading: 1 John 1-Jude
3
That First John was actually written by John the apostle is indicated by its close
resemblance to the fourth Gospel, which he unmistakably wrote. For example, he
introduces the letter by describing himself as an eyewitness who has seen “the word
of life . . . , the everlasting life which was with the Father and was made manifest to
us,” expressions strikingly similar to those with which John’s Gospel opens. Its
authenticity is attested by the Muratorian Fragment and by such early writers as
Irenaeus, Polycarp, and Papias, all of the second century C.E. According to
Eusebius (c. 260-342 C.E.), the authenticity of First John was never questioned.
However, it is to be noted that some older translations have added to chapter 5 the
following words at the end of verse 7and the beginning of verse 8: “In heaven, the
Father, the Word, and the Holy Ghost: and these three are one. And there are three
that bear witness in earth.” (King James Version) But this text is not found in any of
the early Greek manuscripts and has obviously been added to bolster the Trinity
doctrine. Most modern translations, both Catholic and Protestant, do not include
these words in the main body of the text.—1 John 1:1, 2.
2
There is no reason to doubt that John wrote this letter. The writer calls himself “the
older man.” This certainly fits John not only because of his advanced age but also
TMS 2013
Top
Page 223
because, as one of the “pillars” (Gal. 2:9) and the last surviving apostle, he was truly
an “older man” in the Christian congregation. He was well-known, and no further
identification would be required for his readers. His writership is also indicated by the
similarity in style to that of the first letter and John’s Gospel. Like the first letter, the
second letter appears to have been written in or around Ephesus, about 98 C.E.
Concerning Second and Third John, McClintock and Strong’s Cyclopedia
comments: “From their general similarity, we may conjecture that the two epistles
were written shortly after the 1st Epistle from Ephesus. They both apply to individual
cases of conduct the principles which had been laid down in their fullness in the 1st
Epistle.” In support of its authenticity, the letter is quoted by Irenaeus, of the second
century, and was accepted by Clement of Alexandria, of the same period. Also,
John’s letters are listed in the Muratorian Fragment.
2
Since the style of the opening and closing greetings is the same as that of Second
John and the writer again identifies himself as “the older man,” there can be no
question that the apostle John also wrote this letter. (2 John 1) The similarity of
contents and language also suggests that it was written, as in the case of the other
two letters, in or near Ephesus, about 98 C.E. Because of its brevity, it was seldom
quoted by early writers, but along with Second John, it is to be found in early
catalogs of the inspired Scriptures.
Bible Book Number 65—Jude
Writer: Jude
Place Written: Palestine (?)
Writing Completed: c. 65 C.E.
The authenticity of this Bible book is supported by mention of it in the Muratorian
Fragment, of the second century C.E. Additionally, Clement of Alexandria (second
century C.E.) accepted it as canonical. Origen referred to it as a work of “but a few
lines, yet filled with the healthful words of heavenly grace.” Tertullian also
considered it to be authentic. There is no doubt that it belongs with the other inspired
Scriptures.
3
*** w08 12/15 pp. 27-29 Highlights From the Letters of John and of Jude ***
KEEP WALKING IN THE LIGHT AND IN LOVE AND BY FAITH
(1 John 1:1–5:21)
Intended for the entire association of those in union with the Christ, John’s first
letter provides sound counsel designed to help Christians take their stand against
apostasy and remain firm for the truth and for righteousness. He stresses the need
TMS 2013
Top
Page 224
to keep walking in the light and in love and by faith.
“If we are walking in the light as [God] himself is in the light,” John writes, “we do
have a sharing with one another.” And since God is the Source of love, the apostle
says: “Let us continue loving one another.” While “the love of God” moves us to
“observe his commandments,” we conquer the world through “our faith” in Jehovah
God, his Word, and his Son.—1 John 1:7; 4:7; 5:3, 4.
2:2; 4:10—How is Jesus “a propitiatory sacrifice”? To propitiate means to
“appease,” or to “placate.” Jesus gave his life as a propitiatory sacrifice in the sense
that by doing so, he appeased, or satisfied, the requirement of perfect justice. On
the basis of that sacrifice, God could extend mercy, and he could pardon the sins of
those who exercise faith in Jesus.—John 3:16; Rom. 6:23.
2:7, 8—What commandment is John speaking of as “old” as well as “new”?
John is speaking about the commandment regarding self-sacrificing brotherly love.
(John 13:34) He refers to it as “old” because Jesus gave it over 60 years before
John penned his first inspired letter. Thus, the believers have had it “from the
beginning” of their lives as Christians. The commandment is also “new” in that it
goes beyond ‘loving one’s fellow as oneself’ and calls for self-sacrificing love.—Lev.
19:18; John 15:12, 13.
3:2—What has “not been made manifest” to anointed Christians, and whom
shall they see “just as he is”? What has not been made manifest to them is what
they shall be like when they are resurrected to heaven with spirit bodies. (Phil.
3:20, 21) However, what they do know is that “whenever [God] is made manifest
[they] shall be like him, because [they] shall see him just as he is,” that is, “the
Spirit.”—2 Cor. 3:17, 18.
5:5-8—How did water, blood, and spirit bear witness to the fact that “Jesus
is the Son of God”? Water was a witness bearer because when Jesus was
baptized in water, Jehovah himself expressed His approval of him as His Son. (Matt.
3:17) Jesus’ blood, or life, given as “a corresponding ransom for all,” also showed
that Jesus is God’s Son. (1 Tim. 2:5, 6) And the holy spirit testified that Jesus is the
Son of God when it descended upon him at his baptism, enabling him to go “through
the land doing good and healing all those oppressed by the Devil.”—John 1:29-34;
Acts 10:38.
Lessons for Us:
2:9-11; 3:15. If a Christian allows anything or anyone to destroy his brotherly
love, he is walking in spiritual darkness, not knowing where he is going.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 225
KEEP “WALKING IN THE TRUTH”
(2 John 1-13)
John opens his second letter by saying: “The older man to the chosen lady and
to her children.” He expresses joy at finding “certain ones of [her] children walking in
the truth.”—2 John 1, 4.
After giving encouragement to cultivate love, John writes: “This is what love
means, that we go on walking according to his commandments.” John also warns
about “the deceiver and the antichrist.”—2 John 5-7.
1, 13—Who is “the chosen lady”? John could be referring to an individual
woman addressed as Kyria, which is Greek for “lady.” Or he may be using a figure of
speech to address a particular congregation in order to confuse persecutors. If the
latter was the case, her children would be the members of that congregation and
“the children of [her] sister” would refer to the members of another congregation.
7—What “coming” of Jesus does John speak of here, and how are
deceivers “not confessing” it? The “coming” is not Jesus’ future, invisible coming.
Rather, it is his coming in the flesh and his being anointed as the Christ. (1 John 4:2)
Deceivers do not confess this coming in the flesh. Perhaps they deny that Jesus
ever lived or they reject that he was anointed with holy spirit.
Lessons for Us:
2, 4. Our coming to know “the truth”—the entire body of Christian teachings that
has become part of the Bible—and adhering to it are essential for our salvation.—
3 John 3, 4.
8-11. If we do not want to lose “undeserved kindness, mercy and peace from
God the Father and from Jesus Christ,” as well as the loving association of fellow
believers, we should “look out” for ourselves spiritually and reject those who do “not
remain in the teaching of the Christ.”—2 John 3.
BECOME “FELLOW WORKERS IN THE TRUTH”
(3 John 1-14)
The third letter of John is addressed to his personal friend Gaius. “No greater
cause for thankfulness do I have than these things,” he writes, “that I should be
hearing that my children go on walking in the truth.”—3 John 4.
John commends Gaius for “doing a faithful work” in assisting visiting brothers.
“We . . . are under obligation to receive such persons hospitably,” says the apostle,
“that we may become fellow workers in the truth.”—3 John 5-8.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 226
11—Why do some engage in bad conduct? Lacking spirituality, some do not
see God with their eyes of understanding. Since they cannot see him with their literal
eyes, they act as if he is not seeing them.—Ezek. 9:9.
14—Who are referred to as “friends”? The term “friends” here includes more
than those enjoying close relationships with one another. John uses it to refer to
fellow believers in general.
Lessons for Us:
4. Spiritually mature individuals in the congregation experience great joy when
they see its younger members “go on walking in the truth.” And what incomparable
joy parents experience when they succeed in helping their offspring to become
spiritually inclined children!
5-8. Among those who work hard in behalf of their brothers out of love for them
and for Jehovah are traveling overseers, missionaries, those serving in Bethel
homes or branch offices, and those in the pioneer service. Their faith is worthy of
imitation, and they deserve our loving support.
9-12. We should imitate the example of faithful Demetrius and not that of
chattering Diotrephes, who was a slanderer.
“KEEP YOURSELVES IN GOD’S LOVE”
(Jude 1-25)
Jude describes those infiltrating the congregation as “murmurers, complainers
about their lot in life, proceeding according to their own desires.” They “speak
swelling things, while they are admiring personalities.”—Jude 4, 16.
How can Christians resist bad influences? “Beloved ones,” writes Jude, “call to
mind the sayings that have been previously spoken by the apostles of our Lord
Jesus Christ.” He adds: “Keep yourselves in God’s love.”—Jude 17-21.
3, 4—Why did Jude urge Christians to “put up a hard fight for the faith”?
Because ‘ungodly men had slipped into the congregation.’ These men were ‘turning
the undeserved kindness of God into an excuse for loose conduct.’
20, 21—How can we “keep [ourselves] in God’s love”? We can do this in
three ways: (1) by building up ourselves on our “most holy faith” through diligent
study of God’s Word and by having a zealous share in the preaching work; (2) by
praying “with holy spirit,” or in harmony with its influence; and (3) by exercising faith
TMS 2013
Top
Page 227
in what makes everlasting life possible—the ransom sacrifice of Jesus Christ.—John
3:16, 36.
Lessons for Us:
5-7. Can the wicked escape Jehovah’s judgment? According to the three warning
examples listed by Jude, that is impossible.
8-10. We should follow the example of Michael the archangel and show respect
for divinely constituted authority.
12. Apostates feigning love are as dangerous to our faith as rocks hidden below
water are to ships or swimmers. False teachers may seem to be generous, but they
are like waterless clouds in that they are spiritually empty. Such ones are as fruitless
as dead trees in late autumn. They face destruction, as do uprooted trees. Wise we
are to shun apostates.
22, 23. True Christians hate what is bad. In an effort to save “some that have
doubts” out of the fire of everlasting destruction, mature ones in the congregation—
especially appointed overseers—provide them with spiritual help.
No. 1: 1 John 5:1-21
No. 2: How Should Jesus Christ Be Remembered? (Lu 1:32,33;John 17:3)
*** w06 12/15 pp. 4-5 Jesus’ Birth—How It Brings Peace ***
A Foretold King
Gabriel’s words must have helped Mary to discern that the son she would bear
was the subject of ancient prophecies. The disclosure that Jehovah would give
Mary’s son “the throne of David his father” would make her—and indeed any Jewish
person acquainted with the Scriptures—think of the promise that God had made to
King David of Israel.
Through the prophet Nathan, Jehovah had told David: “Your house and your
kingdom will certainly be steadfast to time indefinite before you; your very throne will
become one firmly established to time indefinite.” (2 Samuel 7:4, 16) Jehovah stated
concerning David: “I shall certainly set up his seed forever and his throne as the
days of heaven. His seed itself will prove to be even to time indefinite, and his throne
as the sun in front of me.” (Psalm 89:20, 29, 35, 36) Thus, it was no coincidence that
Mary had descended from the house of David, as had Joseph.
These were not the only prophecies in the Hebrew Scriptures regarding a royal
TMS 2013
Top
Page 228
son of David. Mary would also have been familiar with Isaiah’s prophecy: “There has
been a child born to us, there has been a son given to us; and the princely rule will
come to be upon his shoulder. And his name will be called Wonderful Counselor,
Mighty God, Eternal Father, Prince of Peace. To the abundance of the princely rule
and to peace there will be no end, upon the throne of David and upon his kingdom in
order to establish it firmly and to sustain it by means of justice and by means of
righteousness, from now on and to time indefinite. The very zeal of Jehovah of
armies will do this.”—Isaiah 9:6, 7.
What Gabriel announced to Mary, then, was much more than the miraculous
birth of a baby boy. Her son would be the royal heir of King David—the permanent,
everlasting heir to a divinely ordained Kingdom. Gabriel’s prophecies concerning
Jesus’ future role have profound significance for all of us.
*** lr chap. 48 p. 255 God’s Peaceful New World—You Can Live There ***
Let’s get our Bibles and open them to John chapter 17, verse 3. Here we find
these words of the Great Teacher: “This means everlasting life, their taking in
knowledge of you, the only true God, and of the one whom you sent forth, Jesus
Christ.”
So, what did Jesus say we need to do to live forever?— First, we must take in
knowledge of our heavenly Father, Jehovah, and also of his Son, who gave his life
for us. This means that we need to study the Bible. This book, Learn From the Great
Teacher, is helping us to do that.
But how will learning about Jehovah help us to live forever?— Well, just as we
need food every day, we need to learn about Jehovah every day. The Bible says:
‘Man must live, not on bread alone, but on all the words that come from Jehovah’s
mouth.’—Matthew 4:4.
We also need to take in knowledge of Jesus Christ because God sent his Son to
take away our sin. The Bible says: “There is no salvation in anyone else.” And the
Bible also says: “He that exercises faith in the Son has everlasting life.” (Acts 4:12;
John 3:36) Now, what does it mean to ‘exercise faith’ in Jesus?— It means that we
really believe in Jesus and know that we cannot live forever without him. Do we
believe that?— If we do, we will continue to learn from the Great Teacher every day,
and we will do what he says.
*** w08 10/1 p. 6 Foretelling the Messiah ***
Prophecies Certain of Fulfillment
TMS 2013
Top
Page 229
To establish the identity of the Messiah Scripturally, the apostles and Jesus
himself quoted more frequently from the prophecy of Isaiah than from any other
Bible book. Still, the book of Isaiah was not the only one to foretell the future. Many
other Hebrew Scripture prophecies also find fulfillment in Jesus, his Kingdom, and
the good things that the Kingdom will accomplish in the future. (Acts 28:23;
Revelation 19:10) How certain was it that these prophecies would be fulfilled? Jesus
told his Jewish listeners: “Do not think I came to destroy the Law or the Prophets
[that is, the Hebrew Scriptures]. I came, not to destroy, but to fulfill; for truly I say to
you that sooner would heaven and earth pass away than for one smallest letter or
one particle of a letter to pass away from the Law by any means and not all things
take place.”—Matthew 5:17, 18.
Jesus also pointed to the fulfillment of Bible prophecies in the events unfolding
around him and in events to come. (Daniel 9:27; Matthew 15:7-9; 24:15) Further,
Jesus and his disciples themselves foretold events that would occur after their day,
including many that we have seen take place today. The following article will discuss
these and other, yet future, fulfillments of Bible prophecy.
No. 3: The Right Religion Demonstrates True Faith in Jesus Christ (rs p. 329¶1)
*** rs p. 329 par. 1 Religion ***
(3) Is true faith in Jesus Christ being demonstrated? This involves
appreciation of the value of the sacrifice of Jesus’ human life and of his position
today as heavenly King. (John 3:36; Ps. 2:6-8) Such appreciation is shown by
obeying Jesus—sharing personally and zealously in the work that he assigned to his
followers. True religion has such faith that is accompanied by works.—Jas. 2:26.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 230
December
Dec16 Bible Reading: Revelation 1-6
No. 1: Revelation 3:14-4:8
No. 2: The True Religion Is Not Formalistic But Is a Way of Life (rs p. 329¶2)
No. 3: In What Ways Did Jesus “Set the Pattern for His Disciples? (John 13:15)
Bible Reading: Revelation 1-6
3
Who was this John referred to as the writer of Revelation in its first chapter? We
are told that he was a slave of Jesus Christ, as well as a brother and sharer in
tribulation, and that he was exiled on the island of Patmos. Obviously he was wellknown to his first readers, to whom no further identification was necessary. He must
be the apostle John. This conclusion is supported by most ancient historians.
Papias, who wrote in the first part of the second century C.E., is said to have held
the book to be of apostolic origin. Says Justin Martyr, of the second century, in his
“Dialogue With Trypho, a Jew” (LXXXI): “There was a certain man with us, whose
name was John, one of the apostles of Christ, who prophesied, by a revelation that
was made to him.” Irenaeus speaks explicitly of the apostle John as the writer, as do
Clement of Alexandria and Tertullian, of the late second and early third centuries.
Origen, noteworthy Biblical scholar of the third century, said: “I speak of him who
leaned back on Jesus’ breast, John, who has left behind one Gospel, . . . and he
TMS 2013
Top
Page 231
wrote also the Apocalypse.”
4
The fact that John’s other writings put so much emphasis on love does not
mean that he could not have written the very forceful and dynamic Revelation. He
and his brother James were the ones so filled with indignation against the
Samaritans of a certain city that they wanted to call down fire from heaven. That is
why they were given the surname “Boanerges,” or “Sons of Thunder.” (Mark 3:17;
Luke 9:54) This divergence in style should cause no difficulty when we remember
that in Revelation the subject matter is different. What John saw in these visions was
unlike anything he had ever seen before. The outstanding harmony of the book with
the rest of the prophetic Scriptures unquestionably proves it to be an authentic part
of God’s inspired Word.
purpose: it-2 798
*** it-2 p. 798 Revelation to John ***
Purpose. While some of the things seen by John in the vision may seem
terrifying—the beasts, the woes, the plagues—the book was written, not to terrify,
but to comfort and encourage those who read it with faith. It can lead the reader to
blessings. In fact, the writer of the book states at the outset: “Happy [“blessed,” KJ]
is he who reads aloud and those who hear the words of this prophecy, and who
observe the things written in it.” (Re 1:3) John also says that the book is for the
purpose of showing God’s slaves the things that “must shortly take place.”—1:1, 2.
*** si pp. 268-269 Bible Book Number 66—Revelation ***
WHY BENEFICIAL
28
What a glorious conclusion the book of Revelation does provide for the Bible’s
inspired collection of 66 books! Nothing has been omitted. There are no loose ends.
Now we see clearly the grand finale as well as the beginning. The last part of the
Bible closes out the record begun in the first part. As Genesis 1:1 described God’s
creation of the material heavens and earth, so Revelation 21:1-4 describes a new
heaven and a new earth and the untold blessings that will be brought to mankind, as
prophesied also at Isaiah 65:17, 18; 66:22; and 2 Peter 3:13. Just as the first man
was told he would positively die if disobedient, so God positively guarantees that for
the obedient ones, “death will be no more.” (Gen. 2:17; Rev. 21:4) When the
Serpent first appeared as mankind’s deceiver, God foretold the bruising of his head,
and the Revelation discloses how the original serpent, who is the Devil and Satan, is
finally hurled into destruction. (Gen. 3:1-5, 15; Rev. 20:10) Whereas disobedient
man was driven away from the Edenic tree of life, symbolic trees of life appear “for
TMS 2013
Top
Page 232
the curing of the nations” of obedient mankind. (Gen. 3:22-24; Rev. 22:2) Just as a
river issued out of Eden to water the garden, so a symbolic river, life-giving and lifesustaining, is pictured as flowing from God’s throne. This parallels the earlier vision
of Ezekiel, and it also calls to mind Jesus’ words about “a fountain of water bubbling
up to impart everlasting life.” (Gen. 2:10; Rev. 22:1, 2; Ezek. 47:1-12; John 4:13, 14)
In contrast to being driven from God’s presence, as were the first man and woman,
the faithful conquerors will see his face. (Gen. 3:24; Rev. 22:4) It is beneficial indeed
to consider these thrilling visions of Revelation!
29
Note, too, how Revelation ties together the prophecies concerning wicked
Babylon. Isaiah had foreseen the fall of the literal Babylon long before it happened,
and he had declared: “She has fallen! Babylon has fallen!” (Isa. 21:9) Jeremiah also
prophesied against Babylon. (Jer. 51:6-12) But the Revelation speaks in symbol of
“Babylon the Great, the mother of the harlots and of the disgusting things of the
earth.” She too must be overthrown, and John sees it in vision, declaring: “She has
fallen! Babylon the Great has fallen!” (Rev. 17:5; 18:2) Do you recall Daniel’s vision
of a kingdom set up by God that will crush other kingdoms and stand “to times
indefinite”? Note how this ties in with the heavenly proclamation in Revelation: “The
kingdom of the world did become the kingdom of our Lord and of his Christ, and he
will rule as king forever and ever.” (Dan. 2:44; Rev. 11:15) And just as Daniel’s
vision described ‘someone like a son of man coming with the clouds of heaven to
receive a lasting rulership and dignity and kingdom,’ so Revelation identifies Jesus
Christ as “The Ruler of the kings of the earth” and as “coming with the clouds,” and
says that “every eye will see him.” (Dan. 7:13, 14; Rev. 1:5, 7) There are certain
parallels to be observed, also, between the beasts of Daniel’s visions and the beasts
of Revelation. (Dan. 7:1-8; Rev. 13:1-3; 17:12) The Revelation provides a vast field,
indeed, for faith-strengthening study.
30
What a wondrous, many-featured vision the Revelation provides concerning
God’s Kingdom! It brings into brilliant focus what the prophets of old and Jesus and
his disciples said concerning the Kingdom. Here we have the completed view of the
sanctification of Jehovah’s name through the Kingdom: “Holy, holy, holy is Jehovah
God, the Almighty.” He is worthy “to receive the glory and the honor and the power.”
Indeed, he it is that ‘takes his great power and begins ruling as king’ through Christ.
How zealous this regal Son, the “King of kings and Lord of lords,” is shown to be as
he strikes the nations and treads “the winepress of the anger of the wrath of God the
Almighty”! As the grand Bible theme of Jehovah’s vindication builds up to its climax,
it is emphasized that everyone and everything sharing in his Kingdom purposes
must be holy. The Lamb, Jesus Christ, who “has the key of David,” is spoken of as
holy, and so are the angels of heaven. Those having part in the first resurrection are
said to be “happy and holy,” and it is stressed that “anything not sacred and anyone
TMS 2013
Top
Page 233
that carries on a disgusting thing” will in no way enter “the holy city Jerusalem.”
Those who have been bought by the blood of the Lamb “to be a kingdom and priests
to our God” thus have powerful encouragement to maintain holiness before
Jehovah. The “great crowd” too must ‘wash their robes and make them white in the
blood of the Lamb’ that they may render sacred service.—Rev. 4:8, 11; 11:17;
19:15, 16; 3:7; 14:10; 20:6; 21:2, 10, 27; 22:19; 5:9, 10; 7:9, 14, 15.
31
The vision of this magnificent and holy Kingdom of God crystallizes in our
minds as we note certain features that are called to our attention only in the book of
Revelation. Here we have the complete vision of the Kingdom heirs on Mount Zion
with the Lamb, singing a new song that only they can master. It is only the
Revelation that tells us the number of those bought from the earth to enter the
Kingdom—144,000—and that this number is sealed out of the 12 symbolic tribes of
spiritual Israel. It is only the Revelation that shows that these ‘priests and kings,’ who
share with Christ in the first resurrection, will also rule with him “for the thousand
years.” It is only the Revelation that gives us the complete view of “the holy city, New
Jerusalem,” showing its radiant glory, Jehovah and the Lamb as its temple, its 12
gates and foundation stones, and the kings that reign in it forever by the eternal light
that Jehovah sheds upon them.—14:1, 3; 7:4-8; 20:6; 21:2, 10-14, 22; 22:5.
32
It can truly be said that this vision of the “new heaven” and “the holy city, New
Jerusalem,” sums up all that the Scriptures have foretold from ancient times
concerning the Kingdom Seed. Abraham looked forward to a seed by which ‘all the
families of the earth would certainly bless themselves’ and to “the city having real
foundations, the builder and maker of which city is God.” Now, in the Revelation
vision, this city of blessing is clearly identified for us as the “new heaven”—a new
government, God’s Kingdom, made up of the New Jerusalem (the bride of Christ)
and her Bridegroom. Together they will administer a righteous government over all
the earth. Jehovah promises faithful mankind that they may become “his peoples” in
a happy, sinless, deathless condition such as man enjoyed before the rebellion in
Eden. And by way of emphasis, the Revelation twice tells us that God will “wipe out
every tear from their eyes.”—Gen. 12:3; 22:15-18; Heb. 11:10; Rev. 7:17; 21:1-4.
33
Yes, what a grand conclusion to the inspired Scriptures! How marvelous are
these “things that must shortly take place”! (Rev. 1:1) The name of Jehovah, “the
God of the inspired expressions of the prophets,” is sanctified. (22:6) The prophetic
writings of 16 centuries are shown in fulfillment, and the works of faith of thousands
of years are rewarded! “The original serpent” is dead, his hosts are destroyed, and
wickedness is no more. (12:9) God’s Kingdom rules as “a new heaven” to his praise.
The blessings of a restored earth, filled and subdued according to Jehovah’s
purpose stated in the first chapter of the Bible, stretch for a glorious eternity before
mankind. (Gen. 1:28) All Scripture has indeed proved to be “inspired of God and
TMS 2013
Top
Page 234
beneficial for teaching, for reproving, for setting things straight, for disciplining in
righteousness.” Jehovah has used it to lead fully competent, completely equipped
men of faith to this marvelous day. Now, therefore, is the time to study these
Scriptures to strengthen your faith. Obey their commands in order to receive God’s
blessing. Follow them on the straight path that leads to everlasting life. By doing so,
you too can say, in the assured confidence with which the last book of the Bible
closes: “Amen! Come, Lord Jesus.”—2 Tim. 3:16; Rev. 22:20.
34
What incomparable joy we can now have by hailing “the kingdom of our Lord
and of his Christ,” the Seed, as this brings eternal sanctification to the matchless
name of “Jehovah God, the Almighty”!—Rev. 11:15, 17.
*** w09 1/15 p. 30 - p. 31 Highlights From the Book of Revelation—I ***
“THE LAMB” OPENS SIX OF THE SEVEN SEALS
(Rev. 1:1–7:17)
First, John beholds the glorified Jesus Christ and receives a series of messages
that he is to ‘write in a scroll and send to the seven congregations.’ (Rev. 1:10, 11)
The vision of a throne in its position in heaven follows. In the right hand of the One
seated upon the throne is a scroll sealed with seven seals. The one deemed “worthy
to open the scroll” is none other than “the Lion that is of the tribe of Judah,” or “a
lamb . . . having seven horns and seven eyes.”—Rev. 4:2; 5:1, 2, 5, 6.
The third vision reveals what happens as “the Lamb” opens the first six seals,
one after another. With the opening of the sixth seal, a great earthquake occurs and
the great day of wrath arrives. (Rev. 6:1, 12, 17) But the next vision shows ‘four
angels holding tight the four winds of the earth’ until the sealing of the 144,000 is
completed. “A great crowd” of those not sealed is seen “standing before the throne
and before the Lamb.”—Rev. 7:1, 9.
1:4; 3:1; 4:5; 5:6—What is indicated by the expression “the seven spirits”?
The number seven signifies completeness from God’s standpoint. Thus, the
message to “the seven congregations” ultimately applies to all of God’s people
gathered together in more than 100,000 congregations earth wide. (Rev. 1:11, 20)
Since holy spirit is given according to what its operation needs to accomplish, the
expression “the seven spirits” denotes the fullness of its operation in giving
understanding and bringing blessings to those who pay attention to the prophecy.
The book of Revelation seems to progress on the basis of a series of sevens. The
number seven here represents completeness, and indeed, the book deals with
bringing “to a finish,” or completion, “the sacred secret of God.”—Rev. 10:7.
TMS 2013
Top
Page 235
1:8, 17—To whom do the titles “the Alpha and the Omega” and “the First
and the Last” refer? The title “the Alpha and the Omega” applies to Jehovah,
stressing that there was no almighty God before him and that there will be none after
him. He is “the beginning and the end.” (Rev. 21:6; 22:13) Although Jehovah is
referred to as “the first and the last” at Revelation 22:13, in that there is none before
or after him, the context in the first chapter of Revelation shows that the title “the
First and the Last” there applies to Jesus Christ. He was the first human to be
resurrected to immortal spirit life and the last one to be so resurrected by Jehovah
personally.—Col. 1:18.
2:7—What is “the paradise of God”? Since these words are addressed to
anointed Christians, the paradise here must refer to the paradisaic heavenly realm—
the very presence of God himself. The faithful anointed will be rewarded with eating
“of the tree of life.” They will receive immortality.—1 Cor. 15:53.
3:7—When did Jesus receive “the key of David,” and how has he been
using that key? Upon his baptism in 29 C.E., Jesus became King-Designate in the
line of David. However, Jesus did not receive the key of David until 33 C.E. when he
was exalted to the right hand of God in heaven. There he inherited all the rights of
the Davidic Kingdom. Since then, Jesus has been using the key to open up
opportunities and privileges related to the Kingdom. In 1919, Jesus placed “the key
of the house of David” upon the shoulder of “the faithful and discreet slave” by
appointing that slave class “over all his belongings.”—Isa. 22:22; Matt. 24:45, 47.
3:12—What is the “new name” of Jesus? This name has to do with Jesus’
new office and privileges. (Phil. 2:9-11) While no one else gets to know that name in
the way that Jesus does, Jesus writes it on his faithful brothers in the heavenly
realm, bringing them into a close relationship with him. (Rev. 19:12) He even shares
his privileges with them.
Lessons for Us:
1:3. Because “the appointed time [for the execution of God’s judgments upon
Satan’s world] is near,” there is an urgent need to understand the message of the
book of Revelation and to act on it.
3:17, 18. To be rich spiritually, we need to buy from Jesus “gold refined by fire.”
That is, we should strive to be rich in fine works. (1 Tim. 6:17-19) We also need to
put on “white outer garments,” which proclaim our identity as followers of Christ, and
use “eyesalve,” such as counsel published in the Watchtower magazine, to gain
spiritual discernment.—Rev. 19:8.
No. 1: Revelation 3:14-4:8
TMS 2013
Top
Page 236
No. 2: The True Religion Is Not Formalistic But Is a Way of Life (rs p. 329¶2)
*** rs p. 329 par. 2 Religion ***
(4) Is it largely ritualistic, a formality, or is it a way of life? God strongly
disapproves of religion that is merely a formalism. (Isa. 1:15-17) True religion
upholds the Bible’s standard of morality and clean speech instead of weakly going
along with popular trends. (1 Cor. 5:9-13; Eph. 5:3-5) Its members reflect the fruits of
God’s spirit in their lives. (Gal. 5:22, 23) So, those who adhere to true worship can
be identified because they sincerely endeavor to apply Bible standards in their lives
not only at their places of meeting but in their family life, at their secular work, in
school, and in recreation.
No. 3: In What Ways Did Jesus “Set the Pattern for His Disciples? (John 13:15)
*** w05 1/1 p. 7 Hold to the Pattern Jesus Set ***
Hold to the Pattern Jesus Set
“I set the pattern for you, that, just as I did to you, you should do
also.”—JOHN 13:15.
IN ALL the history of mankind, only one person has lived his whole life without
sinning. That is Jesus. Apart from Jesus, “there is no man that does not sin.”
(1 Kings 8:46; Romans 3:23) For that reason, genuine Christians view Jesus as a
perfect model to be imitated. Indeed, on Nisan 14, 33 C.E., shortly before his death,
Jesus himself told his followers to imitate him. He said: “I set the pattern for you,
that, just as I did to you, you should do also.” (John 13:15) During that last night,
Jesus mentioned a number of ways in which Christians should strive to be like him.
In this article, we will consider some of them.
The Need for Humility
2
When Jesus urged his disciples to follow the pattern he set, he was specifically
speaking of humility. On more than one occasion, he had counseled his followers to
be humble, and on the night of Nisan 14, he demonstrated his own humility by
washing the feet of his apostles. Then Jesus said: “If I, although Lord and Teacher,
washed your feet, you also ought to wash the feet of one another.” (John 13:14)
Thereafter, he told his apostles to follow the pattern he set. And what a fine pattern
of humility that was!
TMS 2013
Top
Page 237
Humble Among Our Brothers
5
Even our contributions to and achievements in Jehovah’s service should not
make us proud; neither should responsibilities in the congregation. (1 Chronicles
29:14; 1 Timothy 6:17, 18) In fact, the weightier our responsibilities, the more
humble we need to be. The apostle Peter urged elders not to be “lording it over
those who are God’s inheritance, but [to become] examples to the flock.” (1 Peter
5:3) Elders are appointed to be servants and examples, not lords and masters.—
Luke 22:24-26; 2 Corinthians 1:24.
A Proper View of Right and Wrong
9
Despite living for 33 years among imperfect people, Jesus remained “without
sin.” (Hebrews 4:15) In fact, when prophesying about the Messiah, the psalmist said:
“You have loved righteousness and you hate wickedness.” (Psalm 45:7; Hebrews
1:9) In this too Christians strive to imitate Jesus. Not only do they know right from
wrong; they hate what is wrong and love what is right. (Amos 5:15) This helps them
to battle against their inborn sinful inclinations.—Genesis 8:21; Romans 7:21-25.
How to Cultivate Jesus’ View of Right and Wrong
11
We need a clear understanding of what is right and what is wrong from
Jehovah’s viewpoint. We gain that understanding only from a study of God’s Word,
the Bible. As we pursue such a study, we need to pray as the psalmist prayed:
“Make me know your own ways, O Jehovah; teach me your own paths.” (Psalm
25:4) Remember, however, that Satan is deceptive. (2 Corinthians 11:14) He can
disguise wrong and make it appear acceptable to an unwary Christian. Hence, we
need to meditate deeply on what we learn and closely heed the counsel of “the
faithful and discreet slave.” (Matthew 24:45-47) Study, prayer, and meditation on
what we learn will help us to grow to maturity and be among those who “through use
have their perceptive powers trained to distinguish both right and wrong.” (Hebrews
5:14) Then we will be disposed to hate the wrong and love the right.
Facing Persecution
16
Jesus indicated another way that his disciples would imitate him, saying: “This
is my commandment, that you love one another just as I have loved you.” (John
15:12, 13, 17) There are many reasons why Christians love their brothers. On this
occasion, Jesus above all had in mind the hatred they would face from the world. He
said: “If the world hates you, you know that it has hated me before it hated you. . . .
A slave is not greater than his master. If they have persecuted me, they will
TMS 2013
Top
Page 238
persecute you also.” (John 15:18, 20) Yes, even in being persecuted, Christians are
like Jesus. They need to develop a strong, loving bond to help them withstand that
hatred.
“Put On the Lord Jesus Christ”
20
Paul wrote to the congregation in Rome: “Put on the Lord Jesus Christ, and do
not be planning ahead for the desires of the flesh.” (Romans 13:14) Christians wear
Jesus, as it were, like a garment. They strive to imitate his qualities and actions to
such an extent that they become a reflection—even if imperfect—of their Master.—
1 Thessalonians 1:6.
21
We can successfully “put on the Lord Jesus Christ” if we become familiar with
the Master’s life and strive to live as he lived. We imitate his humility, his love of
righteousness, his hatred of lawlessness, his love for his brothers, his being no part
of the world, and his patient endurance of suffering. We do not ‘plan ahead for the
desires of the flesh’—that is, we do not make our chief purpose in life the reaching of
secular goals or the satisfying of fleshly desires. Rather, when making a decision or
handling a problem, we ask: ‘What would Jesus do in this situation? What would he
want me to do?’
22
Finally, we imitate Jesus in keeping busy “preaching the good news.” (Matthew
4:23; 1 Corinthians 15:58) In that way too, Christians follow the pattern that Jesus
set, and the following article will discuss how.
December
Dec 23 Bible Reading: Revelation 7-14
No. 2: Ways in Which True Christians Can Show Genuine Hospitality (Heb 13:2)
No. 3: Members of the Right Religion Love One Another and Keep Separate from the World
(rs p. 329¶3-4)
*** w09 1/15 p. 31 par. 6 - p. 32 par. 6 Highlights From the Book of Revelation—
I ***
Lessons for Us:
7:13, 14. The 24 elders represent the 144,000 in their heavenly glory, where they
serve not only as kings but also as priests. They were pictured by the priests in
ancient Israel, whom King David organized in 24 divisions. One of the elders reveals
TMS 2013
Top
Page 239
to John the identity of the great crowd. Therefore, the resurrection of anointed
Christians must have begun sometime before 1935. Why? Because in that year the
correct identity of the great crowd was made known to God’s anointed servants on
earth.—Luke 22:28-30; Rev. 4:4; 7:9.
THE OPENING OF THE SEVENTH SEAL LEADS TO SEVEN TRUMPET BLASTS
(Rev. 8:1–12:17)
The Lamb opens the seventh seal. Seven angels receive seven trumpets. Six of
the angels blow their trumpets, heralding judgment messages on “a third” of
mankind—Christendom. (Rev. 8:1, 2, 7-12; 9:15, 18) This is what John sees in the
fifth vision. Participating in the vision that follows, John eats the little scroll and
measures the temple sanctuary. After the blowing of the seventh trumpet, loud
voices announce: “The kingdom of the world did become the kingdom of our Lord
and of his Christ.”—Rev. 10:10; 11:1, 15.
The seventh vision enlarges on what is stated at Revelation 11:15, 17. A great
sign is seen in heaven. The heavenly woman gives birth to a son, a male. The Devil
is ousted from heaven. Being wrathful at the heavenly woman, he goes off “to wage
war with the remaining ones of her seed.”—Rev. 12:1, 5, 9, 17.
8:1-5—Why did a silence occur in heaven, and what was subsequently
hurled to the earth? A symbolic silence occurred in heaven so that “the prayers of
the holy ones” on earth could be heard. This was at the end of the first world war.
Anointed Christians did not ascend to heaven at the end of the Gentile Times, as
many had expected they would. They experienced difficult times during the war. So
now they prayed fervently for guidance. In response to their prayers, the angel
hurled to the earth a symbolic fire that set the anointed Christians afire spiritually.
Though few in number, they began a worldwide preaching campaign that made
God’s Kingdom a burning issue, thus lighting a fire in Christendom. Thunderous
warnings from the Bible were sounded forth, flashes of Scriptural truth were made
known, and the realm of false religion was shaken to its foundation, just as buildings
are shaken by an earthquake.
8:6-12; 9:1, 13; 11:15—When did the seven angels prepare to blow their
trumpets, and when and how were the trumpet blasts sounded? Preparation to
blow the seven trumpets included giving direction to the revitalized members of the
John class on earth from 1919 to 1922. Such anointed ones were then getting busy
in reorganizing the public ministry and building up publishing facilities. (Rev.
12:13, 14) The sounding of the trumpets represents fearless proclamations of
Jehovah’s judgments against Satan’s world by God’s people in cooperation with the
TMS 2013
Top
Page 240
angels. Notably, this began with the Cedar Point, Ohio, convention in 1922 and lasts
all the way down to the great tribulation.
8:13; 9:12; 11:14—In what way are the final three trumpet blasts “woes”?
Whereas the first four trumpet blasts are proclamations exposing the spiritually dead
condition of Christendom, the last three are woes in that they have to do with
specific events. The fifth blast is related to the release of God’s people from “the
abyss” of inactivity in 1919 and to their relentless witnessing work, which became
like a tormenting plague on Christendom. (Rev. 9:1) The sixth is about the greatest
cavalry charge in history and the worldwide preaching campaign that began in 1922.
The final blast has to do with the birth of the Messianic Kingdom.
Lessons for Us:
9:10, 19. The authoritative Bible-based statements in the publications of “the
faithful and discreet slave” contain a stinging message. (Matt. 24:45) This message
corresponds to the locusts’ tails that have “stings like scorpions” and the horses of a
cavalry, whose “tails are like serpents.” Why? Because these publications warn of
the “day of [Jehovah’s] vengeance.” (Isa. 61:2) Let us be courageous and zealous in
distributing them.
9:20, 21. Many meek people who live in so-called non-Christian nations have
responded well to the message we proclaim. However, we are not expecting a mass
conversion of people outside the realm of Christendom, who are referred to as “the
rest of the men.” Nevertheless, we persevere in the ministry.
12:15, 16. “The earth”—elements within Satan’s own system, or the ruling
powers in various lands—upheld freedom of worship. Starting in the 1940’s, those
powers “swallowed up the river [of persecution] that the dragon disgorged from its
mouth.” Indeed, when Jehovah chooses to do so, he can influence governmental
authorities to accomplish his will. Fittingly, therefore, Proverbs 21:1 states: “A king’s
heart is as streams of water in the hand of Jehovah. Everywhere that he delights to,
he turns it.” This should strengthen our faith in God.
SEVEN BOWLS OF GOD’S ANGER ARE POURED OUT
(Rev. 13:1–16:21)
“The nations became wrathful,” states Revelation 11:18, “and [God’s] own wrath
came, and the appointed time . . . to bring to ruin those ruining the earth.” Providing
background for this, the eighth vision shows the activity of “a wild beast . . . with ten
horns and seven heads.”—Rev. 13:1.
In the ninth vision, John sees “the Lamb standing upon the Mount Zion” and with
TMS 2013
Top
Page 241
him “a hundred and forty-four thousand.” They have been “bought from among
mankind.” (Rev. 14:1, 4) Angelic announcements follow. In the next vision, John
beholds “seven angels with seven plagues.” Evidently, Jehovah himself commands
these angels to pour out “the seven bowls of the anger of God” on various features
of Satan’s world. The bowls contain pronouncements and warnings of the judgments
God will execute. (Rev. 15:1; 16:1) These two visions give details of further Kingdom
judgments connected with the third woe and the blowing of the seventh trumpet.—
Rev. 11:14, 15.
13:8—What is “the scroll of life of the Lamb”? This is a figurative scroll
containing only the names of those who rule with Jesus Christ in his heavenly
Kingdom. It includes the names of anointed Christians still on earth, who have the
hope of receiving life in heaven.
13:11-13—How does the wild beast with two horns act like a dragon and
make fire come down out of heaven? The fact that the two-horned wild beast—
the Anglo-American World Power—speaks like a dragon indicates that it uses
threats, pressure, and violence to enforce acceptance of its form of rulership. It
makes fire come out of heaven in that it assumes a prophetlike role by claiming to
have conquered the forces of evil in the two world wars of the 20th century and to
have won a victory over Communism.
*** w09 2/15 p. 4 Highlights From the Book of Revelation—II ***
Lessons for Us:
13:1-4, 18. “A wild beast” symbolizing human governments ascends “out of the
sea,” that is, from the turbulent masses of mankind. (Isa. 17:12, 13; Dan. 7:2-8, 17)
This beast, created and empowered by Satan, has the number 666, denoting
heightened imperfection. Understanding what the beast is helps us so that we
neither follow it with admiration nor worship it as mankind in general does.—John
12:31; 15:19.
13:16, 17. Despite the hardships we may encounter in carrying out such
everyday activities as ‘buying or selling,’ we should not allow ourselves to be
pressured into letting the wild beast rule our lives. Accepting ‘the mark of the wild
beast in our hand or upon our forehead’ would amount to permitting the wild beast to
control our actions or affect our thinking.
14:6, 7. The angelic proclamation teaches us that we should declare the good
news of the established Kingdom of God with urgency. We should help our Bible
TMS 2013
Top
Page 242
students to develop a healthy fear of God and to give glory to Jehovah.
14:14-20. When “the harvest of the earth,” that is, the harvest of those who will
be saved, is completed, it will be time for the angel to hurl “into the great winepress
of the anger of God” the gathering of “the vine of the earth.” That vine—Satan’s
corrupt visible system of governments over mankind with its “clusters” of evil
fruitage—will then be destroyed forever. We should be determined not to be
influenced by the vine of the earth.
No. 2: Ways in Which True Christians Can Show Genuine Hospitality (Heb 13:2)
*** w05 1/15 pp. 21-23 “Be Hospitable to One Another” ***
“Today I Must Stay in Your House”
Hospitality is defined as the “generous and cordial reception of guests,” and it
has long been a characteristic of Jehovah’s true worshipers. For instance, Abraham,
Lot, and Rebekah practiced it. (Genesis 18:1-8; 19:1-3; 24:17-20) Recounting his
attitude toward strangers, the patriarch Job stated: “Outside no alien resident would
spend the night; my doors I kept open to the path.”—Job 31:32.
For travelers to receive hospitable treatment from their fellow Israelites, it was
often sufficient to sit down in the public square of a city and await an invitation.
(Judges 19:15-21) Hosts usually washed their guests’ feet and offered the visitors
food and drink, also providing fodder for their animals. (Genesis 18:4, 5; 19:2;
24:32, 33) Travelers who did not wish to be a burden on their hosts carried with
them the needed provisions—bread and wine for themselves and straw and fodder
for their asses. They required only shelter for the night.
While the Bible rarely specifies how Jesus found lodging during his preaching
tours, he and his disciples had to sleep somewhere. (Luke 9:58) When visiting
Jericho, Jesus simply told Zacchaeus: “Today I must stay in your house.” Zacchaeus
received his guest “with rejoicing.” (Luke 19:5, 6) Jesus was often the guest of his
friends Martha, Mary, and Lazarus in Bethany. (Luke 10:38; John 11:1, 5, 18) And it
seems that in Capernaum, Jesus stayed with Simon Peter.—Mark 1:21, 29-35.
Jesus’ ministerial instruction to his 12 apostles reveals much about what kind of
reception they could expect in Israel. Jesus told them: “Do not procure gold or silver
or copper for your girdle purses, or a food pouch for the trip, or two undergarments,
or sandals or a staff; for the worker deserves his food. Into whatever city or village
you enter, search out who in it is deserving, and stay there until you leave.”
(Matthew 10:9-11) He knew that righthearted individuals would take his disciples in,
TMS 2013
Top
Page 243
providing them with food, shelter, and other necessities.
The time was coming, however, when evangelizers on the move would have to
provide for themselves and cover their own expenses. In view of future hostility
toward his followers and the expansion of the preaching work into territories outside
Israel, Jesus said: “Let the one that has a purse take it up, likewise also a food
pouch.” (Luke 22:36) Travel and lodging would be indispensable to the spreading of
the good news.
“Follow the Course of Hospitality”
Relative peace and a great network of paved roads throughout the Roman
Empire in the first century resulted in a highly mobile society. An abundance of
travelers generated a great demand for lodging. That demand was met by inns a
day’s journey apart along the main highways. However, The Book of Acts in Its
Graeco-Roman Setting states: “What is known of such facilities in the literature
presents a rather unhappy picture. The available literary and archaeological sources
generally witness to dilapidated and unclean facilities, virtually non-existent
furnishings, bed-bugs, poor quality food and drink, untrustworthy proprietors and
staff, shady clientele, and generally loose morals.” Understandably, a morally upright
traveler would avoid staying at such inns whenever possible.
Not surprisingly, then, the Scriptures repeatedly exhort Christians to extend
hospitality to others. Paul urged Christians in Rome: “Share with the holy ones
according to their needs. Follow the course of hospitality.” (Romans 12:13) He
reminded the Jewish Christians: “Do not forget hospitality, for through it some,
unknown to themselves, entertained angels.” (Hebrews 13:2) Peter exhorted his
fellow worshipers to “be hospitable to one another without grumbling.”—1 Peter 4:9.
Situations did exist, however, in which extending hospitality would be
inappropriate. Regarding “everyone that pushes ahead and does not remain in the
teaching of the Christ,” the apostle John said: “Never receive him into your homes or
say a greeting to him. For he that says a greeting to him is a sharer in his wicked
works.” (2 John 9-11) Concerning unrepentant sinners, Paul wrote: “Quit mixing in
company with anyone called a brother that is a fornicator or a greedy person or an
idolater or a reviler or a drunkard or an extortioner, not even eating with such a
man.”—1 Corinthians 5:11.
Impostors and others must have tried to exploit the good nature of true
Christians. A second-century C.E. extra-Biblical statement of Christian faith known
as The Didache, or Teaching of the Twelve Apostles, recommends that an itinerant
preacher be entertained for “one day, or if need be a second as well.” After that,
when he is sent on his way, “let him accept nothing but bread . . . If he ask[s] for
TMS 2013
Top
Page 244
money, he is a false prophet.” The document continues: “If he wishes to settle
among you and has a craft, let him work for his bread. But if he has no craft provide
for him according to your understanding, so that no man shall live among you in
idleness because he is a Christian. But if he will not do so, he is making traffic of
Christ; beware of such.”
The apostle Paul was careful not to impose an expensive burden upon his hosts
during his long stays in certain cities. He worked as a tentmaker to support himself.
(Acts 18:1-3; 2 Thessalonians 3:7-12) To help deserving travelers among them,
early Christians apparently used letters of recommendation, such as Paul’s
introduction of Phoebe. “I recommend to you Phoebe our sister,” wrote Paul, “that
you may welcome her in the Lord . . . and that you may assist her in any matter
where she may need you.”—Romans 16:1, 2.
Blessings From Being Hospitable
First-century Christian missionaries trusted in Jehovah to provide for all their
needs. But could they expect to enjoy the hospitality of fellow believers? Lydia
opened up her house to Paul and others. The apostle stayed with Aquila and
Priscilla in Corinth. A jailer in Philippi set a table before Paul and Silas. Paul was
received hospitably by Jason in Thessalonica, by Philip in Caesarea, and by
Mnason on the road from Caesarea to Jerusalem. En route to Rome, Paul was
entertained by brothers in Puteoli. What spiritually rewarding occasions these must
have been for the hosts who received him!—Acts 16:33, 34; 17:7; 18:1-3; 21:8, 16;
28:13, 14.
Scholar Frederick F. Bruce observes: “These friends and co-workers, hosts and
hostesses, had no other motive in being so helpful than love of Paul and love of the
Master whom he served. They knew that in serving the one they were serving the
other.” This is an excellent motive for being hospitable.
The need to extend hospitality still exists. Thousands of traveling representatives
of Jehovah’s Witnesses receive hospitality from fellow believers. Some Kingdom
proclaimers travel at their own expense to preach in places seldom reached with the
good news. Great benefits result from opening our homes, however humble, to such
ones. Warmhearted hospitality that may include no more than a simple meal offers
excellent opportunities for “an interchange of encouragement” and for showing love
for our brothers and for our God. (Romans 1:11, 12) Such occasions are particularly
rewarding for the hosts, for “there is more happiness in giving than there is in
receiving.”—Acts 20:35.
No. 3: Members of the Right Religion Love One Another and Keep Separate from the World
(rs p. 329¶3-4)
TMS 2013
Top
Page 245
*** rs p. 329 pars. 3-4 Religion ***
(5) Do its members truly love one another? Jesus said: “By this all will know
that you are my disciples, if you have love among yourselves.” (John 13:35) Such
love reaches across racial, social, and national boundaries, drawing people together
in genuine brotherhood. So strong is this love that it sets them apart as being truly
different. When the nations go to war, who have enough love for their Christian
brothers in other lands that they refuse to take up arms and kill them? That is what
early Christians did.
(6) Is it truly separate from the world? Jesus said that his true followers would
be “no part of the world.” (John 15:19) To worship God in a manner that he approves
requires that we keep ourselves “without spot from the world.” (Jas. 1:27) Can that
be said of those whose clergy and other members are involved in politics, or whose
lives are largely built around materialistic and fleshly desires?—1 John 2:15-17.
December
Dec 30 Bible Reading: Revelation 15-22
*** w09 2/15 p. 4 pars. 5-6 Highlights From the Book of Revelation—II ***
TMS 2013
Top
Page 246
16:17—What is “the air” upon which the seventh bowl is poured out? “The
air” symbolizes satanic thinking, “the spirit [mental inclination] that now operates in
the sons of disobedience.” This poisonous air is breathed by Satan’s entire wicked
system of things.—Eph. 2:2.
Lessons for Us:
16:13-16. “Unclean inspired expressions” symbolize demonic propaganda
intended to ensure that the kings of the earth are not swayed by the pouring out of
the seven bowls of God’s anger but instead are maneuvered into opposition to
Jehovah.—Matt. 24:42, 44.
16:21. As the end of this world nears, the proclamation of Jehovah’s judgments
against Satan’s wicked system may involve unusually heavy verbal expressions of
God’s judgments, likely pictured by congealed water. Still, most of mankind will
continue to blaspheme God.
THE TRIUMPHANT KING RULES
(Rev. 17:1–22:21)
“Babylon the Great,” the world empire of false religion, is a disgusting segment of
Satan’s wicked world. The 11th vision portrays her as a “great harlot”—an immoral
woman—“sitting upon a scarlet-colored wild beast.” She is to be completely
destroyed by “the ten horns” of the very beast that is carrying her. (Rev. 17:1, 3,
5, 16) Likening the harlot to a “great city,” the subsequent vision announces her fall
and issues an urgent call to God’s people to “get out of her.” The demise of the great
city is mourned by many. There is rejoicing in heaven, however, because of “the
marriage of the Lamb.” (Rev. 18:4, 9, 10, 15-19; 19:7) In the 13th vision, the rider of
“a white horse” goes to war with the nations. He brings Satan’s wicked world to its
end.—Rev. 19:11-16.
What about “the original serpent, who is the Devil and Satan”? When will he be
“hurled into the lake of fire”? That is one of the subjects of the 14th vision. (Rev.
20:2, 10) The last two visions give glimpses of life during the Millennium. As the
“revelation” comes to an end, John sees ‘a river of water of life flowing down the
middle of the broad way,’ and a wonderful invitation is extended to “anyone
thirsting.”—Rev. 1:1; 22:1, 2, 17.
17:16; 18:9, 10—Why do “the kings of the earth” grieve over the very entity
they themselves have devastated? The reason for their grief is strictly selfish.
After the destruction of Babylon the Great, the kings of the earth evidently come to
TMS 2013
Top
Page 247
realize how useful she was to them. She provided a religious front for their
oppressive deeds. Babylon the Great also helped them in recruiting youths for the
battlefields. Moreover, she played an important part in keeping people in subjection.
19:12—How is it that no one but Jesus himself knows his unstated name?
This name seems to stand for the position and privileges, such as those stated at
Isaiah 9:6, that Jesus enjoys during the Lord’s day. No one knows this name but he
himself in that his privileges are unique and only he can comprehend what it means
to hold such a high office. However, Jesus shares some of these privileges with the
members of his bride class, in effect ‘writing upon them that new name of his.’—Rev.
3:12.
19:14—Who will ride with Jesus at Armageddon? Included among ‘the armies
in heaven’ that join Jesus in God’s war will be angels as well as the anointed
conquerors who have already received their heavenly reward.—Matt. 25:31, 32;
Rev. 2:26, 27.
20:11-15—Whose names are written in “the scroll [or, “the book”] of life”?
This is the scroll containing the names of all those who come in line to receive
everlasting life—the anointed Christians, the members of the great crowd, and the
faithful servants of God who will experience the ‘resurrection of the righteous.’ (Acts
24:15; Rev. 2:10; 7:9) Those who will come to life in the ‘resurrection of the
unrighteous’ will have their names written in “the scroll of life” only if they act in
harmony with the “things written in the scrolls” of instructions opened during the
Millennium. However, the entries are not made with indelible ink. The names of the
anointed become permanent upon their proving themselves faithful to death. (Rev.
3:5) The names of those who receive life on earth become lasting entries when they
pass the final test at the end of the thousand years.—Rev. 20:7, 8.
Lessons for Us:
17:3, 5, 7, 16. “The wisdom from above” helps us to understand “the mystery of
the woman and of the [scarlet-colored] wild beast that is carrying her.” (Jas. 3:17)
This symbolic wild beast began as the League of Nations and was later revived as
the United Nations. Should not the unraveling of this mystery move us to be zealous
in preaching the good news of God’s Kingdom and proclaiming the day of Jehovah’s
judgment?
21:1-6. We can be absolutely certain that foretold blessings under Kingdom rule
will become a reality. Why? Because concerning them, it is said: “They have come
to pass!”
22:1, 17. The “river of water of life” represents Jehovah’s provisions for
recovering obedient humans from sin and death. A measure of this water is
TMS 2013
Top
Page 248
available now. May we not only gratefully accept the invitation to come and “take
life’s water free” but also eagerly extend it to others!
TMS 2013
Top
Page 249

Theocratic Ministry School Workbook

Transcription

Similar documents

Sales Sheet

1 – Bread of Life

RBI Brochure

Click Here

reachingIN - Ferris Hill Baptist Church

Deepak Chopra

April 2015 newsletter - Central Christian Church

City Reformed Presbyterian Church

12/06/15 Sunday Bulletin

Death To Life Part 3: I Thank My God Pastor Troy Jones August 15